KIA Sportage 2012 - OM

Kia, THE COMPANYThank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle.As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality, valuefor money prices, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you with acustomer service experience that exceeds your expectations.

All information contained in this Owner’s Manual is accurate at thetime of publication. However, Kia reserves the right to make changesat any time so that our policy of continual product improvement canbe carried out.

This manual applies to all Kia models and includes descriptions andexplanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result,you may encounter material in this manual that is not applicable toyour specific Kia vehicle.

Drive safely and enjoy your Kia!

i

Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle.When you require service, remember that your Kia Dealerknows your vehicle best. Your dealer has factory-trained tech-nicians, recommended special tools, genuine Kia replacementparts and is dedicated to your complete satisfaction.Because subsequent owners require this important informationas well, this publication should remain with the vehicle if it issold.This manual will familiarize you with operational, mainte-nance and safety information about your new vehicle. It is sup-plemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manualthat provides important information on all warranties regardingyour vehicle.We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow therecommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operationof your new vehicle.Kia offers a great variety of options, components and featuresfor its various models. Therefore, some of the equipmentdescribed in this manual, along with the various illustrations,may not be applicable to your particular vehicle.

The information and specifications provided in this manualwere accurate at the time of printing. Kia reserves the right todiscontinue or change specifications or design at any timewithout notice and without incurring any obligation. If youhave questions, always check with your Kia dealer.We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoringpleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle.

© 2011 Kia Canada Inc.All rights reserved. Reproduction by any means, electronic ormechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by anyinformation storage and retrieval system or translation inwhole or part is not permitted without written authorizationfrom Kia Canada Inc..Printed in Korea

Foreword

ii

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

I

Introduction

Your vehicle at a glance

Safety features of your vehicle

Features of your vehicle

Driving your vehicle

What to do in an emergency

Maintenance

Specifications & Consumer information

Index

table of contents

IIndex

Index

2I

Air bags···········································································3-42Air bag warning label................................................3-68Air bag warning light ................................................3-45Curtain air bag ..........................................................3-60Driver's and passenger's front air bag ......................3-54Side impact air bag....................................................3-58

Air cleaner·······································································7-23Alarm system ··································································4-13All wheel drive (AWD), see four wheel

drive (4WD)·································································5-21Antenna ·········································································4-108Anti-lock brake system (ABS)········································5-30Appearance care······························································7-53

Exterior care ······························································7-53Interior care ·······························································7-58

Armrest ···········································································3-16Audio system ································································4-108

Antenna ···································································4-108Aux, USB and iPod·················································4-110Steering wheel audio control ··································4-109

Automatic climate control system ··································4-88Air conditioning ························································4-94Automatic heating and air conditioning····················4-89Manual heating and air conditioning ························4-90

Automatic transaxle ························································5-15Ignition key interlock system····································5-19Shift lock system·······················································5-18Sports mode·······························································5-17

Battery·············································································7-28Battery saver function ·····················································4-67Before driving ···································································5-3Bottle holders, see cup holders ·····································4-101Brake fluid ······································································7-21Brake system···································································5-27

Anti-lock brake system (ABS)··································5-30Downhill brake control (DBC)··································5-36Electronic stability control (ESC) ·····························5-32Parking brake·····························································5-28Power brakes ·····························································5-27

Bulb wattage ·····································································8-2Button start/stop, see engine start/stop button··················5-7

Capacities (Lubricants) ·····················································8-4Care

Exterior care ······························································7-53Interior care ·······························································7-58Tire care·····································································7-31

A

B

C

I 3

Index

Cargo security screen····················································4-105Cargo weight···································································5-68Center console storage ····················································4-98Central door lock switch·················································4-17Changing tires ···································································6-8Checking tire inflation pressure······································7-34Child restraint system ·····················································3-33

Auto lock mode ························································3-36Lower anchor system ···············································3-39Tether anchor system·················································3-38

Child-protector rear door lock ·······································4-19Climate control system (Automatic) ·····························4-88

Air conditioning ·······················································4-94Automatic heating and air conditioning ···················4-89Manual heating and air conditioning ·······················4-90

Climate control system (Manual) ··································4-80Air conditioning ·······················································4-84Climate control air filter ···········································4-87Heating and air conditioning·····································4-80

Climate control air filter ········································4-87, 7-24Clock (Digital) ·····························································4-103Clothes hanger ·····························································4-103Combined instrument, see instrument cluster ···············4-45Compact spare tire ·························································6-13Compact spare tire replacement ····································7-36Cooling fluid, see engine coolant ··································7-18Crankcase emission control system ·······························7-59Cruise control system ····················································5-40

Cup holder ···································································4-101Curtain air bag ·······························································3-60

Dashboard, see instrument cluster ·································4-45Dashboard illumination, see instrument panel illumination ··4-46Defogging (Windshield) ················································4-95Defogging logic (Windshield) ·······································4-97Defroster (Rear window) ···············································4-79Defrosting (Windshield) ················································4-95Digital clock ·································································4-103Dimensions ······································································8-2Displays, see instrument cluster ····································4-45Display illumination, see instrument panel illumination ···4-46Door locks·······································································4-15

Central door lock switch ··········································4-17Child-protector rear door lock ·································4-19

Downhill brake control (DBC) ······································5-36Drinks holders, see cup holders ···································4-101Driver's air bag ·······························································3-54Driving at night ······························································5-48Driving in flooded areas ················································5-49Driving in the rain ··························································5-49

D

Index

4I

Economical operation ····················································5-44Electric power steering ··················································4-34Electrochromic mirror (ECM) ·······································4-37Electronic stability control (ESC) ·································5-32Emergency starting ··························································6-4

Jump starting ······························································6-4Push starting ·······························································6-5

Emergency tailgate safety release ··································4-21Emergency towing ·························································6-17Emergency while driving ·················································6-2Emission control system ················································7-59

Crankcase emission control system ·························7-59Evaporative emission control system ·······················7-59Exhaust emission control system ·····························7-60

Engine compartment ················································2-4, 7-2Engine coolant ·······························································7-18Engine number ·································································8-7Engine oil ·······································································7-16Engine overheats ······························································6-6Engine start/stop button ···················································5-7Engine temperature gauge ·············································4-47Engine will not start ·························································6-3Evaporative emission control system ····························7-59Exhaust emission control system ···································7-60Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ················7-10Exterior care ···································································7-53

Exterior features ···························································4-107Roof rack ································································4-107

Flat tire ··············································································6-7Changing tires ····························································6-8Compact spare tire ···················································6-13Jack and tools ·····························································6-7Removing and storing the spare tire ··························6-8

Floor mat anchor(s) ·····················································4-104Fluid

Washer fluid ·····························································7-22Brake fluid ································································7-21

Folding the rear seat ······················································3-12Four wheel drive (4WD) ················································5-21Front seat adjustment - manual ········································3-5Front seat adjustment - power ·········································3-6Fuel filler lid ··································································4-28Fuel gauge ······································································4-48Fuel requirements ····························································1-3Fuses ··············································································7-45

Fuse/relay panel description ····································7-48Main fuse···································································7-47Memory fuse ·····························································7-46

E

F

I 5

Index

GaugeEngine temperature gauge·········································4-47Fuel gauge ································································4-48

Glassroof, see panoramic sunroof ··································4-30Glove box ·······································································4-98

Hazard warning flasher ··················································4-66Hazardous driving conditions ········································5-46Headrest ··································································3-8, 3-15Heating and air conditioning ·········································4-80Highway driving ····························································5-50Hill-start assist control (HAC)········································5-36Hood ···············································································4-26Horn ···············································································4-35How to use this manual ···················································1-2

Ignition key interlock system ········································5-19Immobilizer system···························································4-3Indicators and warnings ·················································4-52Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster ····················1-6

Instrument cluster ··························································4-45Engine temperature gauge ········································4-47Fuel gauge ································································4-48Instrument panel illumination ··································4-46Odometer ··································································4-49Speedometer ·····························································4-46Tachometer ·······························································4-46Trip computer ···························································4-48Warning and indicators ············································4-52

Instrument panel illumination ········································4-46Instrument panel overview ···············································2-3Interior care ····································································7-57Interior features ····························································4-101

Cargo security screen ·············································4-105Clothes hanger ························································4-103Cup holder ······························································4-101Digital clock ···························································4-103Floor mat anchor(s) ·················································4-104Luggage net holder··················································4-104Power outlet ···························································4-102Sunvisor ··································································4-101

Interior light ···································································4-76Interior overview ······························································2-2Interlock system ·····························································5-19

G

H

I

Index

6I

Jack and tools ···································································6-7Jump starting ····································································6-4

Key positions ···································································5-4Keys ·················································································4-2

LabelAir bag warning label ···············································3-68Tire sidewall labeling ···············································7-36Tire specification and pressure label ··························8-7Vehicle certification label ···········································8-6

Latch system, see lower anchor system ·························3-39Lighting ··········································································4-67

Battery saver function ··············································4-67Daytime running light ···············································4-71Headlight escort function ··········································4-67Headlight welcome function ·····································4-67

Lubricants and capacities ·················································8-4Luggage net holder ······················································4-104Luggage rack, see roof rack ·········································4-107Lumbar support ································································3-7

Main fuse ······································································7-46Maintenance

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ···········7-10Maintenance services ················································· 7-3Maintenance schedule ·················································7-6Owner maintenance ····················································7-4Tire maintenance ······················································7-35

Maintenance services ·······················································7-3Manual climate control system ······································4-80

Air conditioning ·······················································4-84Climate control air filter ···········································4-87Heating and air conditioning ····································4-80

Manual heating and air conditioning ·····························4-90Manual transaxle ····························································5-12Memory fuse ··································································7-45Mirrors ···········································································4-37

Day/night rearview mirror ·······································4-37Electric chromic mirror (ECM) ·······························4-37Inside rearview mirror ··············································4-37Outside rearview mirror ···········································4-43

Moonroof, see panoramic sunroof ·································4-31

Neck restraints, see headrest ··································3-8, 3-15

L

M

N

K

J

I 7

Index

Odometer ·······································································4-49Oil (Engine) ···································································7-15Outside rearview mirror ·················································4-43Overheats ·········································································6-6Owner maintenance ·························································7-4

Panoramic sunroof ·························································4-30Parking brake ·································································5-28Passenger's front air bag ················································3-54Power brakes ··································································5-27Power outlet ·································································4-102Power steering ································································4-35Power window lock button ············································4-25Pre-tensioner seat belt ····················································3-26Push starting ·····································································6-5

Rear parking assist system ·············································4-63Rear seat adjustment ·······················································3-12Rearview camera ····························································4-66Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ··················7-30Recommended lubricants and capacities ·························8-4

Recommended SAE viscosity number ······················8-6

Remote keyless entry ·······················································4-6Road warning ···································································6-2Rocking the vehicle ·······················································5-47Roof rack ·····································································4-107

Seat belts ········································································3-18Pre-tensioner seat belt ··············································3-26Seat belt - Driver’s ····················································3-19Seat belt warning·······················································3-19Seat belts - Front passenger and rear seat·················3-22

Seat heater·······································································3-10Seatback pocket ·····························································3-11Seats ·················································································3-2

Armrest ·····································································3-16Folding the rear seat ·················································3-12Front seat adjustment - manual ··································3-5Front seat adjustment - power ····································3-6Headrest ····························································3-8, 3-15Lumbar support ··························································3-7Rear seat adjustment ·················································3-12Seat heater ···································································3-9Seatback pocket ························································3-11

Shift lock system ···························································5-18Side impact air bag ························································3-58Smart key ·········································································4-9Smooth cornering ···························································5-48Snow tires ······································································5-51

O

P

S

R

Index

8I

Spare tireCompact spare tire ···················································6-13Compact spare tire replacement ·······························7-35Removing and storing the spare tire ··························6-8

Special driving conditions ·············································5-46Driving at night ························································5-48Driving in flooded areas ···········································5-49Driving in the rain ····················································5-49Hazardous driving conditions ··································5-46Highway driving ·······················································5-50Rocking the vehicle ··················································5-47Smooth cornering ·····················································5-48

Speedometer ···································································4-46Sports mode ···································································5-17Starting difficulties, see engine will not start ··················6-3Starting the engine ····················································5-6, 5-9Steering wheel ·······························································4-34

Horn ··········································································4-35Power steering ··························································4-34Tilt steering ······························································4-35

Steering wheel audio control ·······································4-109Storage compartment ·····················································4-98

Center console storage ·············································4-98Glove box ·································································4-98Sunglass holder ························································4-99

Sunroof, see panoramic sunroof ····································4-30Sunvisor ·······································································4-101

Tachometer ·····································································4-46Tailgate ···········································································4-20

Emergency tailgate safety release ····························4-21Tether anchor system ·····················································3-38Theft-alarm system ························································4-13Tie-down hook ·······························································6-19Tilt steering ····································································4-35Tire specification and pressure label ·······························8-8Tires and wheels ·····················································7-30, 8-3

Checking tire inflation pressure ·······························7-31Compact spare tire replacement ·······························7-35Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ·············7-30Tire care ···································································7-30Tire maintenance ······················································7-35Tire replacement ·······················································7-34Tire rotation ······························································7-32Tire sidewall labeling ···············································7-36Tire traction ······························································7-35Wheel alignment and tire balance ····························7-33Wheel replacement ···················································7-35

Towing ···········································································6-15Emergency towing ····················································6-17Removable towing hook ···········································6-16Tie-down hook (for flatbed towing) ·························6-19

T

I 9

Index

TransaxleAutomatic transaxle ·················································5-15Manual transaxle ······················································5-12

Trip computer ································································4-48Tripmeter ········································································4-48

Vehicle break-in process ··················································1-5Vehicle certification label ················································8-7Vehicle handling instructions············································1-5Vehicle identification number (VIN) ·······························8-6Vehicle weight ·······························································5-68

Base curb weight ······················································5-68Cargo weight ····························································5-68GAW (Gross axle weight) ········································5-68GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) ···························5-68GVW (Gross vehicle weight) ···································5-68GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) ·····················5-68

Washer fluid ···································································7-21Warnings and indicators ················································4-52Weight ············································································5-68

Base curb weight ······················································5-68Cargo weight ····························································5-68GAW (Gross axle weight) ········································5-68GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) ···························5-68GVW (Gross vehicle weight) ···································5-68GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) ·····················5-68

Wheel alignment and tire balance ·································7-33Wheel replacement ························································7-35Windows ········································································4-22

Auto down window ··················································4-23Auto up/down window ·············································4-24Power window lock button ·······································4-25

Windshield defrosting and defogging ····························4-95Defogging logic ························································4-97

Winter driving ································································5-51Snow tires ·································································5-51

Wiper blades ··································································7-25Wipers and washers ·······················································4-72

V

W

1How to use this manual / 1-2Fuel requirements / 1-3Vehicle handling instructions / 1-5Vehicle break-in process / 1-5Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster / 1-6

Introduction

Introduction

21

A010000AAM

We want to help you get the greatestpossible driving pleasure from your vehi-cle. Your Owner’s Manual can assist youin many ways. We strongly recommendthat you read the entire manual. In orderto minimize the chance of death or injury,you must read the WARNING and CAU-TION sections in the manual.Illustrations complement the words in thismanual to best explain how to enjoy yourvehicle. By reading your manual, you willlearn about features, important safetyinformation, and driving tips under vari-ous road conditions.

The general layout of the manual is pro-vided in the Table of Contents. Use theindex when looking for a specific area orsubject; it has an alphabetical listing of allinformation in your manual.Sections: This manual has eight sectionsplus an index. Each section begins with abrief list of contents so you can tell at aglance if that section has the informationyou want.

You will find various WARNINGs,CAUTIONs, and NOTICEs in this manu-al. These WARNINGs were prepared toenhance your personal safety.You shouldcarefully read and follow ALL proceduresand recommendations provided in theseWARNINGs, CAUTIONs and NOTICEs.

✽✽ NOTICEA NOTICE indicates interesting or help-ful information is being provided.

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

WARNING A WARNING indicates a situation inwhich harm, serious bodily injury ordeath could result if the warning isignored.

CAUTIONA CAUTION indicates a situation inwhich damage to your vehicle couldresult if the caution is ignored.

1 3

Introduction

A020101AHM-EU

Your new vehicle is designed to use onlyunleaded fuel having a pump octanenumber ((R+M)/2) of 87 (ResearchOctane Number 91) or higher.

Your new vehicle is designed to obtainmaximum performance with UNLEADEDFUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emis-sions and spark plug fouling.

A020103AUN-EU

Gasoline containing alcohol andmethanolGasohol, a mixture of gasoline andethanol (also known as grain alcohol),and gasoline or gasohol containingmethanol (also known as wood alcohol)are being marketed along with or insteadof leaded or unleaded gasoline.Do not use gasohol containing more than10% ethanol, and do not use gasoline orgasohol containing any methanol. Eitherof these fuels may cause drivability prob-lems and damage to the fuel system.Discontinue using gasohol of any kind ifdrivability problems occur.Vehicle damage or drivability problemsmay not be covered by the manufactur-er’s warranty if they result from the useof:1. Gasohol containing more than 10%

ethanol.2. Gasoline or gasohol containing

methanol.3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

FUEL REQUIREMENTS

CAUTIONNever add any fuel system cleaningagents to the fuel tank other thanwhat has been specified. (Consultan authorized Kia dealer fordetails.)

WARNING• Do not "top off" after the nozzle

automatically shuts off whenrefueling.

• Tighten the cap until it clicks, oth-erwise the Check Engine light will illuminate.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an acci-dent.

Introduction

41

"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com-prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 per-cent gasoline, and is manufacturedexclusively for use in Flexible FuelVehicles. “E85” is not compatible withyour vehicle. Use of “E85” may result inpoor engine performance and damage toyour vehicle's engine and fuel system.Kia recommends that customers do notuse fuel with an ethanol content exceed-ing 10%.

A020104AUN

Use of MTBEKia recommends avoiding fuels contain-ing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether)over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7%weight) in your vehicle.Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% vol.(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) mayreduce vehicle performance and producevapor lock or hard starting.

A020105AUN

Do not use methanolFuels containing methanol (wood alco-hol) should not be used in your vehicle.This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per-formance and damage components ofthe fuel system.

Fuel AdditivesKia recommends that you use good qual-ity gasolines treated with detergent addi-tives such as TOP TIER DetergentGasoline, which help prevent deposit for-mation in the engine. These gasolineswill help the engine run cleaner andenhance performance of the EmissionControl System. For more information onTOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, pleasego to the website (www.toptiergas.com)For customers who do not use TOP TierDetergent Gasoline regularly, and haveproblems starting or the engine does notrun smoothly, additives that you can buyseparately may be added to the gasoline.If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is notavailable, one bottle of additive added tothe fuel tank at every 12,000 km (7,500mile) or 12 months is recommended.Additives are available from your author-ized Kia dealer along with information onhow to use them. Do not mix other addi-tives.

A020107AUN

Operation in foreign countriesIf you are going to drive your vehicle inanother country, be sure to:• Observe all regulations regarding reg-

istration and insurance.• Determine that acceptable fuel is avail-

able.

CAUTIONNever use gasohol which containsmethanol. Discontinue use of anygasohol product which impairs dri-vability.

CAUTIONYour New Vehicle Limited Warrantydoes not cover damage to the fuelsystem or any performance prob-lems caused by the use of “E85” fuel.

CAUTIONYour New Vehicle Limited Warrantymay not cover damage to the fuelsystem and any performance prob-lems that are caused by the use offuels containing methanol or fuelscontaining MTBE (Methyl TertiaryButyl Ether) over 15.0% vol.(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.)

1 5

Introduction

A090000AEN

As with other vehicles of this type, failureto operate this vehicle correctly mayresult in loss of control, an accident orvehicle rollover.Specific design characteristics (higherground clearance, track, etc.) give thisvehicle a higher center of gravity thanother types of vehicles. In other wordsthey are not designed for cornering at thesame speeds as conventional 2-wheeldrive vehicles. Avoid sharp turns orabrupt maneuvers. Again, failure to oper-ate this vehicle correctly may result inloss of control, an accident or vehiclerollover. Be sure to read the “Reducingthe risk of a rollover” driving guide-lines, in section 5 of this manual.

A030000AUN

No special break-in period is needed. Byfollowing a few simple precautions for thefirst 1,000 km (600 miles) you may add tothe performance, economy and life ofyour vehicle.• Do not race the engine.• While driving, keep your engine speed

(rpm, or revolutions per minute)between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.

• Do not maintain a single speed for longperiods of time, either fast or slow.Varying engine speed is needed toproperly break-in the engine.

• Avoid hard stops, except in emergen-cies, to allow the brakes to seat prop-erly.

• Don't let the engine idle longer than 3minutes at one time.

• Don't tow a trailer during the first 2,000km (1,200 miles) of operation.

VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESSVEHICLE HANDLINGINSTRUCTIONS

Introduction

61

INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Seat Belt Warning Light

Turn Signal Indicator

ABS Warning Light*

Parking Brake & Brake FluidWarning Light

Malfunction Indicator

Low Fuel Level Warning Light

* if equipped

Tailgate Open Warning Light

❈ For more detailed explanations, refer to “Instrument cluster” in section 4.

Charging System Warning Light

Door Ajar Warning Light

A050000ASL-EC

Front Fog Light Indicator*

Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light

Air Bag Warning Light

Shift Pattern Indicator*(Automatic transaxle)

ESC Indicator

ESC OFF Indicator

Cruise Indicator*

4WD system warning light*

4WD LOCK indicator*

DBC indicator*

Key out warning light*KEYOUT

ECO ECOMINDERTM indicator*

Cruise SET Indicator*

High Beam Indicator

Manual transaxle shift indicator*

Electric power steeringEPS

Immobilizer Indicator*

2Interior overview / 2-2Instrument panel overview / 2-3Engine compartment / 2-4



22

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

OSL010001N

1. Door lock/unlock button ....................4-16

2. Outside rearview mirror control switch ................................................4-43

3. Central door lock switch* ..................4-17

4. Power window lock button* ...............4-25

5. Power window switches ....................4-22

6. Rear parking assist system OFFbutton*...............................................4-63

7. Instrument panel illumination controlswitch*...............................................4-46

8. 4WD lock button* ..............................5-22

9. DBC button* ......................................5-36

10. ESC OFF button* ...........................5-32

11. Steering wheel tilt control* ..............4-35

12. Steering wheel ................................4-34

13. Fuse box .........................................7-45

14. Hood release lever..........................4-26

15. Seats.................................................3-2

16. Fuel filler lid release lever ...............4-28

17. Air vents.................................4-82, 4-91

* if equipped

❈ The actual interior in the vehicle may differ from the illustration

2 3


INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

OSL010002N

1. Lighting controls / Turn signals.........4-67

2. Steering wheel audio controls* ......4-109

3. Instrument cluster.............................4-45

4. Horn .................................................4-35

5. Driver’s front air bag.........................3-54

6. Cruise controls*................................5-40

7. Wiper/Washer switch........................4-72

8. ENGINE START/STOP button* ..........5-7

9. Passenger Air bag OFF indicator.....3-48

10. Audio*...........................................4-108

11. Hazard warning flasher...........4-66, 6-2

12. Climate control system* ........4-80, 4-88

13. Power outlet* ................................4-102

14. Seat heater switch* ........................3-10

15. Shift lever ..............................5-12, 5-15

16. Passenger’s front air bag* ..............3-54

17. Glove box .......................................4-98

18. Accelerator pedal .............................5-6

19. Brake pedal ....................................5-27

20. Parking brake pedal* ......................5-28

* if equipped

❈ The actual instrument panel in the vehicle may differ from the illustration


42

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

B030000AUN-C1

1. Engine coolant reservoir ..................7-18

2. Engine oil filler cap ..........................7-16

3. Brake/clutch* fluid reservoir ............7-21

4. Positive battery terminal ..................7-28

5. Negative battery terminal ................7-28

6. Fuse box ..........................................7-45

7. Air cleaner ........................................7-23

8. Engine oil dipstick ............................7-16

9. Radiator cap ....................................7-20

10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir ..7-22* if equipped

OLM079001/OSL071001N

❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

■■ MPI engine

■■ T-GDI engine

3

Seats / 3-2Seat belts / 3-18Child restraint system / 3-33Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system / 3-42



23

Front seat(1) Forward and backward(2) Seatback angle(3) Seat cushion height (Driver’s seat)(4) Lumbar support (Driver’s seat)*(5) Seat heater*(6) Headrest

2nd row seat(7) Seatback folding(8) Headrest(9) Armrest(10) Seat heater*

* if equipped

SEATS

OSL030001

Manual seat

Power seat

*

*

*

*

*

3 3


WARNING - Driver’s seat• Never attempt to adjust the seat

while the vehicle is moving. Thiscould result in loss of control,and an accident causing death,serious injury, or property dam-age.

• Do not allow anything to interferewith the normal position of theseatback. Storing items against aseatback or in any other wayinterfering with proper locking ofa seatback could result in seriousor fatal injury in a sudden stop orcollision.

• Always drive and ride with yourseatback upright and the lap por-tion of the seat belt snug and lowacross the hips. This is the bestposition to protect you in case ofan accident.

• In order to avoid unnecessaryand perhaps severe air baginjuries, always sit as far back aspossible from the steering wheelwhile maintaining comfortablecontrol of the vehicle. We recom-mend that your chest be at least25 cm (10 inches) away from thesteering wheel.

WARNING - Uprightingseat

When you return the seatback to itsupright position, hold the seatbackand return it slowly and be surethere are no other passengersaround the seat. If the seatback isreturned without being held andcontrolled, the back of the seatcould spring forward resulting inaccidental injury to a person struckby the seatback.

WARNING - Loose objectsLoose objects in the driver’s footarea could interfere with the opera-tion of the foot pedals, possiblycausing an accident. Do not placeanything under the front seats.

WARNINGDo not use a sitting cushion thatreduces friction between the seatand passenger. The passenger’ships may slide under the lap por-tion of the seat belt during an acci-dent or a sudden stop. Serious orfatal internal injuries could resultbecause the seat belt cannot oper-ate normally.

(Continued)If a seat is reclined during an acci-dent, the occupant’s hips may slideunder the lap portion of the seatbelt applying great force to theunprotected abdomen. Serious orfatal internal injuries could result.The driver must advise the passen-ger to keep the seatback in anupright position whenever the vehi-cle is in motion. In addition, exces-sive reclining can significantlyreduce the ability of the restraintsystem to restrain occupants incertain accidents, specificallyrollover accidents.

WARNING - Driver respon-sibility for passengers

Riding in a vehicle with the seat-back reclined could lead to seriousor fatal injury in an accident.

(Continued)


43

(Continued)• When resetting the seatback to

the upright position, make sure itis securely latched by pushing itforward and backwards.

• To avoid the possibility of burns,do not remove the carpet in thecargo area. Emission controldevices beneath this floor gener-ate high temperatures.

WARNING - Rear seatbacks• The rear seatback must be

securely latched. If not, passen-gers and objects could be thrownforward resulting in seriousinjury or death in the event of asudden stop or collision.

• Luggage and other cargo shouldbe laid flat in the cargo area. Ifobjects are large, heavy, or mustbe piled, they must be secured.Under no circumstances shouldcargo be piled higher than theseatbacks. Failure to follow thesewarnings could result in seriousinjury or death in the event of asudden stop, collision or rollover.

• No passenger should ride in thecargo area or sit or lie on foldedseatbacks while the vehicle ismoving. All passengers must beproperly seated in seats andrestrained properly while riding.

(Continued)

WARNINGAfter adjusting the seat, alwayscheck that it is securely locked intoplace by attempting to move theseat forward or backward withoutusing the lock release lever.Sudden or unexpected movementof the driver's seat could cause youto lose control of the vehicle result-ing in an accident.

WARNING• Do not adjust the seat while wear-

ing seat belts. Moving the seatcushion forward may causestrong pressure on the abdomen.

• Use extreme caution so thathands or other objects are notcaught in the seat mechanismswhile the seat is moving.

• Do not put a cigarette lighter onthe floor or seat. When you oper-ate the seat, gas may gush out ofthe lighter and cause fire.

3 5


Front seat adjustment - manualC010101AHM

Forward and backwardTo move the seat forward or backward:1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up

and hold it.2. Slide the seat to the position you

desire.3. Release the lever and make sure the

seat is locked in place.Adjust the seat before driving, and makesure the seat is locked securely by tryingto move forward and backward withoutusing the lever. If the seat moves, it is notlocked properly.

C010102AHM

Seatback angleTo recline the seatback:1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the

seatback recline lever.2. Carefully lean back on the seat and

adjust the seatback of the seat to theposition you desire.

3. Release the lever and make sure theseatback is locked in place. (The leverMUST return to its original position forthe seatback to lock.)

C010103APB

Seat height (for driver’s seat)To change the height of the seat, pushthe lever upwards or downwards.• To lower the seat cushion, push the

lever down several times.• To raise the seat cushion, pull the lever

up several times.

OSL030002 OSL030004OSL030003


63

Front seat adjustment - power (if equipped)The front seat can be adjusted by usingthe control switches located on the out-side of the seat cushion. Before driving,adjust the seat to the proper position soyou can easily control the steering wheel,pedals and switches on the instrumentpanel.

Forward and backwardPush the control switch forward or back-ward to move the seat to the desiredposition. Release the switch once theseat reaches the desired position.

CAUTION• The power seat is driven by an

electric motor. Stop operatingonce the adjustment is complet-ed. Excessive operation maydamage the electrical equipment.

• When in operation, the powerseat consumes a large amount ofelectrical power. To preventunnecessary charging systemdrain, don’t adjust the power seatlonger than necessary while theengine is not running.

• Do not operate two or more powerseat control switches at the sametime. Doing so may result inpower seat motor or electricalcomponent malfunction.

OSL030006WARNING

The power seat is operable with theignition OFF.Therefore, children should never beleft unattended in the vehicle.

3 7


Seatback anglePush the control switch forward or back-ward to move the seatback to the desiredangle. Release the switch once the seatreaches the desired position.

Seat height (for driver’s seat)Pull the rear portion of the control switchup to raise or press down to lower theseat cushion. Release the switch oncethe seat reaches the desired position.

Lumbar support (for driver’s seat)The lumbar support can be adjusted bypressing the button.

OSL030007 OSL030008

OSL030063E

OSL030009

Type A

Type B


83

C010104AHM

Front headrestThe driver's and front passenger's seatsare equipped with a headrest for theoccupant's safety and comfort.The headrest not only provides comfortfor the driver and front passenger, butalso helps protect the head and neck inthe event of a rear collision.

Adjusting the height up and downTo raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (1). To lower the head-rest, push and hold the release button (2)on the headrest support and lower theheadrest to the desired position (3).

WARNING • For maximum effectiveness in

case of an accident, the headrestshould be adjusted so the middleof the headrest is at the sameheight of the center of gravity ofan occupant's head. Generally,the center of gravity of most peo-ple's head is similar with theheight of the top of their eyes.Also, adjust the headrest as closeto your head as possible. For thisreason, the use of a cushion thatholds the body away from theseatback is not recommended.

• Do not operate the vehicle withthe headrests removed. Severeinjury to the occupants mayoccur in the event of an accident.Headrests may provide protec-tion against neck injuries whenproperly adjusted.

• Do not adjust the headrest posi-tion of the driver’s seat while thevehicle is in motion.

OSL030011OLM039303N

3 9


Forward and backward adjustment (if equipped)The headrest may be adjusted forward toseveral different positions by pulling theheadrest foward and upward at 30 to 45degrees.To adjust the headrest to it's furthestbackward position, pull it fully forward tothe farthest position and release it.Adjust the headrest so that it properlysupports the head and neck.

RemovalTo remove the headrest, raise it as far asit can go then press the release button(1) while pulling the headrest up (2).To reinstall the headrest, put the head-rest poles (3) into the holes while press-ing the release button (1). Then adjust itto the appropriate height.

Active headrest (if equipped)The active headrest is designed to moveforward and upward during a rear impact.This helps prevent the driver's and frontpassenger’s heads from moving back-ward and thus helps minimize neckinjuries.If there is any problem with the activeheadrest, take your vehicle to an author-ized Kia dealer and have the systemchecked.

CAUTIONExcessive pulling or pushing maydamage the headrest.

WARNINGMake sure the headrest locks inposition after adjusting it to proper-ly protect the occupants.

HNF2041-1OSL032010A OSL030012

WARNINGA gap between the seat and theheadrest release button mayappear when seating on the seat orwhen you push or pull the seat. Becareful not to get your finger, etc.caught in the gap.


103

C010107AUN

Front seat heater (if equipped)Type AThe seat heater is provided to warm thefront seats during cold weather. With theignition switch in the ON position, pusheither of the switches to warm the driver'sseat or the front passenger's seat.During mild weather or under conditionswhere the operation of the seat heater isnot needed, keep the switches in theOFF position.• Each time you push the button, the

temperature setting of the seat willchange as follows :

• The seat heater defaults to the OFFposition whenever the ignition switch isturned on.

✽✽ NOTICEWith the seat heater switch in the ONposition, the heating system in the seatturns off or on automatically dependingon the seat temperature.

Type B (with air ventilation, if equipped)- Driver’s seat onlyThe temperature setting of the seatchanges according to the switch position.• If you want to warm your seat cushion,

press the front portion of the switch(yellow color).

• If you want to cool your seat cushion,press the rear portion of the switch(blue color).

• Each time you press the button, thetemperature setting or airflow willchange as follows:

OSL030016

OFF → HIGH( ) → LOW( )

→

OSL030013

OFF → HIGH( ) → LOW( )

→

3 11


• The seat heater (with air ventilation)defaults to the OFF position wheneverthe ignition switch is turned on.

C010108AAM

Seatback pocket (if equipped)

OCM030052

WARNING - Seatbackpockets

Do not put heavy or sharp objectsin the seatback pockets. In an acci-dent they could come loose fromthe pocket and injure vehicle occu-pants.

CAUTION• When cleaning the seats, do not

use an organic solvent such asthinner, benzene, alcohol andgasoline. Doing so may damagethe surface of the heater or seats.

• To prevent overheating the seatheater, do not place anything onthe seats that insulates againstheat, such as blankets, cushionsor seat covers while the seatheater is in operation.

• Do not place heavy or sharpobjects on seats equipped withseat warmers. Damage to the seatwarming components could occur.

WARNING - Seat heaterburns

Passengers should use extremecaution when using seat heatersdue to the possibility of excessheating or burns. The seat heatermay cause burns even at low tem-peratures, especially if used forlong periods of time. In particular,the driver must exercise extremecare for the following types of pas-sengers:1. Infants, children, elderly or hand-

icapped persons, or hospital out-patients

2. Persons with sensitive skin orthose that burn easily

3. Fatigued individuals4. Intoxicated individuals5. Individuals taking medication

that can cause drowsiness orsleepiness (sleeping pills, coldtablets, etc.)


123

Rear seat adjustmentFolding the rear seatThe rear seatbacks can be folded to facil-itate carrying long items or to increasethe luggage capacity of the vehicle.

1. Insert the rear seat belt buckle in thepocket (if equipped) between the rearseatback and cushion, and insert therear seat belt webbing into the guide toprevent the seat belt from being dam-aged.

2. Set the front seatback to the uprightposition and if necessary, slide thefront seat forward.

3.Lower the rear headrests to the lowestposition.

WARNING The purpose of the fold-down rearseatbacks is to allow you to carrylonger objects that could not beaccommodated in the cargo area.Never allow passengers sit on topof the folded down seatback whilethe vehicle is moving. This is not aproper seating position and no seatbelts are available for use.Ignoring this warning could resultin serious injury or death in case ofan accident or sudden stop.Objects carried on the folded downseatback should not extend higherthan the top of the front seatbacks.Doing this could allow cargo toslide forward and cause injury ordamage during sudden stops.

WARNINGFor proper operation of theOccupant Detection System (ODS):• Do not place any items cumula-

tively weighing over 1 kg (2.2 lbs)in the seatback pocket or on thefront passenger seat.

• Do not hanging clothing or otherarticles on the front passengerseat.

WARNING - CargoCargo should always be secured toprevent it from being thrown aboutthe vehicle in a collision and caus-ing injury to the vehicle occupants.Do not place objects on the rearseats, since they cannot be proper-ly secured and may hit the frontseat occupants in a collision.

3 13


4.Pull on the seatback folding lever, thenfold the seat toward the front of thevehicle.

5.When you return the seatback to itsupright position, always be sure it haslocked into position by pushing on thetop of the seatback.

6. Return the rear seat belt to the properposition.

OSL030022

WARNING When you return the rear seatbackto its upright position after beingfolded down:Be careful not to damage the seatbelt webbing or buckle. Do notallow the seat belt webbing orbuckle to get caught or pinched inthe rear seat. Ensure that the seat-back is completely locked into itsupright position by pushing on thetop of the seatback. Otherwise, inan accident or sudden stop, theseat could fold down and allowcargo to enter the passenger com-partment, which could result inserious injury or death.

OSL030021

OSL030052

At the front

At the rear (if equipped)


143

CAUTION - Rear seat beltsWhen returning the rear seatbacksto the upright position, rememberto return the rear shoulder belts totheir proper position. Routing theseat belt webbing through the rearseat belt guides will help keep thebelts from being trapped behind orunder the seats.

CAUTION - Damaging rearseat belt buckles

When you fold the rear seatback,insert the buckle in the pocketbetween the rear seatback andcushion. Doing so can prevent thebuckle from being damaged by therear seatback.

WARNING - Cargo loadingMake sure the engine is off, theautomatic transaxle is in P (Park) orthe manual transaxle is in 1st, andthe parking brake is securelyapplied whenever loading orunloading cargo. Failure to takethese steps may allow the vehicleto move if the shift lever is inadver-tently moved to another position.

WARNING - CargoCargo should always be secured toprevent it from being thrown aboutthe vehicle in a collision and caus-ing injury to the vehicle occupants.Do not place objects on the rearseats, since they cannot be proper-ly secured and may hit the frontseat occupants in a collision.

WARNING - Uprightingseat

When you return the seatback to itsupright position, hold the seatbackand return it slowly and be surethere are no other occupantsaround the seat. If the seatback isreturned without being held andcontrolled, the back of the seatcould move forward or backwardresulting in accidental injury to aperson struck by the seatback.

3 15


C010303AHM

HeadrestThe rear seat(s) is equipped with head-rests in all the seating positions for theoccupant's safety and comfort.The headrest not only provides comfortfor passengers, but also helps protect thehead and neck in the event of a collision.

Adjusting the height up and downTo raise the headrest, push and hold therelease button (1) while pulling it up tothe desired position (2). To lower theheadrest, push and hold the release but-ton (1) on the headrest support andlower the headrest to the desired position(3).

OLM039304N

WARNING• For maximum effectiveness in

case of an accident, the rear seatheadrest should be adjusted sothe middle of the headrest is atthe same height of the center ofgravity of an occupant's head.Generally, the center of gravity ofmost people's head is level to theheight of the top of their eyes.

• Also adjust the headrest as closeto your head as possible. For thisreason, the use of a cushion thatholds the body away from theseatback is not recommended.

• Do not operate the vehicle withthe headrests removed. Severeinjury to an occupant may occurin the event of an accident.Headrests may provide protec-tion against severe neck injurieswhen properly adjusted.

• After adjusting or reinstalling theheadrest, always make sure theheadrest locks in the uprightposition to properly protect theoccupants.

OSL030017


163

RemovalTo remove the headrest, raise it as far asit can go then press the release button(1) while pulling the headrest up (2).To reinstall the headrest, put the head-rest poles (3) into the holes while press-ing the release button (1). Then adjust itto the appropriate height.

Rear seat armrestTo use the armrest, pull it forward fromthe seatback.

Rear seat heater (if equipped)The seat heater is provided to warm therear seats during cold weather. With theignition switch in the ON position, pusheither of the switches to warm rear seats.During mild weather or under conditionswhere the operation of the seat heater isnot needed, keep the switches in the"OFF" position.

✽✽ NOTICEWith the seat heater switch in ON posi-tion, the heating system in the seat turnsoff or on automatically depending on theseat temperature.

OSL030018 OSL030019 OSL030020

3 17


CAUTION• When cleaning the seats, do not

use an organic solvent such asthinner, benzene, alcohol andgasoline. Doing so may damagethe surface of the heater or seats.

• To prevent overheating the seatheater, do not place anything onthe seats that insulates againstheat, such as blankets, cushionsor seat covers while the seatheater is in operation.

• Do not place heavy or sharpobjects on seats equipped withseat warmers. Damage to the seatwarming components could occur.

WARNING - Seat heaterburns

Passengers should use extremecaution when using seat heatersdue to the possibility of excessheating or burns. The seat heatermay cause burns even at low tem-peratures, especially if used forlong periods of time. In particular,the driver must exercise extremecare for the following types of pas-sengers:1. Infants, children, elderly or hand-

icapped persons, or hospital out-patients

2. Persons with sensitive skin orthose that burn easily

3. Fatigued individuals4. Intoxicated individuals5. Individuals taking medication

that can cause drowsiness orsleepiness (sleeping pills, coldtablets, etc.)


183

SEAT BELTSC020100AHM

Seat belt restraint system

WARNING• For maximum restraint system

protection, the seat belts mustalways be used whenever thevehicle is moving.

• Seat belts are most effectivewhen seatbacks are in theupright position.

• Children age 12 and under mustalways be properly restrained inthe rear seat. Never allow chil-dren to ride in the front passen-ger seat. If a child over 12 mustbe seated in the front seat, he/shemust be properly belted and theseat should be moved as far backas possible.

• Never wear the shoulder beltunder your arm or behind yourback. An improperly positionedshoulder belt can cause seriousinjuries in a crash. The shoulderbelt should be positioned midwayover your shoulder across yourcollarbone.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Avoid wearing twisted seat belts.

A twisted belt can't do its jobwell. In a collision, it could evencut into you. Be sure the beltwebbing is straight and not twist-ed.

• Be careful not to damage the beltwebbing or hardware. If the beltwebbing or hardware is dam-aged, replace it.

(Continued)Care should be taken to avoid con-tamination of the webbing with pol-ishes, oils and chemicals, and par-ticularly battery acid. Cleaning maysafely be carried out using mildsoap and water. The belt should bereplaced if webbing becomesfrayed, contaminated or damaged.It is essential to replace the entireassembly after it has been worn ina severe impact even if damage tothe assembly is not obvious. Beltsshould not be worn with strapstwisted. Each belt assembly mustonly be used by one occupant; it isdangerous to put a belt around achild being carried on the occu-pant's lap.

WARNINGSeat belts are designed to bearupon the bony structure of thebody, and should be worn lowacross the front of the pelvis or thepelvis, chest and shoulders, asapplicable; wearing the lap sectionof the belt across the abdominalarea must be avoided.Seat belts should be adjusted asfirmly as possible, consistent withcomfort, to provide the protectionfor which they have been designed.A slack belt will greatly reduce theprotection afforded to the wearer.

(Continued)

3 19


C020101AAM-EU

Seat belt warning (for driver’s seat)As a reminder to the driver, the seat beltwarning light will blink for approximately6 seconds each time you turn the ignitionswitch ON regardless of belt fastening.If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition switch is turned on, theseat belt warning light and the seat beltwarning chime will operate for approxi-mately 6 seconds. But if it is fastenedwithin the 6 seconds, the warning lightwill blink until the 6 seconds are up. Thewarning chime will turn off immediately.

If the driver's seat belt is disconnectedafter the ignition switch is turned to theON position, the seat belt warning lightand chime will operate for approximately6 seconds. But if it is fastened within the6 seconds, the warning light and chimewill turn off immediately. If the driver'sseat belt is not fastened when the vehiclespeed exceeds 10 km/h (6 mph), theseat belt warning light and chime willoperate for approximately 11 times with apattern of 6 seconds on and 24 secondsoff until the belt is fastened or the vehiclespeed decreases below 5 km/h (3 mph).

1GQA2083

WARNING• No modifications or additions

should be made by the userwhich will either prevent the seatbelt adjusting devices from oper-ating to remove slack, or preventthe seat belt assembly from beingadjusted to remove slack.

• When you fasten the seat belt, becareful not to latch the seat beltin buckles of other seat. It's verydangerous and you may not beprotected by the seat belt proper-ly.

• Do not unfasten the seat belt anddo not fasten and unfasten theseat belt repeatedly while driving.This could result in loss of con-trol, and an accident causingdeath, serious injury, or propertydamage.

• When fastening the seat belt,make sure that the seat belt doesnot pass over objects that arehard or can break easily.

• Make sure there is nothing in thebuckle. The seat belt may not befastened securely.


203

Seat belt warning (for front passenger’s seat)As a reminder to the front passenger, thefront passenger's seat belt warning lightwill blink for approximately 6 secondseach time you turn the ignition switch ONregardless of belt fastening. If the pas-senger's seat belt is unfastened whenthe vehicle speed exceeds 10 km/h (6mph), the passenger's seat belt warninglight will blink for at least 6 seconds untilthe belt is fastened.

C020102AAM-EU

Seat belt - Driver's 3-point systemwith emergency locking retractorTo fasten your seat belt:To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of theretractor and insert the metal tab (1) intothe buckle (2). There will be an audible"click" when the tab locks into the buckle.The seat belt automatically adjusts to theproper length only after the lap belt por-tion is adjusted manually so that it fitssnugly around your hips. If you lean for-ward in a slow, easy motion, the belt willextend and let you move around. If thereis a sudden stop or impact, however, thebelt will lock into position. It will also lockif you try to lean forward too quickly.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you are not able to pull out the seatbelt from the retractor, firmly pull thebelt out and release it. Then you will beable to pull the belt out smoothly.

B180A01NF-1OSL030062N

3 21


Height adjustmentYou can adjust the height of the shoulderbelt anchor to one of the 4 positions formaximum comfort and safety.The height of the adjusting seat beltshould not be too close to your neck. Theshoulder portion should be adjusted sothat it lies across your chest and midwayover your shoulder near the door and notyour neck.

To adjust the height of the seat beltanchor, lower or raise the height adjusterinto an appropriate position.To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (1).To lower it, push it down (3) while press-ing the height adjuster button (2).Release the button to lock the anchorinto position. Try sliding the heightadjuster to make sure that it has lockedinto position.

B200A02NF

WARNINGYou should place the lap belt por-tion as low as possible and snuglyacross your hips, not on your waist.If the lap belt is located too high onyour waist, it may increase thechance of injury in the event of acollision. Both arms should not beunder or over the belt. Rather, oneshould be over and the other under,as shown in the illustration.Never wear the seat belt under thearm that is near the door.

WARNING• Verify that the shoulder belt

anchor is locked into position atthe appropriate height. Neverposition the shoulder belt acrossyour neck or face. Improperlypositioned seat belts can causeserious injuries in an accident.

• Failure to replace seat belts afteran accident could leave you withdamaged seat belts that will notprovide protection in the event ofanother collision leading to per-sonal injury or death. Replaceyour seat belts after being in anaccident as soon as possible.

OXM039026

Front seat


223

C020106AUN

Seat belts - Front passenger and rearseat 3-point system with combinationlocking retractorTo fasten your seat belt: Combination retractor type seat belts areinstalled in the rear seat positions to helpaccommodate the installation of childrestraint systems. Although a combina-tion retractor is also installed in the frontpassenger seat position, it is stronglyrecommended that children always beseated in the rear seat. NEVER placeany infant restraint system in the frontseat of the vehicle.This type of seat belt combines the fea-tures of both an emergency lockingretractor seat belt and an automatic lock-ing retractor seat belt. To fasten your seatbelt, pull it out of the retractor and insertthe metal tab into the buckle. There willbe an audible "click" when the tab locksinto the buckle. When not securing achild restraint, the seat belt operates inthe same way as the driver's seat belt(Emergency Locking Retractor Type). Itautomatically adjusts to the proper lengthonly after the lap belt portion of the seatbelt is adjusted manually so that it fitssnugly around your hips.

When the seat belt is fully extended fromthe retractor to allow the installation of achild restraint system, the seat belt oper-ation changes to allow the belt to retract,but not to extend (Automatic LockingRetractor Type). Refer to “Using a childrestraint system” in this section.

✽✽ NOTICEAlthough the combination retractorprovides the same level of protection forseated passengers in either emergencyor automatic locking modes, have theseated passengers use the emergencylocking feature for improved conven-ience. The automatic locking function isintended to facilitate child restraintinstallation. To convert from the auto-matic locking feature to the emergencylocking operation mode, allow theunbuckled seat belt to fully retract.

CAUTIONDo NOT fold down the left portion ofthe rear seat back when the rearcenter seat belt is buckled. ALWAYSUNBUCKLE the rear center seatbelt before folding down the leftportion of the rear seat back. If therear center seat belt is buckledwhen the left portion of the rearseat back is folded down, distortionand damage to the top portion ofthe seat back and seat belt garnishmay result, causing the seat back tolock into the folded down position.

3 23


3 Point rear center beltTo fasten the rear center belt1. Extract the tongue plate from the hole

on the belt assembly cover and slowlypull the tongue plates out from theretractor.

2. Insert the tongue plate (A) into theopen end of the buckle (C) until anaudible “click" is heard, indicating thelatch is locked. Make sure the belt isnot twisted.

3. Pull the webbing and insert the tongueplate (B) into the open end of the buck-le (D) until an audible “click” is heard,indicating the latch is locked. Makesure the belt is not twisted.

1KMN3441

CAUTION - Cargo Be sure that the cargo is securelyloaded in the rear cargo area. Doingnot so may damage the rear centersafety belt in sudden stop or certaincollisions.

1KMN3442 1KMB3443

CAUTIONWhen using the rear center seatbelt, the buckle with the “CENTER”mark must be used.


243

There will be an audible “click” when thetab locks in the buckle. The seat beltautomatically adjusts to the proper lengthonly after the lap belt is adjusted manu-ally so that it fits snugly around your hips,if you lean forward in a slow, easymotion, the belt will extend and let youmove around. If there is a sudden stop orimpact, the belt will lock into position. Itwill also lock if you try to lean forward tooquickly.

To unfasten the rear center belt 1.Press the release button on the buckle

(D) and remove the tongue plate (B)from the buckle (D).

2.To retract the rear center seatbelt,insert the tongue plate or similar smallrigid device into the web release hole(C). Pull up on the seat belt web (A)and allow the webbing to retract auto-matically.

WARNINGWhen using the rear seat centerbelt, you must lock all tongueplates and buckles. If any tongueplate or buckle is not locked, it willincrease the chance of injury in theevent of collision.

1KMB3451 OSL030063N

3 25


3. Insert the tongue plate into the hole onthe belt assembly cover.

C020105AAM❈ The actual feature may differ from the illus-

tration.

Stowing the rear seat belt The rear seat belt buckles can be stowedin the pocket between the rear seatbackand cushion when not in use.

Routing the seat belt webbing throughthe rear seat belt guides will help keepthe belts from being trapped behind orunder the seats.After inserting the seat belt, tighten thebelt webbing by pulling it up.

1KMN3453 OSL030024 OLM039031

CAUTIONRemove the seat belt from theguides before using. If you pull onthe seat belt when it is stored in theguides, it may damage the guidesand/or belt webbing.


263

C020200BHM-EU

Pre-tensioner seat beltYour vehicle is equipped with driver's andfront passenger's pre-tensioner seatbelts. The purpose of the pre-tensioner isto make sure that the seat belts fit tightlyagainst the occupant's body in certainfrontal collisions (or side collisions orrollovers). The pre-tensioner seat beltscan be activated in certain frontal colli-sions as well as certain side impacts androllover accidents, where the frontal colli-sion (or side collisions or rollovers) issevere enough, together with the airbags.

When the vehicle stops suddenly, or ifthe occupant tries to lean forward tooquickly, the seat belt retractor will lockinto position. In certain frontal collisions(or side collisions or rollovers), the pre-tensioner will activate and pull the seatbelt into tighter contact against the occu-pant's body.If the system senses excessive seat belttension on the driver or passenger's seatbelt when the pre-tensioner activates, theload limiter inside the pre-tensioner willrelease some of the pressure on theaffected seat belt.

✽✽ NOTICE The pre-tensioner will activate not onlyin a frontal collision but also in a sidecollision or rollover, if the vehicle isequipped with a side or curtain air bag.

OED030300

WARNINGFor your safety, be sure that thebelt webbing is not loose or twistedand always sit properly on yourseat.

3 27


The seat belt pre-tensioner system con-sists mainly of the following components.Their locations are shown in the illustra-tion:1. SRS air bag warning light2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly3. Front anchor pre-tensioner4. SRS control module

✽✽ NOTICE• Both the driver's and front passen-

ger's pre-tensioner seat belts may beactivated in certain collisions.The pre-tensioners will not be activat-ed if the seat belts are not being wornat the time of the collision.

• When the pre-tensioner seat belts areactivated, a loud noise may be heardand fine dust, which may appear to besmoke, may be visible in the passengercompartment. These are normal oper-ating conditions and are not haz-ardous.

• Although it is non-toxic, the fine dustmay cause skin irritation and shouldnot be breathed for prolonged peri-ods. Wash all exposed skin areas thor-oughly after an accident in which thepre-tensioner seat belts were activat-ed.

WARNINGTo obtain maximum benefit from apre-tensioner seat belt:1. The seat belt must be worn cor-

rectly and adjusted to the properposition. Please read and followall of the important informationand precautions about your vehi-cle’s occupant safety features –including seat belts and air bags –that are provided in this manual.

2. Be sure you and your passen-gers always wear seat belts prop-erly.

8KMB3311/Q


283

✽✽ NOTICEBecause the sensor that activates theSRS air bag is connected with the pre-tensioner seat belt, the SRS air bagwarning light ( ) on the instrumentpanel will illuminate for approximately6 seconds after the ignition switch hasbeen turned to the ON position, andthen it should turn off.

CAUTIONIf the pre-tensioner seat belt is notworking properly, this warning lightwill illuminate even if there is nomalfunction of the SRS air bag. Ifthe SRS air bag warning light doesnot illuminate when the ignitionswitch is turned ON, or if it remainsilluminated after illuminating forapproximately 6 seconds, or if itilluminates while the vehicle isbeing driven, please have anauthorized Kia dealer inspect thepre-tensioner seat belt and SRS airbag system as soon as possible.

WARNING• Pre-tensioners are designed to

operate only one time. After acti-vation, pre-tensioner seat beltsmust be replaced. All seat belts,of any type, should always bereplaced after they have beenworn during a collision.

• The pre-tensioner seat beltassembly mechanisms becomehot during activation. Do nottouch the pre-tensioner seat beltassemblies for several minutesafter they have been activated.

• Do not attempt to inspect orreplace the pre-tensioner seatbelts yourself. This must be doneby an authorized Kia dealer.

• Do not strike the pre-tensionerseat belt assemblies.

• Do not attempt to service orrepair the pre-tensioner seat beltsystem in any manner.

• Do not put anything near thebuckle. Placing objects near thebuckle can adversely affect thebuckle pretensioner and mayincrease the risk of personalinjury in the event of a collision.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Improper handling of the pre-ten-

sioner seat belt assemblies, andfailure to heed the warnings notto strike, modify, inspect, replace,service or repair the pre-tension-er seat belt assemblies may leadto improper operation or inadver-tent activation and serious injury.

• Always wear the seat belts whendriving or riding in a motor vehi-cle.

• If the vehicle or pre-tensionerseat belt must be discarded, con-tact an authorized Kia dealer.

3 29


C020300AUN-EU

Seat belt precautionsC020306AUN-EU

Infant or small childYou should be aware of the specificrequirements in your country. Childand/or infant seats must be properlyplaced and installed in the rear seat. Formore information about the use of theserestraints, refer to “Child restraint sys-tem” in this section.

✽✽ NOTICESmall children are best protected frominjury in an accident when properlyrestrained in the rear seat by a childrestraint system that meets the require-ments of the Safety Standards of yourcountry. Before buying any childrestraint system, make sure that it has alabel certifying that it meets the SafetyStandard of your country. The restraintmust be appropriate for your child'sheight and weight. Check the label onthe child restraint for this information.Refer to “Child restraint system” in thissection.

WARNINGAll occupants of the vehicle mustwear their seat belts at all times.Seat belts and child restraintsreduce the risk of serious or fatalinjuries for all occupants in theevent of a collision or sudden stop.Without a seat belt, occupantscould be shifted too close to adeploying air bag, strike the interiorstructure or be thrown from thevehicle. Properly worn seat beltsgreatly reduce these hazards.Even with advanced air bags,unbelted occupants can be severe-ly injured by a deploying air bag.Always follow the precautionsabout seat belts, air bags and occu-pant seating contained in this man-ual.

WARNINGEvery person in your vehicle needsto be properly restrained at alltimes, including infants and chil-dren. Never hold a child in yourarms or lap when riding in a vehi-cle. The violent forces created dur-ing a crash will tear the child fromyour arms and throw the childagainst the interior. Always use achild restraint appropriate for yourchild's height and weight.


303

C020301AHM

Larger childrenChildren who are too large for childrestraint systems should always occupythe rear seat and use the availablelap/shoulder belts. The lap portion shouldbe fastened and snugged on the hipsand as low as possible. Check if the beltfits periodically. A child's squirming couldput the belt out of position. Children aregiven the most safety in the event of anaccident when they are restrained by aproper restraint system in the rear seat. Ifa larger child (over age 12) must be seat-ed in the front seat, the child should besecurely restrained by the availablelap/shoulder belt and the seat should beplaced in the rearmost position. Childrenage 12 and under should be restrainedsecurely in the rear seat. NEVER place achild age 12 and under in the front seat.NEVER place a rear facing child seat inthe front seat of a vehicle.

If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch-es the child’s neck or face, try placing thechild closer to the center of the vehicle. Ifthe shoulder belt still touches their faceor neck they need to be returned to achild restraint system.

C020302AKM

Restraint of pregnant women Pregnant women should wear lap/shoul-der belt assemblies whenever possibleaccording to specific recommendationsby their doctors. The lap portion of thebelt should be worn AS SECURELY ANDLOW AS POSSIBLE.

WARNING - Shoulder beltson small children

• Never allow a shoulder belt to bein contact with a child’s neck orface while the vehicle is inmotion.

• If seat belts are not properly wornand adjusted on children, there isa risk of death or serious injury.

WARNING - Pregnantwomen

Pregnant women must never placethe lap portion of the safety beltover the area of the abdomenwhere the fetus is located or abovethe abdomen where the belt couldcrush the fetus during an impact.

3 31


C020303AUN

Injured personA seat belt should be used when aninjured person is being transported.When this is necessary, you should con-sult a physician for recommendations.

C020304AUN

One person per beltTwo people (including children) shouldnever attempt to use a single seat belt.This could increase the severity ofinjuries in case of an accident.

C020305AAM

Do not lie downTo reduce the chance of injuries in theevent of an accident and to achieve max-imum effectiveness of the restraint sys-tem, all passengers should be sitting upand the front and rear seats should be inan upright position when the vehicle ismoving. A seat belt cannot provide prop-er protection if the person is lying down inthe rear seat or if the front and rear seatsare in a reclined position.

C020400AEN

Care of seat beltsSeat belt systems should never be disas-sembled or modified. In addition, careshould be taken to assure that seat beltsand belt hardware are not damaged byseat hinges, doors or other abuse.

WARNINGRiding with a reclined seatbackincreases your chance of seriousor fatal injuries in the event of a col-lision or sudden stop. The protec-tion of your restraint system (seatbelts and air bags) is greatlyreduced by reclining your seat.Seat belts must be secured againstyour hips and chest to work proper-ly. The more the seatback isreclined, the greater the chance anoccupant's hips will slide under thelap belt causing serious internalinjuries. Also, the shoulder beltmay strike the occupant's neck.Drivers and passengers shouldalways sit well back in their seats,properly belted, and with the seat-backs upright.

WARNING When you return the rear seatbackto its upright position after the rearseatback has been folded down, becareful not to damage the seat beltwebbing or buckle. Be sure that thewebbing or buckle does not getcaught or pinched in the rear seat.A seat belt with damaged webbingor buckle could possibly fail duringa collision or sudden stop, result-ing in serious injury. If the webbingor buckles are damaged, get themreplaced immediately.


323

C020401AEN

Periodic inspectionAll seat belts should be inspected peri-odically for wear or damage of any kind.Any damaged parts should be replacedas soon as possible.

C020402AUN

Keep belts clean and drySeat belts should be kept clean and dry.If belts become dirty, they can becleaned by using a mild soap solutionand warm water. Bleach, dye, strongdetergents or abrasives should not beused because they may damage andweaken the fabric.

C020403ASA

When to replace seat beltsThe entire in-use seat belt assembly orassemblies should be replaced if thevehicle has been involved in an accident.This should be done even if no damageis visible. Additional questions concern-ing seat belt operation should be directedto an authorized Kia dealer.

3 33


CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMC030000AHM-EU

Children riding in the car should sit in therear seat and must always be properlyrestrained to minimize the risk of injury inan accident, sudden stop or suddenmaneuver. According to accident statis-tics, children are safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seats than in thefront seat. Larger children not in a childrestraint should use one of the seat beltsprovided.You should be aware of the specificrequirements in your country. Child and/orinfant safety seats must be properlyplaced and installed in the rear seat. Youmust use a commercially available childrestraint system that meets the require-ments of the safety standards of yourcountry.Child restraint systems are designed to besecured in vehicle seats by seat belt, or bya tether anchor and/or LATCH anchors (ifequipped).

Children could be injured or killed in acrash if their restraints are not properlysecured. For small children and babies, achild seat or infant seat must be used.Before buying a particular child restraintsystem, make sure it fits your car seatand seat belts, and fits your child.Follow all the instructions provided by themanufacturer when installing the childrestraint system.

WARNING• A child restraint system must be

placed in the rear seat. Neverinstall a child or infant seat on thefront passenger's seat. Should anaccident occur and cause thepassenger-side air bag to deploy,it could severely injure or kill aninfant or child seated in an infantor child seat. Thus only use achild restraint in the rear seat ofyour vehicle.

(Continued)

(Continued)• A seat belt or child restraint sys-

tem can become very hot if it isleft in a closed vehicle on a sunnyday, even if the outside tempera-ture does not feel hot. Be sure tocheck the seat cover and bucklesbefore placing a child there.

• When the child restraint systemis not in use, store it in the cargoarea or fasten it with a seat beltso that it will not be thrown for-ward in case of a sudden stop oran accident.

• Children may be seriously injuredor killed by an inflating air bag.All children, even those too largefor child restraints, must ride inthe rear seat.


343

WARNINGTo reduce the chance of serious orfatal injuries:• Children of all ages are safer

when restrained in the rear seat.A child riding in the front passen-ger seat can be forcefully struckby an inflating air bag resulting inserious or fatal injuries.

• Always follow the child restraintsystem manufacturer’s instruc-tions for installation and use ofthe child restraint.

• Always make sure the child seatis secured properly in the car andyour child is securely restrainedin the child seat.

• Never hold a child in your arms orlap when riding in a vehicle. Theviolent forces created during acrash will tear the child from yourarms and throw the child againstthe car’s interior.

• Never put a seat belt over your-self and a child. During a crash,the belt could press deep into thechild causing serious internalinjuries.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never leave children unattended

in a vehicle – not even for a shorttime. The car can heat up veryquickly, resulting in seriousinjuries to children inside. Evenvery young children may inadver-tently cause the vehicle to move,entangle themselves in the win-dows, or lock themselves or oth-ers inside the vehicle.

• Never allow two children, or anytwo persons, to use the sameseat belt.

• Children often squirm and repo-sition themselves improperly.Never let a child ride with theshoulder belt under their arm orbehind their back. Always proper-ly position and secure children inthe rear seat.

• Never allow a child to stand-up orkneel on the seat or floor of amoving vehicle. During a colli-sion or sudden stop, the childcan be violently thrown againstthe vehicle’s interior, resulting inserious injury.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never use an infant carrier or a

child safety seat that "hooks"over a seatback, it may not pro-vide adequate security in an acci-dent.

• Seat belts can become very hot,especially when the car is parkedin direct sunlight. Always checkthe seat belt buckles before fas-tening them over a child.

• After an accident, have an author-ized Kia dealer check the childrestraint system, seat belt, tetheranchor and lower anchor.

• If there is not enough space toplace the child restraint systembecause of the driver's seat,install the child restraint systemin the rear right seat.

3 35


C030100AHM-EU

Using a child restraint systemFor small children and babies, the use ofa child seat or infant seat is required. Thechild seat or infant seat should be ofappropriate size for the child and shouldbe installed in accordance with the man-ufacturer's instructions.

For safety reasons, we recommend thatthe child restraint system be used in therear seats.

Since all passenger seat belts movefreely under normal conditions and onlylock under extreme or emergency condi-tions (emergency lock mode), you mustmanually change these seat belts to theauto lock mode to secure a childrestraint.

CRS09

OUN026150

Forward-facing child restraint system

Rearward-facing child restraint system

WARNINGNever place a rear-facing childrestraint in the front passengerseat, because of the danger aninflating passenger-side air bagcould impact the rear-facing childrestraint and kill the child.

WARNING - Child seatinstallation

• A child can be seriously injuredor killed in a collision if the childrestraint is not properly anchoredto the car and the child is notproperly restrained in the childrestraint. Before installing thechild restraint system, read theinstructions supplied by the childrestraint system manufacturer.

• If the seat belt does not operateas described in this section, havethe system checked immediatelyby your authorized Kia dealer.

• Failure to observe this manual'sinstructions regarding childrestraint systems and theinstructions provided with thechild restraint system couldincrease the chance and/orseverity of injury in an accident.


363

C030102AAM-EU

Placing a passenger seat belt intothe auto lock mode The auto lock mode will help prevent thenormal movement of the child in the vehi-cle from causing the seat belt to loosenand compromise the child restraint sys-tem. To secure a child restraint system,use the following procedure.

To install a child restraint system on theoutboard or center rear seats, do the fol-lowing:1. Place the child restraint system in the

seat and route the lap/shoulder beltaround or through the restraint, follow-ing the restraint manufacturer’sinstructions. Be sure the seat belt web-bing is not twisted.

2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch intothe buckle. Listen for the distinct “click”sound.

Position the release button so that it iseasy to access in case of an emergency.

3. Pull the shoulder portion of the seatbelt all the way out. When the shoulderportion of the seat belt is fully extend-ed, it will shift the retractor to the “AutoLock” (child restraint) mode.

E2MS103005 OEN036101 OEN036102

3 37


4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion ofthe seat belt to retract and listen for anaudible “clicking” or “ratcheting” sound.This indicates that the retractor is inthe “Auto Lock” mode. If no distinctsound is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.

5. Remove as much slack from the beltas possible by pushing down on thechild restraint system while feeding theshoulder belt back into the retractor.

6. Push and pull on the child restraintsystem to confirm that the seat belt isholding it firmly in place. If it is not,release the seat belt and repeat steps2 through 6.

7. Double check that the retractor is inthe “Auto Lock” mode by attempting topull more of the seat belt out of theretractor. If you cannot, the retractor isin the “Auto Lock” mode.

To remove the child restraint, press therelease button on the buckle and thenpull the lap/shoulder belt out of therestraint and allow the seat belt to retractfully.

When the seat belt is allowed toretract to its fully stowed position, theretractor will automatically switchfrom the “Auto Lock” mode to theemergency lock mode for normaladult usage.

OEN036104OEN036103

WARNING - Auto lockmode

The lap/shoulder belt automaticallyreturns to the “emergency lockmode” whenever the belt is allowedto retract fully. Therefore, the pre-ceding seven steps must be fol-lowed each time a child restraint isinstalled.If the retractor is not in theAutomatic Locking mode, the childrestraint can move when your vehi-cle turns or stops suddenly. A childcan be seriously injured or killed ifthe child restraint is not properlyanchored to the car, including set-ting the retractor to the AutomaticLocking mode.


383

C030103AEN

Securing a child restraint seat withtether anchor system Child restraint hook holders are locatedon the back of the rear seatbacks.

1. Route the child restraint seat strapover the seatback.For vehicles with adjustable head-rests, route the tether strap under theheadrest and between the headrestposts, otherwise route the tether strapover the top of the seatback.

2. Connect the tether strap hook to theappropriate child restraint hook holderand tighten to secure the child restraintseat.

OXM039034N WARNING - Tether strapNever mount more than one childrestraint to a single tether or to asingle lower anchorage point. Theincreased load caused by multipleseats may cause the tethers oranchorage points to break, causingserious injury or death.

WARNINGA child can be seriously injured orkilled in a collision if the childrestraint is not properly anchoredto the car and the child is not prop-erly restrained in the child restraint.Always follow the child seat manu-facturer’s instructions for installa-tion and use.

OSL030025N

3 39


C030104AHM-EU

Securing a child restraint seat withchild seat lower anchor systemSome child seat manufacturers makechild restraint seats that are labeled asLATCH or LATCH-compatible childrestraint seats. LATCH stands for "LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children". Theseseats include two rigid or webbingmounted attachments that connect totwo LATCH anchors at specific seatingpositions in your vehicle. This type ofchild restraint seat eliminates the need touse seat belts to attach the child seat inthe rear seats.

Child restraint symbols are located onthe left and right rear seat backs to indi-cate the position of the lower anchors forchild restraints.

WARNING - Child restraintcheck

Check that the child restraint sys-tem is secure by pushing andpulling it in different directions.Incorrectly fitted child restraintsmay swing, twist, tip or separatecausing death or serious injury.

WARNING - Child restraintanchorage

• Child restraint anchorages aredesigned to withstand only thoseloads imposed by correctly fittedchild restraints. Under no circum-stances are they to be used foradult seat belts or harnesses orfor attaching other items orequipment to the vehicle.

• The tether strap may not workproperly if attached somewhereother than the correct tetheranchor.

OLM039035 OSL030027

Lower Anchor

Lower AnchorPosition Indicator


403

LATCH anchors have been provided inyour vehicle. The LATCH anchors arelocated in the left and right outboard rearseating positions. Their locations areshown in the illustration. There is noLATCH anchor provided for the centerrear seating position.The LATCH anchors are located betweenthe seatback and the seat cushion of therear seat left and right outboard seatingpositions.Follow the child seat manufacturer’sinstructions to properly install childrestraint seats with LATCH or LATCH-compatible attachments.Once you have installed the LATCH childrestraint, assure that the seat is properlyattached to the LATCH and tetheranchors.

Also, test the child restraint seat beforeyou place the child in it. Tilt the seat fromside to side. Also try to tug the seat for-ward. Check to see if the anchors holdthe seat in place.

WARNING• When using the vehicle's

"LATCH" system to install a childrestraint system in the rear seat,all unused vehicle rear seat beltmetal latch plates or tabs must belatched securely in their seat beltbuckles and the seat belt web-bing must be retracted behindthe child restraint to prevent thechild from reaching and takinghold of unretracted seat belts.Unlatched metal latch plates ortabs may allow the child to reachthe unretracted seat belts whichmay result in strangulation and aserious injury or death to thechild in the child restraint.

• Do not place anything around thelower anchors. Also make surethat the seat belt is not caught inthe lower anchors.

OSL030027

CAUTIONDo not allow the rear seat belt web-bing to get scratched or pinched bythe child-seat latch and LATCHanchor during the installation.

3 41


WARNINGIf the child restraint is not anchoredproperly, the risk of a child beingseriously injured or killed in a colli-sion greatly increases.

WARNING - LATCH loweranchors

LATCH lower anchors are only tobe used with the left and right rearoutboard seating positions. Neverattempt to attach a LATCHequipped seat in the center seatingposition. You may damage theanchors or the anchors may failand break in a collision.


423

C040000AUN-C1

(1) Driver’s front air bag(2) Passenger’s front air bag(3) Side impact air bag(4) Curtain air bag

AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

WARNINGEven in vehicles with air bags, youand your passengers must alwayswear the safety belts provided inorder to minimize the risk andseverity of injury in the event of acollision or rollover.

OLM032301N

* The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

3 43


C040900AHM-EU

How does the air bag systemoperate • Air bags are activated (able to inflate if

necessary) only when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON or STARTposition.

• Air bags inflate instantly in the event ofa serious frontal collision or side colli-sion in order to help protect the occu-pants from serious physical injury.Also, the side and/or curtain air bagsinflate instantly in the event of arollover in order to help protect theoccupants from serious physical injury.

• There is no single speed at which theair bags will inflate.Generally, air bags are designed toinflate based upon the severity of a col-lision and its direction. These two fac-tors determine whether the sensorsproduce an electronic deployment/inflation signal.

• Air bag deployment depends on anumber of factors including vehiclespeed, angles of impact and the densi-ty and stiffness of the vehicles orobjects which your vehicle hits in thecollision. The determining factors arenot limited to those mentioned above.

• The front air bags will completelyinflate and deflate in an instant.It is virtually impossible for you to seethe air bags inflate during an accident.It is much more likely that you will sim-ply see the deflated air bags hangingout of their storage compartments afterthe collision.

• In order to help provide protection in asevere collision, the air bags mustinflate rapidly. The speed of the air baginflation is a consequence of extremelyshort time in which a collision occursand the need to inflate the air bagbetween the occupant and the vehiclestructures before the occupant impactsthose structures. This speed of inflationreduces the risk of serious or life-threatening injuries in a severe collisionand is thus a necessary part of the airbag design.However, air bag inflation can alsocause injuries which can include facialabrasions, bruises and broken bonesbecause the inflation speed also caus-es the air bags to expand with a greatdeal of force.

• There are even circumstancesunder which contact with the steer-ing wheel or passenger air bag cancause fatal injuries, especially if theoccupant is positioned excessivelyclose to the steering wheel or pas-senger air bag.

WARNING• To avoid severe personal injury

or death caused by deploying airbags in a collision, the drivershould sit as far back from thesteering wheel air bag as possi-ble (at least 250 mm (10 inches)away). The front passengersshould always move their seatsas far back as possible and sitback in their seat.

• Air bags inflate instantly in theevent of a collision, and passen-gers may be injured by the air bagexpansion force if they are not ina proper position.

• Air bag inflation may causeinjuries including facial or bodilyabrasions, injuries from brokenglasses or burns.


443

C040902AUN

Noise and smokeWhen the air bags inflate, they make aloud noise and they leave smoke andpowder in the air inside of the vehicle.This is normal and is a result of the igni-tion of the air bag inflator. After the airbag inflates, you may feel substantial dis-comfort in breathing due to the contact ofyour chest with both the seat belt and theair bag, as well as from breathing thesmoke and powder. Open your doorsand/or windows as soon as possibleafter impact in order to reduce dis-comfort and prevent prolonged expo-sure to the smoke and powder.Though smoke and powder are non-toxic, it may cause irritation to the skin(eyes, nose and throat, etc). If this is thecase, wash and rinse with cold waterimmediately and consult a doctor if thesymptom persists.

C040903AEN

Do not install a child restraint on thefront passenger’s seat.Never place a rear-facing child restraintin the front passenger’s seat. If the airbag deploys, it would impact the rear-fac-ing child restraint, causing serious orfatal injury.In addition, do not place front-facing childrestraints in the front passenger’s seateither. If the front passenger air baginflates, it could cause serious or fatalinjuries to the child.

1JBH3051

WARNINGWhen the air bags deploy, the airbag related parts in the steeringwheel and/or instrument paneland/or in both sides of the roof railsabove the front and rear doors arevery hot. To prevent injury, do nottouch the air bag storage area’sinternal components immediatelyafter an air bag has inflated.

3 45


C041000AAM

Air bag warning lightThe purpose of the air bag warning lightin your instrument panel is to alert you ofa potential problem with your air bag -Supplemental Restraint System (SRS).

When the ignition switch is turned ON,the warning light should illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds, then go off.Have the system checked if:• The light does not turn on briefly when

you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after illuminating for

approximately 6 seconds.• The light comes on while the vehicle is

in motion.• The light blinks when the ignition

switch is in ON position.

WARNING• Extreme Hazard! Do not use a

rearward facing child restraint ona seat protected by an air bag infront of it!

• Never put a child restraint in thefront passenger’s seat. If the frontpassenger air bag inflates, itwould cause serious or fatalinjuries.

• When children are seated in therear outboard seats of vehicleequipped with side and/or curtainair bags, be sure to install thechild restraint system as far awayfrom the door side as possible,and securely lock the childrestraint system in position.Inflation of side and/or curtain airbags could cause serious injuryor death to an infant or child.

W7-147


463

C040100AHM-EU

SRS components and functionsThe SRS consists of the following com-ponents:1. Driver's front air bag module2. Passenger's front air bag module3. Side impact air bag modules4. Curtain air bag modules5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies6. Air bag warning light7. SRS control module (SRSCM)/

Rollover sensor8. Front impact sensors9. Side impact sensors10. PASSENGER AIR BAG “ OFF ” indi-

cator (Front passenger’s seat only)

11. Occupant detection system (Frontpassenger’s seat only)

12. Driver’s and front passenger’s seatbelt buckle sensors

13. Front anchor pre-tensionerThe SRSCM continually monitors allSRS components while the ignitionswitch is ON to determine if a crashimpact is severe enough to require airbag deployment or pre-tensioner seatbelt deployment.The SRS air bag warning light on theinstrument panel will illuminate for about6 seconds after the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, after which theSRS air bag warning light should go out.

The front air bag modules are locatedboth in the center of the steering wheeland in the front passenger's panel abovethe glove box. When the SRSCM detectsa sufficiently severe impact to the front ofthe vehicle, it will automatically deploythe front air bags.

B240B01L

Driver’s front air bag (1)

WARNING If any of the following conditionsoccurs, this indicates a malfunctionof the SRS. Have an authorized Kiadealer inspect the air bag systemas soon as possible.• The light does not turn on briefly

when you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after illuminat-

ing for approximately 6 seconds.• The light comes on while the

vehicle is in motion.• The light blinks when the ignition

switch is in ON position.

OKM039160L

3 47


Upon deployment, tear seams moldeddirectly into the pad covers will separateunder pressure from the expansion of theair bags. Further opening of the coversthen allows full inflation of the air bags.

A fully inflated air bag, in combinationwith a properly worn seat belt, slows thedriver's or the passenger's forwardmotion, reducing the risk of head andchest injury.

After complete inflation, the air bagimmediately starts deflating, enabling thedriver to maintain forward visibility andthe ability to steer or operate other con-trols.

B240B02L B240B03L

Driver’s front air bag (2) Driver’s front air bag (3)

WARNING • Do not install or place any acces-

sories (drink holder, cassetteholder, sticker, etc.) on the frontpassenger's panel above theglove box in a vehicle with a pas-senger's air bag. Such objectsmay become dangerous projec-tiles and cause injury if the pas-senger's air bag inflates.

• When installing a container of liq-uid air freshener inside the vehi-cle, do not place it near theinstrument cluster nor on theinstrument panel surface.It may become a dangerous pro-jectile and cause injury if the pas-senger's air bag inflates.

B240B05L

Passenger’s front air bag


483

C040300AAM

Occupant Detection System(ODS)Your vehicle is equipped with an occu-pant detection system in the front pas-senger's seat.The occupant detection system isdesigned to detect the presence of aproperly-seated front passenger anddetermine if the passenger's front air bagshould be enabled (may inflate) or not.The driver's front air bag is not affectedor controlled by the occupant detectionsystem.

WARNING• If an air bag deploys, there may

be a loud noise followed by a finedust released in the vehicle.These conditions are normal andare non-toxic - the air bags arepacked in this fine powder. Thedust generated during air bagdeployment may cause skin oreye irritation as well as aggravateasthma for some persons.Always wash all exposed skinareas thoroughly with lukewarmwater and a mild soap after anaccident in which the air bagswere deployed.

• The SRS can function only whenthe ignition switch is in the ONposition. If the SRS air bag warn-ing light does not illuminate, orcontinuously remains on afterilluminating for about 6 secondswhen the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position, or after theengine is started, comes on whiledriving, the SRS is not workingproperly. If this occurs, have yourvehicle immediately inspected byan authorized Kia dealer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Before you replace a fuse or dis-

connect a battery terminal, turnthe ignition switch to the LOCKposition and remove the ignitionswitch. Never remove or replacethe air bag related fuse(s) whenthe ignition switch is in the ONposition. Failure to heed thiswarning will cause the SRS airbag warning light to illuminate.

WARNING Do not put anything in front of thepassenger air bag indicator.

OSL030055N

3 49


Main components of the occupantdetection system• A detection device located within the

front passenger seat cushion.• An electronic system which deter-

mines whether the passenger air bagsystems should be activated or deacti-vated.

• A indicator light located on the instru-ment panel which illuminates thewords PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”indicating the front passenger air bagsystem is deactivated.

• The instrument panel air bag warninglight is interconnected with the occu-pant detection system.

If the front passenger seat is occupied bya person that the system determines tobe of appropriate size, and he/she sitsproperly (sitting upright with the seatbackin an upright position, centered on theseat cushion with their seat belt on, legscomfortably extended and their feet onthe floor), the PASSENGER AIR BAG“OFF” indicator will turn off and the frontpassenger's air bag will be able to inflate,if necessary, in frontal crashes.You will find the PASSENGER AIR BAG“OFF” indicator on the center facia panel.This system detects the conditions 1~4in the following table and activates ordeactivates the front passenger air bagbased on these conditions.

Always be sure that you and all vehicleoccupants are seated and restrainedproperly (sitting upright with the seat inan upright position, centered on the seatcushion, with the person’s legs comfort-ably extended, feet on the floor, andwearing the safety belt properly) for themost effective protection by the air bagand the safety belt.

• The ODS (Occupant Detection System)may not function properly if the passen-ger takes actions which can defeat thedetection system. These include:

(1) Failing to sit in an upright position.(2) Leaning against the door or center

console.(3) Sitting towards the sides or the front

of the seat.(4) Putting legs on the dashboard or rest-

ing them on other locations whichreduce the passenger weight on thefront seat.

(5) Improperly wearing the safety belt.(6) Reclining the seat back.


503

WARNINGRiding in an improper position orplacing weight on the front passen-ger's seat when it is unoccupied bya passenger adversely affects theOccupant Detection System (ODS).Your ODS is designed to resistelectronic waves, but do not placean electronic device such as laptopcomputer on or near the seat cush-ion since it may defeat the properfunctioning of the ODS.

(Continued)

C040301AMG

Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection system

*1) The system judges a person of adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front pas-senger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/herphysique and posture.

*2) Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child whohas outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the systemmay recognize him/her as an adult depending on his/her physique or posture.

*3) Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.

Condition detected by theoccupant detection

system

1. Adult *1

2. Infant *2 or child

restraint system with

12 months old *3

3. Unoccupied

4. Malfunction in the

system

Off

On

On

Off

Off

Off

Off

On

Activated

Deactivated

Deactivated

Activated

"PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF" indicator

lightSRS warning light

Front passenger air bag

Indicator/Warning light Devices

3 51


1KMN3663

1KMN3664

1KMN3665

- Never sit with hips shiftedtowards the front of the seat.

- Never lean on the door or centerconsole.

- Never sit on one side of the frontpassenger seat.

- Never place feet on the dash-board.

OVQ036013N

1KMN3662

- Never put a heavy load or anactive electronic device on thefront passenger seat or seatbackpocket.

- Never excessively recline thefront passenger seatback.

OVQ036014N

- Never place feet on the front pas-senger seatback.

(Continued)


523

When an adult is seated in the front pas-senger seat, if the PASSENGER AIRBAG “OFF” indicator is on, turn the igni-tion switch to the LOCK position and askthe passenger to sit properly (sittingupright with the seat back in an uprightposition, centered on the seat cushionwith their seat belt on, legs comfortablyextended and their feet on the floor).Restart the engine and have the personremain in that position. This will allow thesystem to detect the person and toenable the passenger air bag.

If the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indi-cator is still on, ask the passenger tomove to the rear seat.

✽✽ NOTICEThe PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”indicator illuminates for about 4 sec-onds after the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position or after the engine isstarted. If the front passenger seat isoccupied, the occupant detection sensorwill then classify the front passengerafter several more seconds.

B990A01OWARNING

Do not put a heavy load or an activeelectronic device (ex. laptop com-puter, navigation, etc.) in the frontpassenger seatback pocket or onthe front passenger seat. Do nothang onto the front passenger seat.Do not hang any items such asseatback table on the front passen-ger seatback. Do not place feet onthe front passenger seatback. Donot place any items under the frontpassenger seat. Any of these couldinterfere with proper sensor opera-tion.

Proper position

WARNINGDo not allow an adult passenger toride in the front seat when the“PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF” indi-cator is illuminated because the airbag will not deploy in the event of acrash. If the "PASSENGER AIR BAGOFF" indicator remains illuminatedafter the adult passenger reposi-tions themselves properly and thecar is restarted, have the passengermove to the rear seat because thepassenger's front air bag will notdeploy.The "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"indicator will not change accordingto the occupants posture after thevehicle has been running for 30seconds.Front seat passengers must stayproperly seated to avoid seriousinjury from a deploying air bag.

3 53


WARNING• Even though your vehicle is

equipped with the occupantdetection system, never install achild restraint system in the frontpassenger's seat. A deploying airbag can forcefully strike a childresulting in serious injuries ordeath. Any child age 12 andunder should ride in the rear seat.Children too large for childrestraints should use the avail-able lap/shoulder belts. No matterwhat type of crash, children of allages are safer when restrained inthe rear seat.

• If the PASSENGER AIR BAG“OFF” indicator is illuminatedwhen the front passenger's seatis occupied by an adult andhe/she sits properly (sittingupright with the seatback in anupright position, centered on theseat cushion with their seat belton, legs comfortably extendedand their feet on the floor), havethat person sit in the rear seat.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Accident statistics show that chil-

dren are safer if they arerestrained in the rear, as opposedto the front seat. It is recommend-ed that child restraints be securedin a rear seat, including an infantriding in a rear-facing infant seat,a child riding in a forward-facingchild seat and an older child rid-ing in a booster seat.

• Air bags can only be used once –have an authorized Kia dealerreplace the air bag immediatelyafter deployment.

• The occupant detection systemmay not work properly if water,coffee or any other liquid includ-ing rain gets on the seat. Keepthe front seat dry at all times.

• Do not place an electronic devicesuch as a laptop computer on thefront passenger seat. Its electron-ic field may cause the ODS toswitch to the "on" condition andthus allow the passenger airbagto deploy needlessly in a colli-sion, increasing your repaircosts.

(Continued)• If the front passenger seat is

occupied by a child who is not ina CRS, the "PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF" indicator may or maynot be on and the passengerairbag may or may not deploy in acollision. Have the child move toa rear seat to increase their safe-ty.

• Do not modify or replace the driv-er or front passenger seat. Don'tplace anything on or attach any-thing such as a blanket or seatheater to the driver or front pas-senger seat. This can adverselyaffect the occupant detectionsystem.

• Do not place sharp objects on thefront passenger seat. These maydamage the occupant detectionsystem, if they puncture the seatcushion.

• Do not use accessory seat cov-ers on the front seats.

(Continued)


543

C040400AAM-EU

Driver's and passenger's front airbagYour vehicle is equipped with anAdvanced Supplemental Restraint (AirBag) System and lap/shoulder belts atboth the driver and passenger seatingposition.

The indication of the system's presenceare the letters "AIR BAG" embossed onthe air bag pad cover on the steeringwheel and the passenger's side frontpanel pad above the glove box.

The SRS consists of air bags installedunder the pad covers in the center of thesteering wheel and the passenger's sidefront panel above the glove box.The purpose of the SRS is to provide thevehicle's driver and/or the front passen-ger with additional protection than thatoffered by the seat belt system alone incase of a frontal impact of sufficientseverity. The SRS uses sensors to gath-er information about the driver's and frontpassenger's seat belt usage and impactseverity.

WARNINGIf the occupant detection system isnot working properly, the SRS airbag warning light on the instru-ment panel will illuminate becausethe passenger's front air bag isconnected with the occupantdetection system. If there is a mal-function of the occupant detectionsystem, the PASSENGER AIR BAG“OFF” indicator will not illuminateand the passenger's front air bagwill inflate in frontal impact crasheseven if there is no occupant in thefront passenger's seat. If the SRSair bag warning light does not illu-minate when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, remainsilluminated after approximately 6seconds when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, or if itilluminates while the vehicle isbeing driven, have an authorizedKia dealer inspect the occupantdetection system and the SRS airbag system as soon as possible.

OSL030037

OSL030038

Driver’s front air bag

Passenger’s front air bag

3 55


The seat belt buckle sensors determine ifthe driver and front passenger's seatbelts are fastened.

These sensors provide the ability to con-trol the SRS deployment based onwhether or not the seat belts are fas-tened, and how severe the impact is.

The advanced SRS offers the ability tocontrol the air bag inflation with two lev-els. A first stage level is provided for mod-erate-severity impacts. A second stagelevel is provided for more severe impacts.

The passenger’s front air bag is designedto help reduce the injury of children sit-ting close to the instrument panel in lowspeed collisions. However, children aresafer if they are restrained in the rearseat.

According to the impact severity and seatbelt usage, the SRSCM (SRS ControlModule) controls the air bag inflation.Failure to properly wear seat belts canincrease the risk or severity of injury inan accident.

Additionally, your vehicle is equippedwith an occupant detection system in thefront passenger's seat. The occupantdetection system detects the presence ofa passenger in the front passenger's seatand will turn off the front passenger's airbag under certain conditions. For moredetail, see "Occupant detection system"in this section.

WARNINGIf the occupant detection system isnot working properly, the SRS airbag warning light on the instru-ment panel will illuminate becausethe SRS air bag warning light isconnected with the occupantdetection system. If the SRS air bagwarning light does not illuminatewhen the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position, remains illumi-nated after approximately 6 sec-onds when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, or if itilluminates while the vehicle isbeing driven, have an authorizedKia dealer inspect the advancedSRS air bag system as soon aspossible.

WARNING• Modification to the seat structure

can cause the air bag to deploy ata different level than should beprovided.

• Do not place any objects under-neath the front seats as theycould damage or interfere withthe occupant detection system.


563

✽✽ NOTICE• Be sure to read information about the

SRS on the labels provided on the sun-visor.

• Advanced air bags are combined withpre-tensioner seat belts to help pro-vide enhanced occupant protection infrontal crashes. Front air bags are notintended to deploy in all frontal colli-sions in which sufficient protectioncan be provided by the pre-tensionerseat belt.

WARNINGManufacturers are required by gov-ernment regulations to provide acontact point concerning modifica-tions to the vehicle for persons withdisabilities, which modificationsmay affect the vehicle’s advancedair bag system. However, Kia doesnot endorse nor will it support anychanges to any part or structure ofthe vehicle that could affect theadvanced air bag system, includingthe occupant detection system.Specifically, the front passengerseat, dashboard or door should notbe replaced except by an author-ized Kia dealer using original Kiaparts designed for this vehicle andmodel. Any other such replacementor modification could adverselyaffect the operation of the occupantdetection system and youradvanced air bags. For the samereason, do not attach anything tothe seat, dashboard or door, eventemporarily. If the system isadversely affected, it could causesevere personal injuries or death ina collision.

(Continued)To reduce the chance of serious orfatal injuries and receive the maxi-mum safety benefit from yourrestraint system:• Never place a child in any child or

booster seat in the front seat.• ABC – Always Buckle Children in

the back seat. It is the safestplace for children of any age toride.

• Front and side air bags can injureoccupants improperly positionedin the front seats.

• Move your seat as far back aspractical from the front air bags,while still maintaining control ofthe vehicle.

• You and your passengers shouldnever sit or lean unnecessarilyclose to the air bags. Improperlypositioned drivers and passen-gers can be severely injured byinflating air bags.

• Never lean against the door orcenter console – always sit in anupright position.

(Continued)

WARNINGAlways use seat belts and childrestraints – every trip, every time,everyone! Air bags inflate with con-siderable force and in the blink ofan eye. Seat belts help keep occu-pants in proper position to obtainmaximum benefit from the air bag.Even with advanced air bags,improperly and unbelted occupantscan be severely injured when theair bag inflates. Always follow theprecautions about seat belts, airbags and occupant safety con-tained in this manual.

(Continued)

3 57


OEP036096N

OVQ036018N

1VQA2091

Rear impact

Side impact

Rollover

(Continued)• Do not allow a passenger to ride

in the front seat when the PAS-SENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indica-tor is illuminated, because the airbag will not deploy in the event ofa moderate or severe frontalcrash.

• No objects should be placed overor near the air bag modules onthe steering wheel, instrumentpanel or the front passenger'spanel above the glove box,because any such object couldcause harm if the vehicle is in acrash severe enough to causethe air bags to deploy.

• Never place covers, blankets oraftermarket seat warmers on thedriver or front passenger seatsas these may interfere with theoccupant detection system.

• Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring or other componentsof the SRS system. Doing socould result in injury, due to acci-dental deployment of the air bagsor by rendering the SRS inopera-tive.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the SRS air bag warning light

remains illuminated while thevehicle is being driven, have anauthorized Kia dealer inspect theair bag system as soon as possi-ble.

• Air bags can only be used once –have an authorized Kia dealerreplace the air bag immediatelyafter deployment.

• The SRS is designed to deploythe front air bags only when animpact is sufficiently severe andwhen the impact angle is lessthan 30° from the forward longitu-dinal axis of the vehicle.Additionally, the air bags will onlydeploy once. Seat belts must beworn at all times.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Front air bags are not intended to

deploy in side-impact, rear-impact or rollover crashes. Inaddition, front air bags will notdeploy in frontal crashes belowthe deployment threshold.

(Continued)


583

* The actual air bags in the vehicle may differfrom the illustration.

C040600AAM-EU

Side impact air bagYour vehicle is equipped with a sideimpact air bag in each front seat.

(Continued)• Sitting improperly or out of posi-

tion can result in serious or fatalinjury in a crash. All occupantsshould sit upright with the seatback in an upright position, cen-tered on the seat cushion withtheir seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and their feet onthe floor until the vehicle isparked and the ignition key isremoved or the engine is shut off.

• The SRS air bag system mustdeploy very rapidly to provideprotection in a crash. If an occu-pant is out of position because ofnot wearing a seat belt, the airbag may forcefully contact theoccupant causing serious or fatalinjuries.

(Continued)• Even though your vehicle is

equipped with the occupantdetection system, do not install achild restraint system in the frontpassenger seat position. A childrestraint system must never beplaced in the front seat.The infantor child could be severely injuredor killed by an air bag deploymentin case of an accident.

• Children age 12 and under mustalways be properly restrained inthe rear seat. Never allow chil-dren to ride in the front passen-ger seat. If a child over 12 mustbe seated in the front seat, he orshe must be properly belted andthe seat should be moved as farback as possible.

• For maximum safety protection inall types of crashes, all occu-pants including the driver shouldalways wear their seat beltswhether or not an air bag is alsoprovided at their seating positionto minimize the risk of severeinjury or death in the event of acrash. Do not sit or lean unneces-sarily close to the air bag whilethe vehicle is in motion.

(Continued)

OSL030039

OLM032310N

3 59


The purpose of the air bag is to providethe vehicle's driver and/or the front pas-senger with additional protection thanthat offered by the seat belt alone.• The side impact air bags are designed

to deploy during certain side-impactcollisions, depending on the crashseverity, angle, speed and point ofimpact.

• The side impact air bags do not onlydeploy on the side of the impact butalso on the opposite side.

• Also, both sides of the side impact airbags deploy in certain rollover situa-tions.

• The side impact air bags are notdesigned to deploy in all side impact orrollover situations.

(Continued)• Do not install any accessories on

the side or near the side impactair bag.

• Do not place any objects over theair bag or between the air bagand yourself.

• Do not place any objects (anumbrella, bag, etc.) between thefront door and the front seat.Such objects may become dan-gerous projectiles and causeinjury if the supplemental side airbag inflates.

• To prevent unexpected deploy-ment of the side impact air bagthat may result in personal injury,avoid impact to the side impactsensor when the ignition switchis on.

• If seat or seat cover is damaged,have the vehicle checked andrepaired by an authorized Kiadealer. Inform the dealer that yourvehicle is equipped with sideimpact air bags and an occupantdetection system.

WARNING• The side impact air bag is sup-

plemental to the driver's and thepassenger's seat belt systemsand is not a substitute for them.Therefore your seat belts must beworn at all times while the vehicleis in motion. The air bags deployonly in certain side impact orrollover conditions severeenough to cause significantinjury to the vehicle occupants.

• For best protection from the sideair bag system and to avoid beinginjured by the deploying side airbag, both front seat occupantsshould sit in an upright positionwith the seat belt properly fas-tened. The driver's hands shouldbe placed on the steering wheelat the 9:00 and 3:00 positions.The passenger's arms and handsshould be placed on their laps.

• Do not use any accessory seatcovers.

• Use of seat covers could reduceor prevent the effectiveness ofthe system.

(Continued)

WARNINGDo not allow the passengers to leantheir heads or bodies onto doors,put their arms on the doors, stretchtheir arms out of the window, orplace objects between the doorsand passengers when they areseated on seats equipped with sideand/or curtain air bags.


603


C040700AUN

Curtain air bagCurtain air bags are located along bothsides of the roof rails above the front andrear doors.

They are designed to help protect theheads of the front seat occupants andthe rear outboard seat occupants in cer-tain side impact collisions.• The curtain air bags are designed to

deploy during certain side impact colli-sions, depending on the crash severity,angle, speed and point of impact.

• The curtain air bags do not only deployon the side of the impact but also onthe opposite side.

• Also, both sides of the curtain air bagsdeploy in certain rollover situations.

• The curtain air bags are not designedto deploy in all side impact or rolloversituations.

WARNING• In order for side and curtain air

bags to provide the best protec-tion, front seat occupants andoutboard rear occupants shouldsit in an upright position with theseat belts properly fastened.Importantly, children should sit ina proper child restraint system inthe rear seat.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When children are seated in the

rear outboard seats, they must beseated in the proper childrestraint system. Make sure toposition the child restraint sys-tem as far away from the doorside as possible, and secure thechild restraint system in a lockedposition.

• Do not allow the passengers tolean their heads or bodiesagainst the doors, put their armson the doors, stretch their armsout of the window or placeobjects between the doors andpassengers when they are seatedon seats equipped with sideimpact and/or curtain air bags.

• Never try to open or repair anycomponents of the side and cur-tain air bag system. This shouldonly be done by an authorizedKia dealer.

Failure to follow the above men-tioned instructions can result ininjury or death to the vehicle occu-pants in an accident.

OXM039055

OLM032311N

3 61


C040800AAM

Why didn’t my air bag go off in acollision? (Inflation and non-infla-tion conditions of the air bag)There are many types of accidents inwhich the air bag would not be expect-ed to provide additional protection.These include rear impacts, second orthird collisions in multiple impactaccidents, as well as low speedimpacts. In other words, just becauseyour vehicle is damaged and even if itis totally unusable, don’t be surprisedthat the air bags did not inflate.

Air bag collision sensors(1) SRS control module/

Rollover sensor(2) Front impact sensor

(3) Side impact sensor(4) Side impact sensor

OSL030028/OSL030040/OSL030041/OXM039043/OSL030042

1 2 3 4


623

C040801AAM

Air bag inflation conditionsFront air bags Front air bags are designed to inflate in afrontal collision depending on the intensi-ty, speed or angles of impact of the frontcollision.

1VQA2084

WARNING• Do not hit or allow any objects to

impact the locations where airbags or sensors are installed.This may cause unexpected airbag deployment, which couldresult in serious personal injuryor death.

• If the installation location orangle of the sensors is altered inany way, the air bags may deploywhen they should not or they maynot deploy when they should,causing severe injury or death.Therefore, do not try to performmaintenance on or around the airbag sensors. Have the vehiclechecked and repaired by anauthorized Kia dealer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Problems may arise if the sensor

installation angles are changeddue to the deformation of thefront bumper, front end module,body or front doors and/or B pil-lar where side collision sensorsare installed. Have the vehiclechecked and repaired by anauthorized Kia dealer.

• Your vehicle has been designedto absorb impact and deploy theair bag(s) in certain collisions.Installing bumper guards (or sidestep or running board) or replac-ing a bumper (or front door mod-ule) with non-genuine parts mayadversely affect your vehicle’scollision and air bag deploymentperformance.

3 63



Side impact and/or curtain air bags Side impact and/or curtain air bags aredesigned to inflate when an impact isdetected by side collision sensorsdepending on the strength, speed orangles of impact resulting from a sideimpact collision.

Also, the side impact and curtain air bagsare designed to inflate when a rollover isdetected by a rollover sensor.Although the front air bags (driver’s andfront passenger’s air bags) are designedto inflate only in frontal collisions, theyalso may inflate in other types of colli-sions if the front impact sensors detect asufficient impact. Side impact and curtainair bags are designed to inflate only inside impact collisions or rollovers. Butthey may inflate in other type of collisionsor similar rollover situations, includingwhen the vehicle is tilted such as beingtowed if the side impact sensors orrollover sensor detect a sufficient impactor rollover.If the vehicle chassis is impacted bybumps or objects on unimproved roads,the air bags may deploy. Drive carefullyon unimproved roads or on surfaces notdesigned for vehicle traffic to preventunintended air bag deployment.

C040802AUN

Air bag non-inflation conditions• In certain low-speed collisions the air

bags may not deploy. The air bags aredesigned not to deploy in such casesbecause they may not provide benefitsbeyond the protection of the seat beltsin such collisions.

1VQA2086

OVQ036018N

OLM032312N


643

• Air bags are not designed to inflate inrear collisions, because occupants aremoved backward by the force of theimpact. In this case, inflated air bagswould not be able to provide any addi-tional benefit.

• Front air bags may not inflate in sideimpact collisions, because occupantsmove to the direction of the collision,and thus in side impacts, frontal air bagdeployment would not provide addi-tional occupant protection.However, if equipped with side impactand curtain air bags, the air bags mayinflate depending on the intensity, vehi-cle speed and angles of impact.

• In an angled collision, the force ofimpact may direct the occupants in adirection where the air bags would notbe able to provide any additional bene-fit, and thus the sensors may notdeploy any air bags.

OUN036087 1VQA2089OVQ036018N

3 65


• Just before impact, drivers often brakeheavily. Such heavy braking lowers thefront portion of the vehicle causing it to“ride” under a vehicle with a higherground clearance. Air bags may notinflate in this "under-ride" situationbecause deceleration forces that aredetected by sensors may be signifi-cantly reduced by such “under-ride”collisions.

• Front air bags may not inflate inrollover accidents because front airbag deployment would not provideadditional occupant protection.However, if equipped with side impactand curtain air bags, the air bags mayinflate in a rollover, when it is detectedby the rollover sensor.

• Air bags may not inflate if the vehiclecollides with objects such as utilitypoles or trees, where the point ofimpact is concentrated to one area andthe full force of the impact is not deliv-ered to the sensors.

1VQA2090 1VQA2091 1VQA2092


663

C041100AUN

SRS CareThe SRS is virtually maintenance-freeand so there are no parts you can safelyservice by yourself. If the SRS air bagwarning light does not illuminate, or con-tinuously remains on, have your vehicleimmediately inspected by an authorizedKia dealer.

Any work on the SRS system, such asremoving, installing, repairing, or anywork on the steering wheel, the frontpassenger’s panel, front seats and roofrails must be performed by an authorizedKia dealer. Improper handling of the SRSsystem may result in serious personalinjury.

WARNING• Modification to SRS components

or wiring, including the additionof any kind of badges to the padcovers or modifications to thebody structure, can adverselyaffect SRS performance and leadto possible injury.

• For cleaning the air bag pad cov-ers, use only a soft, dry cloth orone which has been moistenedwith plain water. Solvents orcleaners could adversely affectthe air bag covers and properdeployment of the system.

• No objects should be placed overor near the air bag modules on thesteering wheel, instrument panel,and the front passenger's panelabove the glove box, because anysuch object could cause harm if thevehicle is in a crash severe enoughto cause the air bags to inflate.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the air bags inflate, they must

be replaced by an authorized Kiadealer.

• Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring, or other componentsof the SRS system. Doing socould result in injury, due to acci-dental inflation of the air bags orby rendering the SRS inopera-tive.

• If components of the air bag sys-tem must be discarded, or if thevehicle must be scrapped, certainsafety precautions must beobserved. An authorized Kiadealer knows these precautionsand can give you the necessaryinformation. Failure to followthese precautions and proce-dures could increase the risk ofpersonal injury.

• If your car was flooded and hassoaked carpeting or water onflooring, you shouldn't try to startthe engine; have the car towed toan authorized Kia dealer.

3 67


C041300AUN

Additional safety precautions• Never let passengers ride in the

cargo area or on top of a folded-down back seat. All occupants shouldsit upright, fully back in their seats withtheir seat belts on and their feet on thefloor.

• Passengers should not move out ofor change seats while the vehicle ismoving. A passenger who is not wear-ing a seat belt during a crash or emer-gency stop can be thrown against theinside of the vehicle, against otheroccupants, or out of the vehicle.

• Each seat belt is designed torestrain one occupant. If more thanone person uses the same seat belt,they could be seriously injured or killedin a collision.

• Do not use any accessories on seatbelts. Devices claiming to improveoccupant comfort or reposition the seatbelt can reduce the protection providedby the seat belt and increase thechance of serious injury in a crash.

• Passengers should not place hardor sharp objects between them-selves and the air bags. Carryinghard or sharp objects on your lap or inyour mouth can result in injuries if anair bag inflates.

• Keep occupants away from the airbag covers. All occupants should situpright, fully back in their seats withtheir seat belts on and their feet on thefloor. If occupants are too close to theair bag covers, they could be injured ifthe air bags inflate.

• Do not attach or place objects on ornear the air bag covers. Any objectattached to or placed on the front orside air bag covers could interfere withthe proper operation of the air bags.

• Do not modify the front seats.Modification of the front seats couldinterfere with the operation of the sup-plemental restraint system sensingcomponents or side air bags.

• Do not place items under the frontseats. Placing items under the frontseats could interfere with the operationof the supplemental restraint systemsensing components and wiring har-nesses.

• Never hold an infant or child on yourlap. The infant or child could be seri-ously injured or killed in the event of acrash. All infants and children shouldbe properly restrained in appropriatechild safety seats or seat belts in therear seat.

WARNING• Sitting improperly or out of posi-

tion can cause occupants to beshifted too close to a deployingair bag, strike the interior struc-ture or be thrown from the vehicleresulting in serious injury ordeath.

• Always sit upright with the seat-back in an upright position, cen-tered on the seat cushion withyour seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and your feet onthe floor.

• Always have the ignition OFF inan abnormal situation. The sideair bags may inflate if the vehicleis tilted such as when beingtowed because the rollover sen-sor detects it as a rollover situa-tion.

• Be careful not to cause impact tothe doors when the ignition isON. The air bags may inflate.

C041400AUN

Adding equipment to or modify-ing your air bag-equipped vehicleIf you modify your vehicle by changingyour vehicle's frame, bumper system,front end or side sheet metal or rideheight, this may affect the operation ofyour vehicle's air bag system.

C041200AUN-EU

Air bag warning labelAir bag warning labels, some required by theCanada Motor Vehicle Safety Standards(CMVSS), are attached to the sunvisor to alert thedriver and passengers of potential risks of the airbag system.

3 68


OSL030061N

4

Keys / 4-2Remote keyless entry / 4-6Smart key / 4-9Theft-alarm system / 4-13Door locks / 4-15Tailgate / 4-20Windows / 4-22Hood / 4-26Fuel filler lid / 4-28Panoramic sunroof / 4-30

Steering wheel / 4-34Mirrors / 4-37Instrument cluster / 4-45Rear parking assist system / 4-63Rearview camera / 4-66Hazard warning flasher / 4-66Lighting / 4-67Wipers and washers / 4-72Interior lights / 4-76Defroster / 4-79Manual climate control system / 4-80Automatic climate control system / 4-88Windshield defrosting and defogging / 4-95Storage compartments / 4-98Interior features / 4-101Exterior features / 4-107Audio system / 4-108Sirius satellite radio information / 4-128



24

D010100AUN

Record your key numberThe key code number isstamped on the tagattached to the key set.Should you lose yourkeys, this number will

enable an authorized Kia dealer to dupli-cate the keys easily. Remove the tag andstore it in a safe place. Also, record thecode number and keep it in a safe place(not in the vehicle).

D010200AAM

Key operations• Used to start the engine.• Used to lock and unlock the doors.

Type BTo unfold the key, press the release but-ton then the key will unfold automatically.To fold the key, fold the key manuallywhile pressing the release button.

Type CTo remove the mechanical key, press andhold the release button (1) and removethe mechanical key (2).To reinstall the mechanical key, put thekey into the hole and push it until a clicksound is heard.

KEYS

OUN026060

OAM041096L

OSL040002N

Type B

Type A

Type C

CAUTIONDo not fold the key without press-ing the release button. This maydamage the key.

4 3


D010300AAM

Immobilizer system (if equipped)Your vehicle may be equipped with anelectronic engine immobilizer system toreduce the risk of unauthorized vehicleuse.Your immobilizer system is comprised ofa small transponder in the ignition keyand electronic devices inside the vehicle.With the immobilizer system, wheneveryou insert your ignition key into the igni-tion switch and turn it to ON, it checksand determines and verifies that the igni-tion key is valid.If the key is determined to be valid, theengine will start.If the key is determined to be invalid, theengine will not start.

To activate the immobilizer system:Turn the ignition key to the OFF position.The immobilizer system activates auto-matically. Without a valid ignition key foryour vehicle, the engine will not start.

To deactivate the immobilizer sys-tem:Insert the ignition key into the key cylin-der and turn it to the ON position.

WARNING - Ignition keyLeaving children unattended in avehicle with the ignition key is dan-gerous even if the key is not in theignition switch. Children copyadults and they could place the keyin the ignition switch. The ignitionkey would enable children to oper-ate power windows or other con-trols, or even make the vehiclemove, which could result in seriousbodily injury or even death. Neverleave the keys in your vehicle withunsupervised children.

WARNINGUse only Kia original parts for theignition key in your vehicle. If anaftermarket key is used, the ignitionswitch may not return to ON afterSTART. If this happens, the starterwill continue to operate causingdamage to the starter motor andpossible fire due to excessive cur-rent in the wiring.

WARNINGIn order to prevent theft of yourvehicle, do not leave spare keys oryour key number anywhere in thevehicle. The ignition key and keynumber are unique to your vehicle,and therefore, should be kept confi-dential.


44

✽✽ NOTICEWhen starting the engine, do not use thekey with other immobilizer keys around.Otherwise the engine may not start ormay stop soon after it starts. Keep eachkey separately in order to avoid a start-ing malfunction.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you need additional keys or lose yourkeys, consult an authorized Kia dealer.

This device complies with IndustryCanada Standard RSS-210.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:1. This device may not cause harmful

interference, and 2. This device must accept any interfer-

ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

CAUTIONThe transponder in your ignitionkey is an important part of theimmobilizer system. It is designedto give years of trouble-free service,however you should avoid expo-sure to moisture, static electricityand rough handling. Immobilizersystem malfunction could occur.

CAUTIONDo not change, alter or adjust theimmobilizer system because itcould cause the immobilizer sys-tem to malfunction and should onlybe serviced by an authorized Kiadealer.Malfunctions caused by improperalterations, adjustments or modifi-cations to the immobilizer systemare not covered by your vehiclemanufacturer warranty.

WARNINGChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user's authority to operatethe equipment.

CAUTIONDo not put metal accessories nearthe ignition switch.Metal accessories may interrupt thetransponder signal and may pre-vent the engine from being started.

4 5


D010301AUN-EC

Limp home (override) procedureWhen you turn the ignition switch to theON position, if the immobilizer indicator( ) goes off after blinking 5 times,your transponder equipped in the ignitionkey is out of order. You cannot start theengine without the limp home procedure.To start the engine, you have to inputyour password by using the ignitionswitch. Your password is only availablefrom an authorized Kia dealership.Contact an authorized dealer for moreinformation.The following procedure is how to inputyour password of “2345” as an example.1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion. The immobilizer indicator ( )will blink 5 times and go off indicatingthe beginning of the limp home proce-dure.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the ACCposition.

3. To enter the first digit (in this example“2”), turn the ignition switch to the ONand ACC position twice. Perform thesame procedure for the next digitsbetween 3 seconds and 10 seconds(for example, for “3”, turn the ignitionON and ACC 3 times).

4. If all of the digits have been input suc-cessfully, you have to start the enginewithin 30 seconds. If you attempt tostart the engine after 30 seconds, theengine will not start and you will haveto input your password again.

After performing the limp home proce-dure, you have to see an authorized Kiadealer immediately to inspect and repairyour ignition key or immobilizer system.


64

Remote keyless entry systemoperationsD020101AAM-EU

Lock (1)All doors (and tailgate) are locked if thelock button is pressed.If all doors (and tailgate) are closed, thehazard warning lights will blink once toindicate that all doors (and tailgate) arelocked.If the lock button is pressed once morewithin 4 seconds, the horn will beep oncewith the hazard warning lights blinkingonce.However, if any door (or tailgate) remainsopen, the hazard warning lights will notoperate. But if all doors (and tailgate) areclosed after the lock button is pressed,the hazard warning lights will blink once.

D020102BHM-EU

Unlock (2)The driver's door is unlocked if the unlockbutton is pressed once. The hazardwarning lights will blink twice to indicatethat the driver's door is unlocked.All doors (and tailgate) are unlocked ifthe unlock button is pressed once morewithin 4 seconds. The hazard warninglights will blink twice again to indicatethat all doors (and tailgate) are unlocked.After pressing this button, the doors (andtailgate) will be locked automaticallyunless you open any door within 30 sec-onds.2 stage unlocking may be disabled or re-enabled by simultaneously pressing theLock (1) and Unlock (2) button for 4 sec-onds (disabling 2 stage unlock allows allvehicle doors to unlock simultaneously).The hazard warning lights will blink 4times to indicate that 2 stage unlock wasenabled or disabled.

D020105AHM

Alarm (3)The horn sounds and the hazard warninglights blink for about 30 seconds if thisbutton is pressed for more than 2 sec-onds. To stop the horn and lights, pressany button on the transmitter.

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY (IF EQUIPPED)

OAM041097L

4 7


D020200AAM-EU

Transmitter precautions✽✽ NOTICEThe transmitter will not work if any ofthe following occurs:• The ignition key is in the ignition

switch.• You exceed the operating distance

limit (10 m [about 30 feet]).• The battery in the transmitter is

weak.• Other vehicles or objects may be

blocking the signal.• The weather is extremely cold.• The transmitter is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station oran airport which can interfere withnormal operation of the transmitter.

When the transmitter does not workproperly, open and close the door withthe ignition key. If you have a problemwith the transmitter, contact an author-ized Kia dealer.




D020300AHM

Battery replacementA transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium batterywhich will normally last for several years.When replacement is necessary, use thefollowing procedure.1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and gen-

tly pry open the transmitter centercover.

2. Replace the battery with a new battery(CR2032). When replacing the battery,make sure the battery positive “+” sym-bol faces up as indicated in the illus-tration.

3. Install the battery in the reverse orderof removal.

For transmitter replacement, see anauthorized Kia dealer to reprogram thetransmitter.

CAUTIONChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user’s authority to operatethe equipment. If the keyless entrysystem is inoperative due tochanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance, it willnot be covered by your manufactur-er’s vehicle warranty.

CAUTIONKeep the transmitter away fromwater or any liquid. If the keylessentry system is inoperative due toexposure to water or liquids, it willnot be covered by your manufactur-er’s vehicle warranty.

OED039003A


84

CAUTION• The keyless entry system trans-

mitter is designed to give youyears of trouble-free use, howev-er it can malfunction if exposed tomoisture or static electricity. Ifyou are unsure how to use yourtransmitter or replace the battery,contact an authorized Kia dealer.

• Using the wrong battery cancause the transmitter to malfunc-tion. Be sure to use the correctbattery.

• To avoid damaging the transmit-ter, don't drop it, get it wet, orexpose it to heat or sunlight.

WARNINGAn inappropriately disposed bat-tery can be harmful to the environ-ment and human health.Dispose the battery according toyour local laws or regulations.

4 9


D040000AHM

With a smart key, you can lock or unlocka door (and tailgate) and even start theengine without inserting the key.The functions of the buttons on a smartkey are similar to the remote keylessentry.

Lock (1)All doors (and tailgate) are locked if thelock button is pressed.If all doors (and tailgate) are closed, thehazard warning lights will blink andchime sounds once to indicate that alldoors (and tailgate) are locked.

However, if any door (or tailgate) remainsopen, the hazard warning lights will notoperate. But if all doors (and tailgate) areclosed after the lock button is pressed,the hazard warning lights will blink once.

D020102BHM-EU

Unlock (2)The driver's door is unlocked if the unlockbutton is pressed once. The hazardwarning lights will blink and chimesounds twice to indicate that the driver'sdoor is unlocked.All doors (and tailgate) are unlocked ifthe unlock button is pressed once morewithin 4 seconds. The hazard warninglights will blink and chime sounds twiceagain to indicate that all doors (and tail-gate) are unlocked.After pressing this button, the doors (andtailgate) will be locked automaticallyunless you open any door within 30 sec-onds.

2 stage unlocking may be disabled or re-enabled by simultaneously pressing theLock (1) and Unlock (2) button for 4 sec-onds (disabling 2 stage unlock allows allvehicle doors to unlock simultaneously).The hazard warning lights will blink 4times to indicate that 2 stage unlock wasenabled or disabled.

D020104AHM

Tailgate unlock (3)The tailgate is unlocked if the button ispressed for more than 1 second.The hazard warning lights will blink twiceto indicate that the tailgate is unlocked.However, after pressing this button, thetailgate will lock automatically unless youopen the tailgate within 30 seconds.Also, once the tailgate is opened andthen closed, the tailgate will lock auto-matically.

D020105AHM

Alarm (4)The horn sounds and the hazard warninglights blink for about 30 seconds if thisbutton is pressed for more than 0.5 sec-onds. To stop the horn and lights, pressany button on the transmitter.

SMART KEY (IF EQUIPPED)

OSL040003


104

D040100AHM

Smart key functionsCarrying the smart key, you may lock andunlock the vehicle doors (and tailgate).Also, you may start the engine. Refer tothe following, for more details.

D040101BHM

Locking Pressing the button of the front outsidedoor handles with all doors (and tailgate)closed and any door unlocked, locks allthe doors (and tailgate). The hazardwarning lights blink and the chimesounds once to indicate that all doors(and tailgate) are locked. The button willonly operate when the smart key is with-in 0.7~1 m (28~40 in.) from the outsidedoor handle. If you want to make surethat a door has locked or not, you shouldcheck the door lock button inside thevehicle or pull the outside door handle.Even though you press the button, thedoors will not lock and the chime soundsfor 3 seconds if any of the followingoccurs:• The smart key is in the vehicle.• The ENGINE START/STOP button is in

the ACC or ON position.• Any door except the tailgate is opened.

D040102AEN-EU

Unlocking Pressing the button of the driver’s out-side door handle with all doors (and tail-gate) closed and locked, unlocks the dri-ver’s door. The hazard warning lightsblink and the chime sounds twice to indi-cate that the driver’s door is unlocked. Alldoors (and tailgate) are unlocked if thebutton is pressed once more within 4seconds. The hazard warning lights willblink and the chime will sound twice toindicate that all the doors (and tailgate)are unlocked.Pressing the button of the front passen-ger’s outside door handle with all doors(and tailgate) closed and locked, unlocksall the doors (and tailgate). The hazardwarning lights blink and the chimesounds twice to indicate that all doors(and tailgate) are unlocked.The button will only operate when thesmart key is within 0.7~1 m (28~40 in.)from the outside door handle.When the smart key is recognized in thearea of 0.7~1 m (28~40 in.) from the frontoutside door handle, other people canalso open the door without possession ofthe smart key.

OSL040006

4 11


D040103AHM

Tailgate unlockingIf you are within 0.7~1 m (28~40 in.) fromthe outside tailgate handle, with yoursmart key in possession, the tailgate willunlock and open when you press the tail-gate handle switch.The hazard warning lights will blink twiceto indicate that the tailgate is unlocked.Also, once the tailgate is opened andthen closed, the tailgate will lock auto-matically.

D040104AHM

Start-upYou can start the engine without insertingthe key. For detailed information refer to“Starting the engine with a smart key” insection 5.

D040300AHM

Smart key precautions✽✽ NOTICE• If, for some reason, you happen to lose

your smart key, you will not be able tostart the engine. Tow the vehicle, ifnecessary, and contact an authorizedKia dealer.

• A maximum of 2 smart keys can beregistered to a single vehicle. If youlose a smart key, you should immedi-ately take the vehicle and key to yourauthorized Kia dealer to protect itfrom potential theft.

• The smart key will not work if any ofthe following occurs:- The smart key is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station oran airport which can interfere withnormal operation of the smart key.

- The smart key is near a mobile two-way radio system or a cellularphone.

- Another vehicle’s smart key is beingoperated close to your vehicle.

When the smart key does not workproperly, open and close the door withthe mechanical key. If you have aproblem with the smart key, contactan authorized Kia dealer.




CAUTIONKeep the smart key away fromwater or any liquid. If the keylessentry system is inoperative due toexposure to water or liquids, it willnot be covered by your manufactur-er’s vehicle warranty.

WARNINGChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user's authority to operatethe equipment.


124

D040500AHM

Battery replacementA smart key battery should last for sever-al years, but if the smart key is not work-ing properly, try replacing the battery witha new one. If you are unsure how to useyour smart key or replace the battery,contact an authorized Kia dealer.

✽✽ NOTICEThe circuit inside the smart key canhave a problem if exposed to moistureor static electricity. If you are unsurehow to use your smart key or replace thebattery, contact an authorized Kia deal-er.

1. Pry open the rear cover of the smartkey.

2. Replace the battery with a new battery(CR2032). When replacing the battery,make sure the battery positive “+” sym-bol faces up as indicated in the illus-tration.

3. Install the battery in the reverse orderof removal.

✽✽ NOTICE• Using the wrong battery can cause the

smart key to malfunction. Be sure touse the correct battery.

• Circuits inside the smart key maydevelop problems when dropped,exposed to moisture or static electrici-ty.

• If you suspect that your smart keymight have sustained some damage,or you feel your smart key is notworking correctly, contact an author-ized Kia dealer.

OHM048005

WARNINGAn inappropriately disposed bat-tery can be harmful to the environ-ment and human health.Dispose the battery according toyour local laws or regulations.

4 13


D030000AEN

This system is designed to provide pro-tection from unauthorized entry into thecar. This system is operated in threestages: the first is the "Armed" stage, thesecond is the "Theft-alarm" stage, andthe third is the "Disarmed" stage. If trig-gered, the system provides an audiblealarm with blinking of the hazard warninglights.

D030100AEN-EU

Armed stagePark the car and stop the engine. Armthe system as described below.1. Remove the ignition key from the igni-

tion switch and exit the vehicle.2. Make sure that all doors (and tailgate)

and engine hood are closed andlatched.

3. Lock the doors using the transmitter ofthe keyless entry system (or smartkey) or ignition key.

After completion of the steps above, thehazard warning lights will blink (for smartkey, the chime also sounds) once to indi-cate that the system is armed.

If any door (or tailgate) or engine hoodremains open, the hazard warning lightsand the chime will not operate and thetheft-alarm will not arm. If all doors (andtailgate) and engine hood are closedafter the lock button is pressed, the haz-ard warning lights blink once.

The system can also be armed by lock-ing the doors with the key from the frontdoors; however, the hazard warninglights will not blink using this method.

✽✽ NOTICEThe theft-alarm system by the key canbe deactivated by an authorized Kiadealer.If you want this feature, consult anauthorized Kia dealer.

Do not arm the system until all pas-sengers have left the vehicle. If thesystem is armed while a passenger(s)remains in the vehicle, the alarm maybe activated when the remaining pas-senger(s) leave the vehicle. If anydoor (or tailgate) or engine hood isopened within 30 seconds after thesystem enters the armed stage, thesystem is disarmed to prevent anunnecessary alarm.

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

Armedstage

Theft-alarmstage

Disarmedstage


144

D030200AEN-EU

Theft-alarm stageThe alarm will be activated if any of thefollowing occurs while the system isarmed.• A front or rear door is opened without

using the ignition key or transmitter (orsmart key).

• The tailgate is opened without usingthe transmitter (or smart key).

• The engine hood is opened.The horn will sound and the hazardwarning lights will blink continuously forapproximately 27 seconds, and repeatthe horn 3 times unless the system is dis-armed. To turn off the system, unlock thedoors with the ignition key or transmitter(or smart key).

D030400BEN-EU

Disarmed stageThe system will be disarmed when thedoors (and tailgate) are unlocked with thetransmitter (or smart key) or the ignitionkey.After depressing the unlock button, thehazard warning lights will blink and thechime will sound twice to indicate that thesystem is disarmed.After depressing the unlock button, if anydoor (or tailgate) is not opened within 30seconds, the system will be rearmed.

✽✽ NOTICE• Avoid trying to start the engine while

the alarm is activated. The vehiclestarting motor is disabled during thetheft-alarm stage.If the system is not disarmed with thetransmitter, insert the key into theignition switch, turn the ignitionswitch to the ON position and wait for30 seconds. Then the system will bedisarmed. (if equipped)

• If you lose your keys, consult yourauthorized Kia dealer.

CAUTIONDo not change, alter or adjust thetheft-alarm system because it couldcause the theft-alarm system tomalfunction and should only beserviced by an authorized Kia deal-er.Malfunctions caused by improperalterations, adjustments or modifi-cations to the theft-alarm systemare not covered by your vehiclemanufacturer warranty.

4 15


D050100AAM-EU

Operating door locks from out-side the vehicle • Turn the key clockwise to unlock and

counterclockwise to lock.• If you lock the driver’s door with a key,

all vehicle doors will lock automatically.• From the driver’s door, turn the key to

the right once to unlock the door andonce more within 4 seconds to unlockall doors.

• Doors can also be locked andunlocked with the transmitter.

• Once the doors are unlocked, they maybe opened by pulling the door handle.

• When closing the door, push the doorby hand. Make sure the doors areclosed securely.

✽✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, door lock

and door mechanisms may not workproperly due to freezing conditions.

• If the door is locked/unlocked multi-ple times in rapid succession witheither the vehicle key or door lockswitch, the system may stop operatingtemporarily in order to protect thecircuit and prevent damage to systemcomponents.

• To lock a door without the key, push theinside door lock button (1) or centraldoor lock switch (2) to the “Lock” posi-tion and close the door (3).

• If you lock the door with the centraldoor lock switch (2), all vehicle doorswill lock automatically.

✽✽ NOTICEAlways remove the ignition key, engagethe parking brake, close all windowsand lock all doors when leaving yourvehicle unattended.

DOOR LOCKS

OSL040007

Lock

Unlock

OSL040008

WARNING• If you don’t close the door

securely, the door may openagain.

• Be careful that someone’s bodyand hands are not trapped whenclosing the door.


164

Operating door locks from insidethe vehicleD050201AHM-EU

With the door lock button• To unlock a door, push the door lock

button (1) to the “Unlock” position. Thered mark (2) on the button will be visi-ble.

• To lock a door, push the door lock but-ton (1) to the “Lock” position. If the dooris locked properly, the red mark (2) onthe door lock button will not be visible.

• To open a door, pull the door handle(3) outward.

• If the inner door handle of the driver’s(or front passenger’s) door is pulledwhen the door lock button is in the lockposition, the button will unlock and thedoor will open. (if equipped)

• Front doors cannot be locked if theignition key is in the ignition switch andany front door is opened.

• Doors cannot be locked if the smartkey is in the vehicle and any door isopened. (if equipped)

WARNING - Door lock mal-function

If a power door lock ever fails tofunction while you are in the vehi-cle, try one or more of the followingtechniques to exit:• Operate the door unlock feature

repeatedly (both electronic andmanual) while simultaneouslypulling on the door handle.

• Operate the other door locks andhandles, front and rear.

• Lower a front window and use thekey to unlock the door from out-side.

• Move to the cargo area and openthe tailgate.

OSL040009

Lock Unlock

4 17


D050202AAM-EU

With central door lock switch (if equipped)Operate by pressing the central door lockswitch.• When pressing the front portion (1) of

the switch, all vehicle doors will lock.• When pressing the rear portion (2) of

the switch, all vehicle doors will unlock.

• If the key is in the ignition switch andany front door is opened, the doors willnot lock even though the front portion(1) of the central door lock switch ispressed.

• If the smart key is in the vehicle andany door is opened, the doors will notlock even though the front portion (1)of the central door lock switch ispressed. (if equipped)

WARNING - Doors• The doors should always be fully

closed and locked while the vehi-cle is in motion to prevent acci-dental opening of the door.Locked doors will also discour-age potential intruders when thevehicle stops or slows down.

• Be careful when opening doorsand watch for vehicles, motorcy-cles, bicycles or pedestriansapproaching the vehicle in thepath of the door. Opening a doorwhen something is approachingcan cause damage or injury.

OSL040010

Driver’s door (if equipped)

OSL040250E

Passenger’s door (if equipped)


184

D050300AAM-EE

Impact sensing door unlock system (if equipped)In the event of air bag deployment result-ing from a vehicle impact, all doors willautomatically unlock.

Auto door lock/unlock feature(Automatic transaxle, if equipped)• All doors will automatically lock when

the transaxle shift lever is shifted out ofP(Park).

• All doors will automatically unlockwhen the transaxle shift lever is shiftedinto P (Park).

Speed sensing door lock system(Manual transaxle, if equipped)• All doors will automatically lock after

the vehicle speed exceeds about 15km (9 mph).

• All doors will automatically unlockwhen the engine is shut off and theignition key is removed.

✽✽ NOTICEAn authorized Kia dealer can activateor deactivate some auto door lock/unlock features.If you want to activate or deactivatesome door lock/unlock feature, consultan authorized Kia dealer.

WARNING - Unlockedvehicles

Leaving your vehicle unlocked caninvite theft or possible harm to youor others from someone hiding inyour vehicle while you are gone.Always remove the ignition key,engage the parking brake, close allwindows and lock all doors whenleaving your vehicle unattended.

WARNING - Unattendedchildren

An enclosed vehicle can becomeextremely hot, causing death orsevere injury to unattended chil-dren or animals who cannot escapethe vehicle. Furthermore, childrenmight operate features of the vehi-cle that could injure them, or theycould encounter other harm, possi-bly from someone gaining entry tothe vehicle. Never leave children oranimals unattended in your vehicle.

4 19


D050500AAM

Child-protector rear door lockThe child safety lock is provided to helpprevent children from accidentally open-ing the rear doors from inside the vehicle.The rear door safety locks should beused whenever children are in the vehi-cle.1. Open the rear door.2. Insert the key into the child safety lock

hole (1) and turn the key to the lock( ) position. When the child safetylock is in the lock position, the reardoor will not open even though theinner door handle is pulled.

3. Close the rear door.To open the rear door, pull the outsidedoor handle (2).Even though the doors may be unlocked,the rear door will not open by pulling theinner door handle (3) until the rear doorchild safety lock is unlocked.

WARNING - Rear doorlocks

If children accidentally open therear doors while the vehicle is inmotion, they could fall out of thevehicle, resulting in severe injury ordeath. To prevent children fromopening the rear doors from theinside, the rear door safety locksshould be used whenever childrenare in the vehicle.

OSL040011


204

D070100AAM-EE

Opening the tailgate• The tailgate is locked or unlocked

when all doors are locked or unlockedwith the key, transmitter (or smart key)or central door lock switch.

• If unlocked, the tailgate can be openedby pressing the handle switch and thenpulling the handle up.

• Only the tailgate is unlocked if the tail-gate unlock button on the smart key ispressed (if equipped). Once the tail-gate is opened and then closed, thetailgate is locked automatically.

✽✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, door lock anddoor mechanisms may not work proper-ly due to freezing conditions.

D070200AAM

Closing the tailgateTo close the tailgate, lower and pushdown the tailgate firmly. Make sure thatthe tailgate is securely latched.

TAILGATE

WARNINGThe tailgate swings upward. Makesure no objects or people are nearthe rear of the vehicle when open-ing the tailgate.

CAUTIONMake certain that you close the tail-gate before driving your vehicle.Possible damage may occur to thetailgate lift cylinders and attachedhardware if the tailgate is notclosed prior to driving. WARNING

Make sure your hands, feet andother parts of your body are safelyout of the way before closing thetailgate.

OSL040012 OSL040013

CAUTIONMake sure nothing is near the tail-gate latch and striker while closingthe tailgate. It may damage the tail-gate's latch.

4 21


D070300AHM

Emergency tailgate safety releaseYour vehicle is equipped with an emer-gency tailgate safety release lever locat-ed on the bottom of the tailgate. Whensomeone is inadvertently locked in thecargo area, the tailgate can be openedby pushing the release lever and pushingopen the tailgate.

WARNING• For emergencies, be fully aware

of the location of the emergencytailgate safety release lever in thevehicle and how to open the tail-gate if you are accidentallylocked in the cargo area.

• No one should be allowed tooccupy the cargo area of thevehicle at any time. The cargoarea is a very dangerous locationin the event of a crash.

• Use the release lever for emer-gencies only. Use with extremecaution, especially while the vehi-cle is in motion.

WARNING - Rear cargoarea

Occupants should never ride in therear cargo area where no restraintsare available. To avoid injury in theevent of an accident or suddenstops, occupants should always beproperly restrained.

WARNING - Exhaustfumes

If you drive with the tailgate open,you may draw dangerous exhaustfumes into your vehicle which cancause serious injury or death tovehicle occupants.If you must drive with the tailgateopened, keep the air vents and allwindows open so that additionaloutside air comes into the vehicle.

OSL040014


224

D080000AUN

(1) Driver’s door power window switch(2) Front passenger’s door power win-

dow switch(3) Rear door (left) power window switch(4) Rear door (right) power window

switch(5) Window opening and closing(6) Automatic power window up*/down

(Driver’s window)(7) Power window lock switch

* if equipped

✽✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, power windowsmay not work properly due to freezingconditions.

WINDOWS

OSL040015

4 23


D080100AAM

Power windowsThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for power windows to operate.Each door has a power window switchthat controls the door's window. The driv-er has a power window lock button whichcan block the operation of passengerwindows. The power windows can beoperated for approximately 30 secondsafter the ignition key is removed or turnedto the ACC or LOCK position. However, ifthe front doors are opened, the powerwindows cannot be operated even withinthe 30 second period.

✽✽ NOTICEWhile driving with the rear windowsdown or with the sunroof (if equipped)in an open (or partially open) position,your vehicle may demonstrate a windbuffeting or pulsation noise. This noiseis a normal occurrence and can bereduced or eliminated by taking the fol-lowing actions. If the noise occurs withone or both of the rear windows down,partially lower both front windowsapproximately one inch. If you experi-ence the noise with the sunroof open,slightly reduce the size of the sunroofopening.

D080101AUN

Window opening and closingThe driver’s door has a master powerwindow switch that controls all the win-dows in the vehicle.To open or close a window, press downor pull up the front portion of the corre-sponding switch to the first detent posi-tion (5).

D080102AAM

Auto down window(Driver’s window, if equipped)Pressing the power window switchmomentarily to the second detent posi-tion (6) completely lowers the driver’swindow even when the switch isreleased. To stop the window at thedesired position while the window is inoperation, momentarily pull the switch inthe direction opposite of the window’smovement.

OLM049021 OLM049022


244

Auto up/down window (Driver's window, if equipped) Pressing or pulling up the power windowswitch momentarily to the second detentposition (6) completely lowers or raisesthe window even when the switch isreleased. To stop the window at thedesired position while the window is inoperation, pull up or press down andrelease the switch.If the power window does not operatenormally, the automatic power windowsystem must be reset as follows:1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion.2. Close the driver’s window and contin-

ue pulling up the driver’s power win-dow switch for at least 1 second afterthe window is completely closed.

Automatic reversal If the upward movement of the window isblocked by an object or part of the body,the window will detect the resistance andwill stop upward movement. The windowwill then lower approximately 30 cm (11.8in.) to allow the object to be cleared.The distance may vary based on the sizeor position of the window. If the windowdetects the resistance while the powerwindow switch is pulled up continuously,the window will stop upward movementthen lower approximately 2.5 cm (1 in.).And if the power window switch is pulledup continuously again within 5 secondsafter the window is lowered by the auto-matic window reversal feature, the auto-matic window reversal will not operate.

✽✽ NOTICEThe automatic reverse feature for thedriver’s window is only active when the“auto up” feature is used by fullypulling up the switch. The automaticreverse feature will not operate if thewindow is raised using the halfway posi-tion on the power window switch.

OLM049023

WARNING Always check for obstructionsbefore raising any window to avoidinjuries or vehicle damage. If anobject less than 4 mm (0.16 in.) indiameter is caught between thewindow glass and the upper win-dow channel, the automatic reversewindow may not detect the resist-ance and will not stop and reversedirection.

OUN026013

4 25


D080104AAM

Power window lock button• The driver can disable the power win-

dow switches on the passenger doorsby pressing the power window lock but-ton located on the driver’s door to theLOCK position (pressed).

• When the power window lock buttonis in the LOCK position (pressed),the driver’s master control cannotoperate the passenger door powerwindows.

CAUTION• To prevent possible damage to

the power window system, do notopen or close two windows ormore at the same time. This willalso ensure the longevity of thefuse.

• Never try to operate the mainswitch on the driver's door andthe individual door windowswitch in the opposite directionsat the same time. If this is done,the window will stop and cannotbe opened or closed.

WARNING - Windows• NEVER leave the ignition key in

the vehicle.• NEVER leave any child unattend-

ed in the vehicle. Even veryyoung children may inadvertentlycause the vehicle to move, entan-gle themselves in the windows,or otherwise injure themselves orothers.

• Always double check to makesure all arms, hands, head andother obstructions are safely outof the way before closing a win-dow.

• Do not allow children to play withthe power windows. Keep the dri-ver’s door power window lockbutton in the LOCK position(pressed). Serious injury canresult from unintentional windowoperation by the child.

• Do not extend heads or anylimbs outside the window whilethe vehicle is in motion.

OSL040016


264

D090100AUN-U1

Opening the hood 1. Pull the release lever to unlatch the

hood. The hood should pop openslightly.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise thehood slightly, pull the secondary latch(1) inside of the hood center and liftthe hood (2).

3.Pull out the support rod from the sup-port rod holder.

4.Place the support rod end in the desig-nated hole on the underside of thehood to hold up the hood.

HOOD

WARNING - Hot partsGrasp the support rod in the areawrapped in rubber. The rubber willhelp prevent you from being burnedby hot metal when the engine ishot.

WARNINGOpen the hood after turning off theengine on a flat surface, shiftingthe shift lever to the P(Park) posi-tion for automatic transaxle and tothe 1st(First) gear or R(Reverse) formanual transaxle, and setting theparking brake.

OLM049025 OSL040017 OSL040018L

4 27


D090200AAM

Closing the hood1. Before closing the hood, check the fol-

lowing:• All filler caps in the engine compart-

ment must be correctly installed.• Gloves, rags or any other com-

bustible material must be removedfrom the engine compartment.

2. Return the support rod to its clip toprevent it from rattling.

3. Lower the hood until it is about 30 cm(1 ft.) above the closed position and letit drop. Make sure that it locks intoplace.

WARNING• Before closing the hood, ensure

that all obstructions are removedfrom the hood opening. Closingthe hood with an obstructionpresent in the hood opening mayresult in property damage orsevere personal injury.

• Do not leave gloves, rags or anyother combustible material in theengine compartment. Doing somay cause a heat-induced fire.

WARNING • Always double check to be sure

that the hood is firmly latchedbefore driving away. If it is notlatched, the hood could openwhile the vehicle is being driven,causing total loss of visibility,which might result in an accident.

• The support rod must be insertedcompletely into the hole providedwhenever you inspect the enginecompartment. This will preventthe hood from falling and possi-bly injuring you.

• Do not move the vehicle with thehood raised. The view will beblocked and the hood could fallor get damaged.


284

D100100AAM

Opening the fuel filler lidThe fuel filler lid must be opened frominside the vehicle by pulling up the fuelfiller lid opener.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the fuel filler lid does not openbecause ice has formed around it, taplightly or push on the lid to break the iceand release the lid. Do not pry on the lid.If necessary, spray around the lid withan approved de-icer fluid (do not useradiator anti-freeze) or move the vehicleto a warm place and allow the ice tomelt.

1. Stop the engine.2. To open the fuel filler lid, pull up the

fuel filler lid opener.3. Pull open the fuel filler lid (1).4. To remove the cap, turn the fuel filler

cap (2) counterclockwise.5. Refuel as needed.

D100200AAM

Closing the fuel filler lid1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise until

it “clicks”. This indicates that the cap issecurely tightened.

2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it inlightly making sure that it is securelyclosed.

✽✽ NOTICEThere may be an intermittent noise nearthe refueling hole while the engine isidling if the fuel cap is not closed secure-ly. This occurs normally with the OBDsystem.

D100300AAM-EU

FUEL FILLER LID

WARNING - Refueling• If pressurized fuel sprays out, it

can cover your clothes or skinand subject you to the risk of fireand burns. Always remove thefuel cap carefully and slowly. Ifthe cap is venting fuel or if youhear a hissing sound, wait untilthe condition stops before com-pletely removing the cap.

• Do not "top off" after the nozzleautomatically shuts off whenrefueling.

• Tighten the cap until it clicks, oth-erwise the Check Engine lightwill illuminate.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an acci-dent.

OSL040020 OSL040021

4 29


(Continued)• Do not get back into a vehicle

once you have begun refuelingsince you can generate staticelectricity by touching, rubbingor sliding against any item or fab-ric (polyester, satin, nylon, etc.)capable of producing static elec-tricity. Static electricity dischargecan ignite fuel vapors resulting inrapid burning. If you must re-enter the vehicle, you shouldonce again eliminate potentiallydangerous static electricity dis-charge by touching a metal partof the vehicle, away from the fuelfiller neck, nozzle or other gaso-line source.

• When using an approvedportable fuel container, be sure toplace the container on theground prior to refueling. Staticelectricity discharge from thecontainer can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire. Once refueling hasbegun, contact with the vehicleshould be maintained until thefilling is complete.

(Continued)

WARNING - Refueling dan-gers

Automotive fuels are flammablematerials. When refueling, pleasenote the following guidelines care-fully. Failure to follow these guide-lines may result in severe personalinjury, severe burns or death by fireor explosion.• Read and follow all warnings

posted at the gas station facility.• Before refueling, note the loca-

tion of the Emergency GasolineShut-Off, if available, at the gasstation facility.

• Before touching the fuel nozzle,you should eliminate potentiallydangerous static electricity dis-charge by touching another metalpart of the vehicle, a safe dis-tance away from the fuel fillerneck, nozzle, or other gas source.

(Continued)

(Continued)Use only approved portable plas-tic fuel containers designed tocarry and store gasoline.

• Do not use cellular phones whilerefueling. Electric current and/orelectronic interference from cel-lular phones can potentiallyignite fuel vapors causing a fire.

• When refueling, always shut theengine off. Sparks produced byelectrical components related tothe engine can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire. Once refueling iscomplete, check to make sure thefiller cap and filler door aresecurely closed, before startingthe engine.

• DO NOT use matches or a lighterand DO NOT SMOKE or leave a litcigarette in your vehicle while ata gas station especially duringrefueling. Automotive fuel ishighly flammable and can, whenignited, result in fire.

(Continued)


304

If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof,you can slide or tilt your sunroof with thesunroof control lever located on the over-head console (1).

The sunroof can only be opened, closed,or tilted when the ignition switch is in theON position.

Sunroof open warning chime (if equipped)If the driver removes the ignition key(smart key: turns off the engine) andopens the driver-side door when the sun-roof is not fully closed, the warning chimewill sound for approximately 7 seconds.However, if the smart key is in the smartkey holder, the warning chime will notsound.Close the sunroof securely when leavingyour vehicle.

(Continued)• If a fire breaks out during refuel-

ing, leave the vicinity of the vehi-cle, and immediately contact themanager of the gas station andthen contact the local fire depart-ment. Follow any safety instruc-tions they provide.

CAUTION• Make sure to refuel your vehicle

according to the “Fuel require-ments” suggested in section 1.

• If the fuel filler cap requiresreplacement, use only a genuineKia cap or the equivalent speci-fied for your vehicle. An incorrectfuel filler cap can result in a seri-ous malfunction of the fuel sys-tem or emission control system.

• Do not spill fuel on the exteriorsurfaces of the vehicle. Any typeof fuel spilled on painted surfacesmay damage the paint.

• After refueling, make sure the fuelcap is installed securely to pre-vent fuel spillage in the event ofan accident.

PANORAMIC SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

OSL040022

4 31


✽✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, the sunroof

may not work properly due to freez-ing conditions.

• After a vehicle is washed or in a rain-storm be sure to wipe off any waterthat is on the sunroof before operatingit.

✽✽ NOTICEThe sunroof cannot tilt when it is in theslide position but can be slid while in atilt position.

Sliding the sunroof Before opening or closing the sunroof,open the roller blind (refer to the followingpage for instructions on how to use theroller blind).To open or close the sunroof (manualslide feature), pull or push the sunroofcontrol lever backward or forward to thefirst detent position.Pulling the control lever downward alsocloses the sunroof.

CAUTION• Do not continue to pull or push

the sunroof control lever after thesunroof is fully opened, closed, ortilted. Damage to the motor orsystem components could occur.

• Make sure the sunroof is closedfully when leaving your vehicle. Ifthe sunroof is open, rain or snowmay leak through the sunroof andwet the interior as well as causetheft.

WARNING • Never adjust the sunroof or roller

blind while driving. This couldresult in loss of control and anaccident that may cause death,serious injury, or property dam-age.

• If you would like to carry items onthe roof rack using a cross bar,do not operate the sunroof.

• When carrying cargo on the roofrack, do not load heavy itemsabove the sunroof or glass roof.

• All occupants of the vehicle mustwear their seat belts at all times.Seat belts and child restraintsreduce serious or fatal injuriesfor all occupants in the event of acollision or sudden stop.

OSL040023


324

To open the sunroof automatically:Pull the sunroof control lever backward tothe second detent position and thenrelease it. The sunroof will slide open allthe way automatically.To stop the sunroof sliding at any point,pull or push the sunroof control levermomentarily.

To close the sunroof automatically:Push the sunroof control lever forward tothe second detent position and thenrelease it. The sunroof will automaticallyclose all the way.To stop the sunroof sliding at any point,pull or push the sunroof control levermomentarily.

Automatic reversalIf an object or part of the body is detect-ed while the sunroof is closing automati-cally, it will reverse the direction, and thenstop.The auto reverse function does not workif a tiny obstacle is between the slidingglass and the sunroof sash. You shouldalways check that all passengers andobjects are away from the sunroof beforeclosing it.

Tilting the sunroof Before opening or closing the sunroof,open the roller blind (refer to the followingpage for instructions on how to use theroller blind).To open the sunroof, push the sunroofcontrol lever upward.To close the sunroof, pull the sunrooflever downward or forward until the sun-roof moves to the desired position.

OXM049029 OSL040024

4 33


Roller blind The roller blinds are installed inside ofthe sunroof and glass roof.Open or close the roller blind manuallyusing the handle (1) when you need to.Before opening or closing the sunroof,open the roller blind.

✽✽ NOTICEIt is normal for wrinkles to form on theblind because of its material character-istic.

Resetting the sunroofWhenever the vehicle battery is discon-nected or discharged, you must resetyour sunroof system as follows:

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ONposition.

2. Open the roller blind.3. Close the sunroof.4. Release the sunroof control lever.5. Push the sunroof control lever forward

in the direction of close (about 10 sec-onds) until the sunroof is moved a lit-tle. Then, release the lever.

6. Push the sunroof control lever forwardin the direction of close until the sun-roof operates as follows;

TILT OPEN → SLIDE OPEN →SLIDE CLOSE

Then, release the lever.

When this is complete, the sunroof sys-tem has been reset.

WARNING - Sunroof• Be careful that no head, hands

and body parts are obstructed bya closing sunroof.

• Do not extend the face, neck,arms or body outside the sunroofwhile driving.

• Make sure your hands and headare safely out of the way beforeclosing a sunroof.

CAUTION• Periodically remove any dirt that

may accumulate on the guide rail.• If you try to open the sunroof

when the temperature is belowfreezing or when the sunroof iscovered with snow or ice, theglass or the motor could be dam-aged.

• Do not leave the roller blindclosed while the sunroof isopened.

OXM049031N

CAUTIONOperation of the roller blind withoutusing the handle (1) may cause mis-alignment or malfunction.


344

Electric power steering Power steering uses the motor to assistyou in steering the vehicle. If the engineis off or if the power steering systembecomes inoperative, the vehicle maystill be steered, but it will requireincreased steering effort.The motor driven power steering is con-trolled by the power steering control unitwhich senses the steering wheel torqueand vehicle speed to command themotor.The steering wheel becomes heavier asthe vehicle’s speed increases andbecomes lighter as the vehicle’s speeddecreases for better control of the steer-ing wheel.Should you notice any change in theeffort required to steer during normalvehicle operation, have the power steer-ing checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

✽✽ NOTICEThe following symptoms may occur dur-ing normal vehicle operation:• The EPS warning light does not illu-

minate.• The steering effort is high immediate-

ly after turning the ignition switch on.This happens as the system performsthe EPS system diagnostics. When thediagnostics is completed, the steeringwheel will return to its normal condi-tion.

• A click noise may be heard from theEPS relay after the ignition switch isturned to the ON or LOCK position.

• Motor noise may be heard when thevehicle is at a stop or at a low drivingspeed.

• The steering effort can suddenlyincrease, if the operation of the EPSsystem is stopped to prevent seriousaccidents when it detects malfunctionof the EPS system by self-diagnosis.

• The steering effort increases if thesteering wheel is rotated continuouslywhen the vehicle is not in motion.However, after a few minutes, it willreturn to its normal conditions.

• When you operate the steering wheelin low temperature, abnormal noisecould occur. If temperature rises, thenoise will disappear. This is a normalcondition.

STEERING WHEEL

CAUTIONIf the EPS system does not operatenormally, the warning light will illu-minate on the instrument cluster.The steering wheel may becomedifficult to control or operate abnor-mally. Take your vehicle to anauthorized Kia dealer and have thevehicle checked as soon as possi-ble.

4 35


D130300AUN

Tilt steering/Telescope steering (if equipped)Tilt steering allows you to adjust thesteering wheel before you drive.You can also raise the steering wheel togive your legs more room when you exitand enter the vehicle (if equipped).

The steering wheel should be positionedso that it is comfortable for you to drive,while permitting you to see the instru-ment panel warning lights and gauges.

To change the steering wheel angle, pulldown the lock-release lever (1), adjustthe steering wheel to the desired angle(2) and height (3, if equipped) then pullup the lock-release lever to lock thesteering wheel in place. Be sure to adjustthe steering wheel to the desired positionbefore driving.

✽✽ NOTICEAfter adjudgement, sometimes the lock-release lever may not lock the steeringwheel. It is not a malfunction. Thisoccurs when two gears engage. In thiscase, adjust the steering wheel again andthen lock the steering wheel.

Heated steering wheel (if equipped)With the ENGINE START/STOP button inthe ON position, pressing the heatedsteering wheel button warms the steeringwheel. The indicator on the button willilluminate.To turn the steering wheel off, press thebutton once again. The indicator on thebutton will turn off.It will turn off automatically approximate-ly 30 minutes after the heated steeringwheel is turned on.If ignition is turned OFF, then ON againwithin 30 miuntes of steering wheelheater being turned on, the system willbe automatically be set ON again.

WARNING• Never adjust the angle of the

steering wheel while driving. Youmay lose steering control andcause severe personal injury,death or accidents.

• After adjusting, push the steeringwheel both up and down to becertain it is locked in position.

OSL040025L

(if equipped)

OSL041250


364

D130500AUN

HornTo sound the horn, press the horn sym-bols on your steering wheel. Check thehorn regularly to be sure it operatesproperly.

✽✽ NOTICETo sound the horn, press the area indi-cated by the horn symbol on your steer-ing wheel (see illustration). The hornwill operate only when this area ispressed.

CAUTIONDo not strike the horn severely tooperate it, or hit it with your fist. Donot press on the horn with a sharp-pointed object.

OSL040026

CAUTION• Do not install aftermarket steer-

ing wheel grip to the steeringwheel. This may causes damageto the heated steering wheel sys-tem.

• When cleaning the heated steer-ing wheel, do not use an organicsolvent such as paint thinner,benzene, alcohol and gasoline.Doing so may damage the sur-face of the steering wheel.

• If the surface of steering wheel isdamaged by sharp object, dam-age to the heated steering wheelcomponents could occur.

4 37


D140100AHM

Inside rearview mirrorAdjust the rearview mirror so that thecenter view through the rear window isseen. Make this adjustment before youstart driving.

D140101AHM

Day/night rearview mirror (if equipped)Make this adjustment before you startdriving and while the day/night lever is inthe day position.Pull the day/night lever toward you toreduce the glare from the headlights ofthe vehicles behind you during night driv-ing.Remember that you lose some rearviewclarity in the night position.

D140102AHM-EE-C1

Electrochromic Mirror (ECM) (if equipped)The electric rearview mirror automatical-ly controls the glare from the headlightsof the vehicles behind you in nighttime orlow light driving conditions. The sensormounted in the mirror senses the lightlevel around the vehicle, and automati-cally controls the headlight glare from thevehicles behind you.When the engine is running, the glare isautomatically controlled by the sensormounted in the rearview mirror.Whenever the shift lever is shifted intoreverse (R), the mirror will automaticallygo to the brightest setting in order toimprove the drivers view behind the vehi-cle.

MIRRORS

WARNING - Rear visibilityDo not place objects in the rearseat or cargo area which wouldinterfere with your vision throughthe rear window.

CAUTIONWhen cleaning the mirror, use apaper towel or similar materialdampened with glass cleaner. Donot spray glass cleaner directly onthe mirror. It may cause the liquidcleaner to enter the mirror housing.

WARNING Do not adjust the rearview mirrorwhile the vehicle is moving. Thiscould result in loss of control, andan accident which could causedeath, serious injury or propertydamage.

WARNING Do not modify the inside mirror anddon’t install a wide mirror. It couldresult in injury, during an accidentor deployment of the air bag.

OAM049023

Day

Night


384

To operate the electric rearview mirror:• The mirror defaults to the ON position

whenever the ignition switch is turnedon.

• Press the ON/OFF button (1) to turnthe automatic dimming function off.The mirror indicator light will turn off.Press the ON/OFF button (1) to turnthe automatic dimming function on.The mirror indicator light will illuminate.

Electric chromic mirror with homelinksystem (if equipped)To operate the electric rearview mirrorPress the I button (1) to turn the auto-matic- dimming function on. The mirrorindicator light will illuminate.Press the O button (2) to turn the auto-matic- dimming function off. The mirrorindicator light will turn off.

CAUTIONIf your vehicle has window tint orother types of metallic coating onthe rear window the electricrearview mirror may not work prop-erly.

OHD046025N

OXM049035

OSL040240L

■ Type A

■ Type B

Indicator Sensor

1

Indicator Sensor

Rearview display

4 39


HomeLink® Wireless Control SystemYour new mirror comes with an integrat-ed HomeLink Universal Transceiver,which allows you to program the mirror toactivate your garage door(s), estate gate,home lighting, etc. The mirror actuallylearns the codes from your various exist-ing transmitters.

Retain the original transmitter for futureprogramming procedures (i.e., new vehi-cle purchase). It is also suggested thatupon the sale of the vehicle, the pro-grammed HomeLink buttons be erasedfor security purposes (follow step 1 in the“Programming” portion of this text).

ProgrammingYour vehicle may require the ignitionswitch to be turned to the ACC positionfor programming and/or operation ofHomeLink. It is also recommended that anew battery be replaced in the hand-heldtransmitter of the device being pro-grammed to HomeLink for quicker train-ing and accurate transmission of theradio-frequency.Follow these steps to train yourHomeLink mirror:

OHD046305N

Glare detection sensorIndicator light

Homelink buttons

WARNING• When programming the

HomeLink® Wireless ControlSystem, you may be operating agarage door or gate operator.Make sure that people and objectsare out of the way of the movingdoor or gate to prevent potentialharm or damage.

• Do not use HomeLink with anygarage door opener that lacks thesafety stop and reverse featureas required by federal safetystandards. (This includes anygarage door opener model manu-factured before April 1, 1982.) Agarage door opener which cannotdetect an object, signaling thedoor to stop and reverse, doesnot meet current federal safetystandards. Using a garage dooropener without these featuresincreases risk of serious injury ordeath. For more information, call1-800-355-3515 or on the internetat www.homelink.com.


404

1. When programming the buttons for thefirst time, press and hold the left andcenter buttons ( , ) simultane-ously until the indicator light begins toflash after approximately 20 seconds.(This procedure erases the factory-setdefault codes. Do not perform this stepto program additional hand-held trans-mitters.)

✽✽ NOTICEFor non rolling code garage door open-ers, follow steps 2 - 3. For rolling code garage door openers,follow steps 2 - 6. For Canadian Programming, please fol-low the Canadian Programming section.For help with determining whether yourgarage is non-rolling code or rollingcode, please refer to the garage dooropeners owner’s manual or contactHomeLink customer service at 1-800-355-3515.

2. Press and hold the button on theHomeLink system you wish to trainand the button on the transmitter whilethe transmitter is approximately 2-8 cm(1 to 3 inches) away from the mirror.Do not release the buttons until step 3has been completed.

3. The HomeLink indicator light will flash,first slowly and then rapidly. When theindicator light flashes rapidly, both but-tons may be released. (The rapid flash-ing light indicates successful program-ming of the new frequency signal.)

✽✽ NOTICESome gate operators and garage dooropeners may require you to replace step#3 with the “cycling” procedure noted inthe “Canadian Programming” sectionof this document.

OHD046306N

Flashing

OHD046307N

Flashing

1-3inc

hes

Transmitter

4 41


Rolling code programmingTo train a garage door opener (or otherrolling code equipped devices) with therolling code feature, follow these instruc-tions after completing the “Programming”portion of this text. (A second personmay make the following training proce-dures quicker & easier.) 4. Locate the “learn” or “smart” button on

the device’s motor head unit. Exactlocation and color of the button mayvary by product brand. If there is diffi-culty locating the “learn” or “smart” but-ton, reference the device’s owner’smanual or contact HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515 or on the internet atwww.homelink.com.

5. Press and release the “learn” or“smart” button on the device’s motorhead unit. You have 30 seconds tocomplete step number 6.

6. Return to the vehicle and firmly pressand release the programmedHomeLink button up to three times.The rolling code equipped deviceshould now recognize the HomeLinksignal and activate when theHomeLink button is pressed. Theremaining two buttons may now beprogrammed if this has not previouslybeen done. Refer to the“Programming” portion of this text.

Operating HomeLink To operate, simply press the pro-grammed HomeLink button. Activationwill now occur for the trained product(garage door, security system, entry doorlock, estate gate, or home or office light-ing). For convenience, the hand-heldtransmitter of the device may also beused at any time. The HomeLinkWireless Controls System (once pro-grammed) or the original hand-heldtransmitter may be used to activate thedevice (e.g. garage door, entry door lock,etc.). In the event that there are still pro-gramming difficulties, contact HomeLinkat 1-800-355-3515 or on the internet atwww.homelink.com.

Erasing programmed HomeLink but-tonsTo erase the three programmed buttons(individual buttons cannot be erased):• Press and hold the left and center

buttons simultaneously, until the indi-cator light begins to flash (approxi-mately 20 seconds). Release both but-tons. Do not hold for longer than 30seconds.

HomeLink is now in the train (or learning)mode and can be programmed at anytime.

OHD046306N

Flashing


424

Reprogramming a single HomeLinkbuttonTo program a device to HomeLink usinga HomeLink button previously trained,follow these steps:1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink

button. Do NOT release until step 4has been completed.

2. When the indicator light begins to flashslowly (after 20 seconds), position thehand-held transmitter 2-8 cm (1 to 3inches) away from the HomeLink sur-face.

3. Press and hold the hand-held trans-mitter button (or press and “cycle” - asdescribed in “Canadian Programming”above).

4. The HomeLink indicator light will flash,first slowly and then rapidly. When theindicator light begins to flash rapidly,release both buttons.

The previous device has now beenerased and the new device can be acti-vated by pushing the HomeLink buttonthat has just been programmed. This pro-cedure will not affect any other pro-grammed HomeLink buttons.

Gate operator programming & canadi-an programmingDuring programming, your hand-heldtransmitter may automatically stop trans-mitting. Continue to press and hold theHomeLink button (note steps 2 through 4in the “Programming” portion of this text)while you press and re-press (“cycle”)your handheld transmitter every two sec-onds until the frequency signal has beenlearned. The indicator light will flashslowly and then rapidly after several sec-onds upon successful training.

AccessoriesIf you would like additional information onthe HomeLink Wireless Control System,HomeLink compatible products, or topurchase other accessories such as theHomeLink® Lighting Package, pleasecontact HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515 oron the internet at www.homelink.com.




CAUTIONIf programming a garage dooropener or gate, it is advised tounplug the device during the“cycling” process to prevent possi-ble motor burn-up. WARNING

The HomeLink transmitter hasbeen tested and complies with FCCand industry Canada rules.Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user’s authority to operatethe equipment.IC: 4112104541A Gentex MODEL/FCC ID: NZLSTDHL3

4 43


D140200AHM-EU

Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust the mirror anglesbefore driving.Your vehicle is equipped with both left-hand and right-hand outside rearviewmirrors. The mirrors can be adjustedremotely with the remote switch. The mir-ror heads can be folded back to preventdamage during an automatic car wash orwhen passing through a narrow street.

D140201AHM-EE

Remote controlElectric typeThe electric remote control mirror switchallows you to adjust the position of theleft and right outside rearview mirrors. Toadjust the position of either mirror theignition switch should be in the ACC posi-tion. Move the switch (1) to R or L toselect the right side mirror or the left sidemirror, then press a corresponding pointon the mirror adjustment control to posi-tion the selected mirror up, down, left orright.After the adjustment, put the switch intothe neutral (center) position to preventinadvertent adjustment.

WARNING - Rearview mir-rors

• The right outside rearview mirroris convex. Objects seen in themirror are closer than theyappear.

• Use your interior rearview mirroror direct observation to deter-mine the actual distance of fol-lowing vehicles when changinglanes.

CAUTIONDo not scrape ice off the mirrorface; this may damage the surfaceof the glass. If ice should restrictthe movement of the mirror, do notforce the mirror for adjustment. Toremove ice, use a deicer spray, or asponge or soft cloth with very warmwater.

CAUTIONIf the mirror is jammed with ice, donot adjust the mirror by force. Usean approved spray de-icer (not radi-ator antifreeze) to release thefrozen mechanism or move thevehicle to a warm place and allowthe ice to melt.

WARNING Do not adjust or fold the outsiderearview mirrors while the vehicleis moving. This could result in lossof control, and an accident whichcould cause death, serious injuryor property damage.

OSL040027


444

D140202AHM-EU

Folding the outside rearview mirrorTo fold the outside rearview mirror, graspthe housing of the mirror and then fold ittoward the rear of the vehicle.

CAUTION• The mirrors stop moving when

they reach the maximum adjust-ing angles, but the motor contin-ues to operate while the switch ispressed. Do not press the switchlonger than necessary, the motormay be damaged.

• Do not attempt to adjust the out-side rearview mirror by hand.Doing so may damage the parts.

OSL040028

4 45


INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

D150000AAM-EU

1. Tachometer

2. Turn signal indicators

3. Speedometer

4. Engine temperature gauge

5. Warning and indicator lights

6. Fuel gauge

7. Odometer/Tripmeter*/Trip computer*

8. Shift position indicator*(Automatic transaxle only)

* if equipped

OSL040065CC/OSL040064C

❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle may differfrom the illustration.

■■ Type A

■■ Type B


464

D150100AAM-EU

Instrument panel illuminationWhen the ignition switch is on, press theillumination control button to adjust thebrightness of the instrument panel illumi-nation.

GaugesD150201AHM

Speedometer The speedometer indicates the forwardspeed of the vehicle.The speedometer is calibrated in kilome-ters per hour and/or miles per hour.

D150202AHM

Tachometer The tachometer indicates the approxi-mate number of engine revolutions perminute (rpm).Use the tachometer to select the correctshift points and to prevent lugging and/orover-revving the engine.

OSL040034 OSL040039/OSL040038

OSL040036C

OSL040035C

Type A

Type B

Type BType A

4 47


When the door is opened, or if the engineis not started within 1 minute, thetachometer pointer may move slightly inthe ON position with the engine OFF.This movement is normal and will notaffect the accuracy of the tachometeronce the engine is running.

D150203AUN

Engine temperature gauge This gauge shows the temperature of theengine coolant when the ignition switchis ON.Do not continue driving with an overheat-ed engine. If your vehicle overheats, referto “If the engine overheats” in section 6.

CAUTIONIf the gauge pointer moves beyondthe normal range area toward the“H” position, it indicates overheat-ing that may damage the engine.

CAUTIONDo not operate the engine withinthe tachometer's RED ZONE.This may cause severe engine dam-age.

WARNINGNever remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. The enginecoolant is under pressure andcould cause severe burns. Waituntil the engine is cool beforeadding coolant to the reservoir.

OSL040065N/OSL040042

■ Type A ■ Type B


484

D150204BHM-EE

Fuel gaugeThe fuel gauge indicates the approxi-mate amount of fuel remaining in the fueltank. The fuel tank capacity is given in sec-tion 8. The fuel gauge is supplemented bya low fuel warning light, which will illumi-nate when the fuel tank is nearly empty.On inclines or curves, the fuel gaugepointer may fluctuate or the low fuelwarning light may come on earlier thanusual due to the movement of fuel in thetank.

D150205AAM-EU

Odometer/Tripmeter/TRIP computer(if equipped)The trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information system thatdisplays information related to driving,such as odometer, tripmeter, distance toempty, average speed, driving time, aver-age fuel consumption, and the ECOMIN-DERTM Indicator (ECO ON/OFF) mode onthe display when the ignition switch is inthe ON position. All stored driving infor-mation (except odometer and distance toempty) is reset if the battery is discon-nected.

WARNING - Fuel gaugeRunning out of fuel can exposevehicle occupants to danger.You must stop and obtain addition-al fuel as soon as possible after thewarning light comes on or when thegauge indicator comes close to theE level.

CAUTIONAvoid driving with a extremely lowfuel level. Running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, damag-ing the catalytic converter.

OSL040040OSL040065N/OSL040043


4 49


The odometer is always displayed untilthe display is turned off.Press the TRIP button to select anymode as follows:

OdometerThe odometer indicates the total dis-tance the vehicle has been driven.You will also find the odometer useful todetermine when periodic maintenanceshould be performed.See Maintenance, section 7.

✽✽ NOTICEIt is unlawful to alter the odometer of allvehicles with the intent to change themileage registered on the odometer. Thealteration may void your warranty cov-erage.

TripmeterTRIP A : Tripmeter ATRIP B : Tripmeter BThis mode indicates the distance of indi-vidual trips selected since the last trip-meter reset.The meter's working range is from 0.0 to999.9 km (0.0 to 999.9 miles).Pressing the RESET button, when thetripmeter (TRIP A or TRIP B) is being dis-played, clears the tripmeter to zero (0.0).

Tripmeter B

Average speed

Driving time

ECOMINDERTM INDICATOR(ECO ON/OFF mode)*

Tripmeter A

Distance to empty

Average fuel consumption

Instant fuel consumption*

Outside thermometer*

* if equipped

OSL040200

Type BType A

OSL040201

Type BType A


504

Distance to empty (km or mi.)This mode indicates the estimated dis-tance to empty based on the current fuelin the fuel tank and the amount of fueldelivered to the engine. When theremaining distance is below 50 km (30miles), “---” will be displayed and the dis-tance to empty indicator (RANGE) willblink until the vehicle is refueled.The meter’s working range is from 50 to990 km (30 to 990 miles).

Average fuel consumption (l/100 km or MPG)This mode calculates the average fuelconsumption from the total fuel used andthe distance since the last average con-sumption reset. The total fuel used is cal-culated from the fuel consumption input.For an accurate calculation, drive morethan 50 m (0.03 miles).Pressing the RESET button for more than1 second, when the average fuel con-sumption is being displayed, clears theaverage fuel consumption to zero (--.-).If the vehicle speed exceeds 1 km/h (1.6MPH) after refueled more than 6 l (1.6gallons), the average fuel consumptionwill be cleared to zero (--.-).

Instant fuel consumption (if equipped)(l/100 km or MPG)This mode calculates the instant fuelconsumption during the last few sec-onds.

OSL040204C

Type BType A

OSL040205C

Type BType A

OSL040202C

OSL040203C

Type A

Type B

4 51


✽✽ NOTICE• If the vehicle is not on level ground or

the battery power has been interrupt-ed, the “Distance to empty” functionmay not operate correctly.The trip computer may not registeradditional fuel if less than 6 liters (1.6gallons) of fuel are added to the vehi-cle.

• The fuel consumption and distance toempty values may vary significantlybased on driving conditions, drivinghabits, and condition of the vehicle.

• The distance to empty value is an esti-mate of the available driving distance.This value may differ from the actualdriving distance available.

Average speed (km/h or MPH)This mode calculates the average speedof the vehicle since the last averagespeed reset.Even if the vehicle is not in motion, theaverage speed keeps going while theengine is running.Pressing the RESET button for morethan 1 second, when the average speedis being displayed or after the enginestops and 2 hours elapsed clears theaverage speed to zero (---).

Driving timeThis mode indicates the total time trav-eled since the last driving time reset.Even if the vehicle is not in motion, thedriving time keeps going while the engineis running.The meter’s working range is from0:00~99:59.Pressing the RESET button for morethan 1 second, when the driving time isbeing displayed or after the engine stopsand 2 hours elapsed clears the drivingtime to zero (0:00).

OSL040206C

Type BType A

OSL040207N

Type BType A


524

Outside thermometer (if equipped)This mode indicates the outside temper-ature around the vehicle.The meter's working range is from -40°Cto 80°C (-40°F to 176°F).To change the outside temperature dis-play unit (°C ↔ °F), press the RESETbutton more than 1 second in this mode.• The outside temperature on the display

may not change immediately like ageneral thermometer to prevent thedriver from being inattentive.

ECOMINDERTM INDICATOR ECO ON/OFF mode (if equipped)You can turn the ECOMINDERTM indica-tor (which is identified on your instrumentdashboard by the “ECO” name) on/off onthe instrument cluster in this mode.If you push the RESET button more than1 second in the ECOMINDERTM indicatorECO ON mode, then ECO OFF is dis-played in the screen and the ECO indica-tor turns off.If you want to display the ECOMINDERTM

indicator ECO again, press the RESETbutton more than 1 second in the ECOOFF mode and then ECO ON mode isdisplayed in the screen.When you press the TRIP button in theECO mode, the mode is changed to tripmeter.

D150300AAM

Warnings and indicatorsAll warning lights are checked by turningthe ignition switch ON (do not start theengine). Any light that does not illuminateshould be checked by an authorized Kiadealer.After starting the engine, check to makesure that all warning lights are off. If anywarning lights are still on, this indicates asituation that needs attention. Whenreleasing the parking brake, the brakesystem warning light should go off. Thefuel warning light will stay on if the fuellevel is low.

OSL040208C

Type A Type B

OSL040209L

Type A

Type B

4 53


D150301AAM-EU

ECOMINDERTM indicator (if equipped)

The ECOMINDERTM indicator is a systemthat illuminates “ECO” when the driverhas reached optimum fuel efficiency.• The ECOMINDERTM indicator will turn

the ECO light green on the instrumentpanel when you are driving fuel effi-ciently in the ECO ON mode.If you don't want the indicator dis-played, you can turn the ECO ONmode to OFF mode by pressing theTRIP and RESET button.For ECO ON/OFF Mode operation,please refer to the previous page.

• Fuel efficient driving can be influencedby driving habits and road conditions.

• The indicator will not display while in P(Park), N (Neutral) or R (Reverse).

D150302AUN

Air bag warning light

This warning light will illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds each time youturn the ignition switch to the ON posi-tion.This light also comes on when the Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) isnot working properly. If the AIR BAGwarning light does not come on, or con-tinuously remains on after operating forabout 6 seconds when you turned theignition switch to the ON position or start-ed the engine, or if it comes on whiledriving, have the SRS inspected by anauthorized Kia dealer.For passenger air bag OFF indicator onthe center facia, refer to ‘air bag’ in sec-tion 3.

ECO ECOMINDERTM WARNINGDon't keep watching the “ECO”ECOMINDERTM indicator while driv-ing. It may distract you while driv-ing and cause an accident thatcould result in severe personalinjury.


544

D150303AHM-U1

Anti-lock brake system(ABS) warning light (if equipped)This warning light illuminates if the igni-tion switch is turned ON and goes off inapproximately 3 seconds if the system isoperating normally.If the ABS warning light remains on,comes on while driving, or does notcome on when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, this indicatesthat the ABS may have malfunctioned.If this occurs, have your vehicle checkedby an authorized Kia dealer as soon aspossible. The normal braking system willstill be operational, but without the assis-tance of the anti-lock brake system.

Electronic brakeforce distribution(EBD) systemwarning lightIf these two warning lights illuminate atthe same time while driving, the ABS andEBD system may have malfunctioned.In this case, your ABS and regular brakesystem may not work normally. Have thevehicle checked by an authorized Kiadealer as soon as possible.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the ABS warning light or EBD warn-ing light is on and stays on, thespeedometer or odometer/tripmeter maynot work. Also, the EPS warning lightmay illuminate and the steering effortmay increase or decrease. In this case,have your vehicle checked by an author-ized Kia dealer as soon as possible.

D150304AHM-EU-U1

Seat belt warning

As a reminder to the driver, the seat beltwarning light will blink for approximately6 seconds each time you turn the ignitionswitch ON, regardless of belt fastening.If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition switch is turned on, theseat belt warning light and the seat beltwarning chime will operate for approxi-mately 6 seconds. But if it is fastenedwithin the 6 seconds, the warning lightwill blink until the 6 seconds are up Thewarning chime will turn off immediately.If the driver's seat belt is disconnectedafter the ignition switch is turned to theON position, the seat belt warning lightwill blink for approximately 6 seconds.But if it is fastened within the 6 secondsthe warning light will turn off immediately.If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the vehicle speed exceeds 10 km/h(6 mph), the seat belt warning light andchime will operate approximately 11times with a pattern of 6 seconds on and24 seconds off until the belt is fastenedor the vehicle speed decreases below 5km/h (3 mph).For front passenger’s seat belt warninglight on the center facia, refer to ‘seatbelt’ in section 3.

WARNINGIf both ABS and brake warninglights are on and stay on, your vehi-cle’s brake system will not worknormally during sudden braking. Inthis case, avoid high speed drivingand abrupt braking. Have your vehi-cle checked by an authorized Kiadealer as soon as possible.

4 55


D150305AHM

Turn signal indicator

The blinking green arrows on the instru-ment panel show the direction indicatedby the turn signals. If the arrow comes onbut does not blink, blinks more rapidlythan normal, or does not illuminate at all,it indicates a malfunction in the turn sig-nal system.You should consult your deal-er for repairs.

D150306AUN

High beam indicator

This indicator illuminates when the head-lights are on and in the high beam posi-tion or when the turn signal lever is pulledinto the Flash-to-Pass position.

D150309AUN

Front fog light indicator (if equipped)

This indicator illuminates when the frontfog lights are on.

D150331ABH

Tail light indicator (if equipped)

This indicator illuminates when the taillights are on.

D150307AHM

Engine oil pressure warning light

This warning light indicates the engine oilpressure is low.If the warning light illuminates while driv-ing:1. Drive safely to the side of the road and

stop.2. With the engine off, check the engine

oil level. If the level is low, add oil asrequired.

If the warning light remains on afteradding oil or if oil is not available, call anauthorized Kia dealer.

CAUTIONIf the engine is not stopped imme-diately after the engine oil pressurewarning light is illuminated, severedamage could result.

CAUTIONIf the oil pressure warning lightstays on while the engine is run-ning, serious engine damage mayresult. The oil pressure warninglight comes on whenever there isinsufficient oil pressure. In normaloperation, it should come on whenthe ignition switch is turned on,then go out when the engine isstarted. If the oil pressure warninglight stays on while the engine isrunning, there is a serious malfunc-tion.If this happens, stop the vehicle assoon as it is safe to do so, turn offthe engine and check the oil level. Ifthe oil level is low, fill the engine oilto the proper level and start theengine again. If the light stays onwith the engine running, turn theengine off immediately. In anyinstance where the oil light stays onwhen the engine is running, theengine should be checked by anauthorized Kia dealer before thevehicle is driven again.


564

D150308AHM-EE

Parking brake & brakefluid warning light

Parking brake warning This light is illuminated when the parkingbrake is applied with the ignition switch inthe START or ON position. The warninglight should go off after a few secondswhen the parking brake is released.

Low brake fluid level warningIf the warning light remains on, it mayindicate that the brake fluid level in thereservoir is low.If the warning light remains on:1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.2. With the engine stopped, check the

brake fluid level immediately and addfluid as required. Then check all brakecomponents for fluid leaks.

3. Do not drive the vehicle if leaks arefound, the warning light remains on orthe brakes do not operate properly.Have the vehicle towed to any author-ized Kia dealer for a brake systeminspection and necessary repairs.

Your vehicle is equipped with dual-diago-nal braking systems. This means you stillhave braking on two wheels even if oneof the dual systems should fail. With onlyone of the dual systems working, morethan normal pedal travel and greaterpedal pressure are required to stop thevehicle. Also, the vehicle will not stop inas short a distance with only a portion ofthe brake system working. If the brakesfail while you are driving, shift to a lowergear for additional engine braking andstop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to doso.To check bulb operation, check whetherthe parking brake and brake fluid warninglight illuminates when the ignition switchis in the ON position.

D150312AAM

Shift pattern indicator (if equipped)

This indicator displays which automatictransaxle shift position is selected.

Manual transaxle shift indicator (if equipped)

This indicator informs you which gear isdesired while driving to save fuel.For example

: Indicates that shifting up to the 3rdgear is desired (currently the shiftlever is in the 2nd gear).

: Indicates that shifting down to the3rd gear is desired (currently theshift lever is in the 4th gear).

✽✽ NOTICEWhen the system is not working proper-ly, up & down arrow indicator and Gearare not displayed.

WARNING Driving the vehicle with a warninglight on is dangerous. If the brakewarning light remains on, have thebrakes checked and repaired imme-diately by an authorized Kia dealer.

P


4 57


D150313AHM

Charging system warninglight

This warning light indicates a malfunctionof either the generator or electricalcharging system.If the warning light illuminates while thevehicle is in motion:1. Drive to the nearest safe location.2. With the engine off, check the genera-

tor drive belt for looseness or break-age.

3. If the belt is adjusted properly, a prob-lem exists somewhere in the electricalcharging system. Have an authorizedKia dealer correct the problem as soonas possible.

D150315AUN

Tailgate open warning light

This warning light illuminates when thetailgate is not closed securely with theignition switch in any position.

D150316AUN

Door ajar warning light

This warning light illuminates when adoor is not closed securely with the igni-tion switch in any position.

D150318AHM

Low fuel level warning light

This warning light indicates the fuel tankis nearly empty. When it comes on, youshould add fuel as soon as possible.Driving with the fuel level warning light onor with the fuel level below “E” can causethe engine to misfire and damage thecatalytic converter.

Electric power steering(EPS) system warning light

This indicator light comes on after theignition key is turned to the ON positionand then it will go out after the engine isstarted.This light also comes on when the EPShas some troubles. If it comes on whiledriving, have your vehicle inspected byan authorized Kia dealer.

EPS


584

Immobilizer indicator (if equipped)

With smart key system If any of the following occurs in a vehicleequipped with the smart key, the immobi-lizer indicator illuminates, blinks or goesoff.• When the smart key is in the vehicle, if

the ENGINE START/STOP button is inthe ACC or ON position, the indicatorwill illuminate for approximately 30seconds to indicate that you are able tostart the engine. However, when thesmart key is not in the vehicle, if theENGINE START/STOP button ispressed, the indicator will blink for afew seconds to indicate that you arenot be able to start the engine.

• If the indicator illuminates only for 2seconds and goes out when theENGINE START/STOP button isturned to ON position with the smartkey in the vehicle, have the systemchecked by an authorized Kia dealer.

• When the battery is weak, if theENGINE START/STOP button ispressed, the indicator will blink and youare not able to start the engine.However, you are able to start theengine by inserting the smart key inthe smart key holder. Also, if the smartkey system related parts have a prob-lem, the indicator will blink.

D150320AHM-EU-U1

Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL) (check engine light)

This indicator light is part of the EngineControl System which monitors variousemission control system components. Ifthis light illuminates while driving, it indi-cates that a potential malfunction hasbeen detected somewhere in the emis-sion control system.This light will also illuminate when theignition switch is turned to the ON posi-tion, and will go out in a few secondsafter the engine is started. If it illuminateswhile driving, or does not illuminate whenthe ignition switch is turned to the ONposition, take your vehicle to the nearestauthorized Kia dealer and have the sys-tem checked.Generally, your vehicle will continue to bedrivable, but have the system checked byan authorized Kia dealer promptly.

CAUTIONIf the Emission Control SystemMalfunction Indicator Light illumi-nates, potential catalytic converterdamage is possible. This couldresult in loss of engine power. Havethe Engine Control System inspect-ed as soon as possible by anauthorized Kia dealer.

CAUTIONProlonged driving with the EmissionControl System MalfunctionIndicator Light illuminated maycause damage to the emission con-trol systems which could effect dri-vability and/or fuel economy.

4 59


D150323AAM-EU

ESC (Electronic StabilityControl) indicator

The ESC indicator will illuminate whenthe ignition switch is turned ON, butshould go off after approximately 3 sec-onds. When the ESC is on, it monitorsthe driving conditions and under normaldriving conditions, the ESC indicator willremain off. When a slippery or low trac-tion condition is encountered, the ESCwill operate, and the ESC indicator willblink to indicate the ESC is operating.If this indicator illuminates and stays on,the ESC may have malfunctioned. Takeyour vehicle to an authorized Kia dealerand have the system checked.

D150324AAM-EU

ESC OFF indicator

The ESC OFF indicator will illuminatewhen the ignition switch is turned ON,but should go off after approximately 3seconds. To switch to ESC OFF mode,press the ESC OFF button. The ESCOFF indicator will illuminate indicatingthe ESC is deactivated.

✽✽ NOTICENo system, no matter how advanced, cancompensate for all driver error and/ordriving conditions. Always drive respon-sibly.

DBC (Downhill brake con-trol) indicator (if equipped)

The DBC indicator will illuminate whenthe DBC button is pressed and the sys-tem is on.When driving down a steep hill at aspeed under 35 km/h (22 mph), the DBCwill operate and the DBC indicator willblink to indicate the DBC is operating.

If the red indicator illuminates, the DBCsystem may have malfunctioned. Takeyour vehicle to an authorized Kia dealerand have the system checked.


604

D150325AAM

Cruise indicators (if equipped)

CRUISE indicator

The indicator illuminates when the cruisecontrol system is enabled.The cruise indicator in the instrumentcluster is illuminated when the cruisecontrol ON-OFF switch on the steeringwheel is pushed.The indicator goes off when the cruisecontrol ON-OFF switch is pushed again.For more information about the use ofcruise control, refer to “Cruise controlsystem” in section 5.

Cruise SET indicator

The indicator illuminates when the cruisefunction switch (SET - or RES +) is ON.The cruise SET indicator in the instru-ment cluster is illuminated when thecruise control switch (SET - or RES +) ispushed.The cruise SET indicator does not illumi-nate when the cruise control switch(CANCEL) is pushed or the system isdisengaged.

D150327AUN

Key reminder warning chime (if equipped)If the driver’s door is opened while theignition key is left in the ignition switch(ACC or LOCK position), the keyreminder warning chime will sound. Thisis to prevent you from locking your keysin the vehicle. The chime sounds until thekey is removed from the ignition switch orthe driver’s door is closed.

KEY OUT indicator (if equipped)

When the ENGINE START/STOP buttonis in the ACC or ON position, if any dooris open, the system checks for the smartkey. If the smart key is not in the vehicle,the indicator will blink, and if all doors areclosed, the chime will also sound forabout 5 seconds. The indicator will go offwhile the vehicle is moving. Keep thesmart key in the vehicle or insert it in thesmart key holder.

4WD system warning light(if equipped)

When the ignition switch is turned to theON position, the 4WD indicator will illu-minate and then go off in a few seconds.If the 4WD system warning light illuminates, this indicates that there is amalfunction in the 4WD system. If thisoccurs, have your vehicle checked by anauthorized Kia dealer as soon as possi-ble.

SET

CRUISE

KEYOUT

4 61


4WD LOCK indicator (if equipped)

The 4WD LOCK indicator light is illumi-nated when the 4WD LOCK button ispushed. The purpose of this 4WD LOCKmode is to increase the drive powerwhen driving on wet pavement, snow-covered roads and/or off-road. The 4WDLOCK indicator light is turned off bypushing the button again.

LCD display warning (if equipped)Key not in vehicle If the smart key is not in the vehicle andif any door is opened or closed with theENGINE START/STOP button in theACC, ON, or START position, the warn-ing illuminates on the LCD display. Also,the chime sounds for 5 seconds whenthe smart key is not in the vehicle and thedoor is closed.Always have the smart key with you.

Key not detected If the smart key is not in the vehicle or isnot detected and you press the ENGINESTART/STOP button, the warning illumi-nates on the LCD display for 10 seconds.Also, the immobilizer indicator and thekey holder light blinks for 10 seconds.

Low key battery If the ENGINE START/STOP button turnsto the OFF position when the smart keyin the vehicle discharges, the warningilluminates on the LCD display for about10 seconds. Also, the warning chimesounds once.Replace the battery with a new one.

Press brake pedal to start engine If the ENGINE START/STOP button turnsto the ACC position twice by pressing thebutton repeatedly without depressing thebrake pedal, the warning illuminates onthe LCD display for about 10 seconds toindicate that you should depress thebrake pedal to start the engine.

Press cluch pedal to start engine If the ENGINE START/STOP button turnsto the ACC position twice by pressing thebutton repeatedly without depressing theclutch pedal, the warning illuminates onthe LCD display for about 10 seconds toindicate that you should depress theclutch pedal to start the engine.

Remove key When you turn off the engine with thesmart key in the smart key holder, thewarning illuminates on the LCD displayfor about 10 seconds. Also, the smart keyholder light blinks for about 10 seconds.To remove the smart key push the smartkey once and pull it out from the smartkey holder.

CAUTIONDo not use 4WD LOCK mode on drypaved roads or highway, it cancause noise, vibration or damage of4WD related parts.


624

Insert key If you press the ENGINE START/STOPbutton while "Key is not detected" illumi-nates on the LCD display, the warning“Insert key” illuminates for about 10 sec-onds. Also, the immobilizer indicator andthe key holder light blinks for about 10seconds.

Shift to "P" position If you try to turn off the engine without theshift lever in the P (Park) position, theENGINE START/STOP button will turn tothe ACC position. If the button is pressedonce more it will turn to the ON position.The warning illuminates on the LCD displayfor about 10 seconds to indicate that youshould press the ENGINE START/STOPbutton with the shift lever in the P (Park)position to turn off the engine.Also, the warning chime sounds for about10 seconds. (if equipped)

Check stop lamp fuseWhen the stop lamp fuse is disconnect-ed, the warning illuminates for 10 sec-onds on the LCD display.Replace the fuse with a new one. If thatis not possible you can start the engineby pressing the engine start/stop buttonfor 10 seconds with the engine start/stopbutton in ACC.

Press start button againIf you can not operate the ENGINESTART/STOP button when there is aproblem with the ENGINE START/STOPbutton system, the warning illuminatesfor 10 seconds and the chime soundscontinuously to indicate that you couldstart the engine by pressing the ENGINESTART/STOP button once more.The chime will stop if the ENGINESTART/STOP button system works nor-mally or the theft alarm system is armed.If the warning illuminates each time youpress the ENGINE START/STOP button,take your vehicle to an authorized Kiadealer and have the system checked.

Shift to "P" or "N" to start the engine If you try to start the engine with the shiftlever not in the P (Park) or N (Neutral)position, the warning illuminates forabout 10 seconds on the LCD display.You can also start the engine with theshift lever in the N (Neutral) position, butfor your safety start the engine with theshift lever in the P (Park) position.

Low washer liquidThis warning light indicates the washerfluid reservoir is near empty. Refill thewasher fluid as soon as possible.

4 63


The rear parking assist system assiststhe driver during backward movement ofthe vehicle by chiming if any object issensed within a distance of 120 cm (47in.) behind the vehicle.This system is a supplemental systemand it is not intended to nor does itreplace the need for extreme care andattention of the driver. The sensing rangeand objects detectable by the back sen-sors are limited. Whenever backing-up,pay as much attention to what is behindyou as you would in a vehicle without arear parking assist system.

Operation of the rear parkingassist systemOperating condition• This system will activate when backing

up with the ignition switch ON.If the vehicle is moving at a speed over5 km/h (3 mph), the system may not beactivated correctly.

• This system will activate when the indi-cator on the rear parking assist OFFbutton is not illuminated. If you desireto deactivate the rear parking assistsystem, press the rear parking assistOFF button. (The indicator on the but-ton will illuminate.) To turn the systemon, press the button again. (The indi-cator on the button will go off.)

REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNINGThe rear parking assist system is asupplementary function only. Theoperation of the rear parking assistsystem can be affected by severalfactors (including environmentalconditions). It is the responsibilityof the driver to always check thearea behind the vehicle before andwhile backing up.

OSL040051NOSL040050Sensors


644

• The sensing distance while the rearparking assist system is in operation isapproximately 120 cm (47 in.).

• When more than two objects aresensed at the same time, the closestone will be recognized first.

Types of warning sound• When an object is 120 cm to 81 cm (47

in. to 32 in.) from the rear bumper:Buzzer beeps intermittently.

• When an object is 80 cm to 41 cm (31in. to 16 in.) from the rear bumper:Buzzer beeps more frequently.

• When an object is within 40 cm (15 in.)of the rear bumper:Buzzer sounds continuously.

Non-operational conditions ofrear parking assist systemThe rear parking assist system maynot operate properly when:1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It will

operate normally when the moisturehas been cleared.)

2. The sensor is covered with foreignmatter, such as snow or water, or thesensor cover is blocked. (It will operatenormally when the material is removedor the sensor is no longer blocked.)

3. Driving on uneven road surfaces(unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, gradi-ent).

4. Objects generating excessive noise(vehicle horns, loud motorcycleengines, or truck air brakes) are withinrange of the sensor.

5. Heavy rain or water spray exists.6. Wireless transmitters or mobile phones

are within range of the sensor.7. The sensor is covered with snow.8. Trailer towing

The detecting range may decreasewhen:1. The sensor is stained with foreign mat-

ter such as snow or water. (The sens-ing range will return to normal whenremoved.)

2. Outside air temperature is extremelyhot or cold.

The following objects may not be rec-ognized by the sensor:1. Sharp or slim objects such as ropes,

chains or small poles.2. Objects which tend to absorb the sen-

sor frequency such as clothes, spongymaterial or snow.

3. Undetectable objects smaller than 1 m(40 in.) in height and narrower than 14cm (6 in.) in diameter.

4 65


Rear parking assist system pre-cautions• The rear parking assist system may

not sound consistently depending onthe speed and shapes of the objectsdetected.

• The rear parking assist system maymalfunction if the vehicle bumperheight or sensor installation has beenmodified or damaged. Any non-factoryinstalled equipment or accessoriesmay also interfere with the sensor per-formance.

• The sensor may not recognize objectsless than 40 cm (15 in.) from the sen-sor, or it may sense an incorrect dis-tance. Use caution.

• When the sensor is frozen or stainedwith snow, dirt, or water, the sensormay be inoperative until the stains areremoved using a soft cloth.

• Do not push, scratch or strike the sen-sor. Sensor damage could occur.

✽✽ NOTICEThis system can only sense objects with-in the range and location of the sensors;It can not detect objects in other areaswhere sensors are not installed. Also,small or slim objects, such as poles orobjects located between sensors may notbe detected by the sensors.Always visually check behind the vehi-cle when backing up.Be sure to inform any drivers of thevehicle that may be unfamiliar with thesystem regarding the systems capabili-ties and limitations.

Self-diagnosisIf you don’t hear an audible warningsound or if the buzzer sounds intermit-tently when shifting the gear to the R(Reverse) position, this may indicate amalfunction in the rear parking assist sys-tem. If this occurs, have your vehiclechecked by an authorized Kia dealer assoon as possible.

WARNINGPay close attention when the vehi-cle is driven close to objects on theroad, particularly pedestrians, andespecially children. Be aware thatsome objects may not be detectedby the sensors, due to the object’sdistance, size or material, all ofwhich can limit the effectiveness ofthe sensor. Always perform a visu-al inspection to make sure the vehi-cle is clear of all obstructionsbefore moving the vehicle in anydirection.

WARNINGYour new vehicle warranty does notcover any accidents or damage tothe vehicle or injuries to its occu-pants due to a rear parking assistsystem malfunction. Always drivesafely and cautiously.


664

D330000AHM-EE

The rearview camera will activate whenthe back-up light is ON with the ignitionswitch ON and the shift lever in the R(Reverse) position.This system is a supplemental systemthat shows behind the vehicle throughthe rearview display mirror while back-ing-up.

The rearview camera may be turned offby pressing the ON/OFF button (1) whenthe rearview camera is activated.To turn the camera on again, press theON/OFF button again when the ignitionswitch is on and the shift lever in R(Reverse). Also, the camera will turn onautomatically whenever the ignitionswitch is turned off and on again.

Detailed information for rearview cameraon the navigation system is described ina separately supplied manual.

D180000AHM

The hazard warning flasher should beused whenever you find it necessary tostop the vehicle in a hazardous location.When you must make such an emer-gency stop, always pull off the road as faras possible.The hazard warning lights are turned onby pushing in the hazard switch. Bothturn signal lights will blink. The hazardwarning lights will operate even thoughthe key is not in the ignition switch.To turn the hazard warning lights off,push the switch again.

WARNING• This system is a supplementary

function only. It is the responsi-bility of the driver to alwayscheck the inside/outside rearviewmirrors and the area behind thevehicle before and while backingup because there is a dead zonethat can't be seen by the camera.

• Always keep the camera lensclean. If lens is covered with for-eign matter, the camera may notoperate normally.

REARVIEW CAMERA (IF EQUIPPED)

OSL060001

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER

OSL040056

1

OSL040055

Rear view display

4 67


D190100APB

Battery saver function• The purpose of this feature is to pre-

vent the battery from being dischargedif the lights are left in the ON position.The system automatically shuts off theparking lights 30 seconds after theignition key is removed and the driver’sdoor is opened and closed.

• With this feature, the parking lights willturn off automatically if the driver parkson the side of the road at night andopens the driver’s side door.If necessary, to keep the parking lightson when the ignition key is removed,perform the following:1) Open the driver-side door.2) Turn the parking lights OFF and ON

again using the light switch on thesteering column.

Headlight escort function (if equipped)The headlights (and/or taillights) remainon for approximately 20 minutes after theignition key is removed or turned to theACC or LOCK position. However, if thedriver’s door (and tailgate) is opened andclosed, the headlights are turned off after30 seconds.The headlights can be turned off bypressing the lock button on the transmit-ter (or smart key) twice or turning off thelight switch from the headlight or Autolight position.

Headlight welcome function (if equipped)When the headlight switch is in the ON orAUTO position and all doors (and tail-gate) are closed and locked, if you pressthe door unlock button on the transmitter(or smart key), the headlights will comeon for about 15 seconds.If the headlight switch is in the AUTOposition, the function can only operate atnight.At this time, if you press the door lockbutton or unlock button (once or twice) onthe transmitter (or smart key), the head-lights will turn off immediately.

LIGHTING

CAUTIONIf the driver gets out of the vehiclethrough other doors (except dri-ver's door), the battery saver func-tion does not operate and the head-light escort function does not turnoff automatically. Therefore, It caus-es the battery to be discharged. Inthis case, make sure to turn off thelamp before getting out of the vehi-cle.


684

❈ The actual feature may differ from the illus-tration.

D190400AUN-C1

Lighting controlThe light switch has a Headlight and aParking light position.To operate the lights, turn the knob at theend of the control lever to one of the fol-lowing positions:(1) OFF position(2) Parking light position(3) Headlight position(4) Auto light position (if equipped)

D190401AHM

Parking light position ( )When the light switch is in the parkinglight position (1st position), the tail,license and instrument panel lights willturn ON.

D190402AHM

Headlight position ( )When the light switch is in the headlightposition (2nd position), the head, tail,license and instrument panel lights willturn ON.

✽✽ NOTICEThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition to turn on the headlights.

OXM049251NOXM049250NOXM049110

4 69


Auto light position (if equipped)When the light switch is in the AUTO lightposition, the taillights and headlights willturn ON or OFF automatically dependingon the amount of light outside the vehi-cle.

D190500AUN

High beam operation To turn on the high beam headlights,push the lever away from you. Pull it backfor low beams.The high beam indicator will light whenthe headlight high beams are switchedon.To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the lights on for aprolonged time while the engine is notrunning.

CAUTION• Never place anything over the

sensor (1) located on the instru-ment panel. This will ensure bet-ter auto-light system control.

• Don’t clean the sensor using awindow cleaner. The cleaner mayleave a light film which couldinterfere with sensor operation.

• If your vehicle has window tint orother types of metallic coating onthe front windshield, the Autolight system may not work prop-erly.

OAM049044OSL040057

WARNINGDo not use high beam when thereare other vehicles. Using highbeam could obstruct the other dri-ver’s vision.


704

To flash the headlights, pull the levertowards you. It will return to the normal(low beam) position when released. Theheadlight switch does not need to be onto use this flashing feature.

D190600AUN-U1

Turn signals and lane change signalsThe ignition switch must be on for theturn signals to function. To turn on theturn signals, move the lever up or down(A). The green arrow indicators on theinstrument panel indicate which turn sig-nal is operating. They will self-cancelafter a turn is completed. If the indicatorcontinues to flash after a turn, manuallyreturn the lever to the OFF position.

To signal a lane change, move the turnsignal lever slightly and hold it in position(B). The lever will return to the OFF posi-tion when released.If an indicator stays on and does notflash or if it flashes abnormally, one of theturn signal bulbs may be burned out andwill require replacement.

OAM049045OAM049043

4 71


One-touch lane change function (if equipped)To activate an one-touch lane changefunction, move the turn signal leverslightly for less than 1.5 second and thenrelease it. The lane change signals willblink 3 times.

✽✽ NOTICEIf an indicator flash is abnormally quickor slow, a bulb may be burned out orhave a poor electrical connection in thecircuit.

D190700AAM-EU

Front fog light (if equipped)Fog lights are used to provide improvedvisibility when visibility is poor due to fog,rain or snow, etc. The fog lights will turnon when the fog light switch (1) is turnedto the on position after the headlight isturned on.To turn off the fog lights, turn the fog lightswitch (1) to the OFF position.

D190900AUN-EU

Daytime running light Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can makeit easier for others to see the front of yourvehicle during the day. DRL can be help-ful in many different driving conditions,and it is especially helpful after dawn andbefore sunset.The DRL system will make the daytimerunning lights turn OFF when:1. The headlight switch is ON.2. The parking brake is applied.3. Engine stops.

OAM049046N

CAUTIONWhen in operation, the fog lightsconsume large amounts of vehicleelectrical power. Only use the foglights when visibility is poor.


724

D200000AAM-EE

D200100AAM

Front windshield wipers Operates as follows when the ignitionswitch is turned ON.MIST : For a single wiping cycle, push the

lever upward and release it withthe lever in the OFF position. Thewipers will operate continuously ifthe lever is pushed upward andheld.

OFF : Wiper is not in operationINT : Wiper operates intermittently at the

same wiping intervals. Use thismode in light rain or mist. To varythe speed setting, turn the speedcontrol knob.

LO : Normal wiper speedHI : Fast wiper speed

✽✽ NOTICEIf there is heavy accumulation of snowor ice on the windshield, defrost thewindshield for about 10 minutes, oruntil the snow and/or ice is removedbefore using the windshield wipers toensure proper operation.

A : Wiper speed control· MIST – Single wipe· OFF – Off· INT – Intermittent wipe

AUTO* – Auto control wipe· LO – Low wiper speed· HI – High wiper speed

B : Intermittent wipe time adjustment

C : Wash with brief wipes (front)

D : Rear wiper control· ON – Continuous wipe· INT* – Intermittent wipe· OFF – Off

E : Wash with brief wipes (rear)

* if equipped

WIPERS AND WASHERS

Windshield wiper/washer Rear window wiper/washer

/AUTO*

OXM049231L/OAM049048N

4 73


Auto control (if equipped)The rain sensor located on the upper endof the windshield glass senses theamount of rainfall and controls the wipingcycle for the proper interval. The more itrains, the faster the wiper operates. Whenthe rain stops, the wiper stops.

To vary the speed setting, turn the speedcontrol knob (1).If the wiper switch is set in AUTO modewhen the ignition switch is ON, the wiperwill operate once to perform a self-checkof the system. Set the wiper to OFF posi-tion when the wiper is not in use.

CAUTIONWhen the ignition switch is ON andthe windshield wiper switch isplaced in the AUTO mode, use cau-tion in the following situations toavoid any injury to the hands orother parts of the body:• Do not touch the upper end of the

windshield glass facing the rainsensor.

• Do not wipe the upper end of thewindshield glass with a damp orwet cloth.

• Do not put pressure on the wind-shield glass.

OXM049123

Rain sensor

CAUTIONWhen washing the vehicle, set thewiper switch in the OFF position tostop the auto wiper operation.The wiper may operate and be dam-aged if the switch is set in the AUTOmode while washing the vehicle.Do not remove the sensor coverlocated on the upper end of the pas-senger side windshield glass.Damage to system parts couldoccur and may not be covered byyour vehicle warranty.When starting the vehicle in winter,set the wiper switch in the OFFposition. Otherwise, wipers mayoperate and ice may damage thewindshield wiper blades. Alwaysremove all snow and ice and defrostthe windshield properly prior tooperating the windshield wipers.


744

D200200ASA

Front windshield washersIn the OFF position, pull the lever gentlytoward you to spray washer fluid on thewindshield and to run the wipers 1-3cycles.Use this function when the windshield isdirty.The spray and wiper operation will con-tinue until you release the lever.If the washer does not work, check thewasher fluid level. If the fluid level is notsufficient, you will need to add appropri-ate non-abrasive windshield washer fluidto the washer reservoir.The reservoir filler neck is located in thefront of the engine compartment on thepassenger side.

OAM049102N

CAUTIONTo prevent possible damage to thewasher pump, do not operate thewasher when the fluid reservoir isempty.

WARNINGDo not use the washer in freezingtemperatures without first warmingthe windshield with the defrosters;the washer solution could freeze onthe windshield and obscure yourvision.

CAUTION• To prevent possible damage to

the wipers or windshield, do notoperate the wipers when thewindshield is dry.

• To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

• To prevent damage to the wiperarms and other components, donot attempt to move the wipersmanually.

4 75


D200300AAM

Rear window wiper and washerswitch (if equipped)The rear window wiper and washerswitch is located at the end of the wiperand washer switch lever. Turn the switchto the desired position to operate the rearwiper and washer.ON - Normal wiper operation INT - Intermittent wiper operation

(if equipped)

OFF - Wiper is not in operation

Push the lever away from you to sprayrear washer fluid and to run the rearwipers 1~3 cycles. The spray and wiperoperation will continue until you releasethe lever.

OAM049103N OXM049125


764

D210000AEN

D210200AAM-EU

Room lampThe light will turn on and off as follw if theswitch is moved.• ON : The light stays on at all times.• OFF : The light stays off at all times.

• DOOR: The light comes on when anydoor is opened regardless ofthe ignition switch position.When doors are unlocked bythe transmitter or the key isremoved from the ignitionswitch, the light comes on forapproximately 30 seconds aslong as any door is not opened.The light goes out graduallyafter approximately 30 secondsif the door is closed.However, if the ignition switchis ON or all doors are locked,the light will turn off immediate-ly. If a door is opened with theignition switch in the ACC orLOCK position, the light stayson for about 20 minutes.However, if a door is openedwith the ignition switch in theON position, the light stays oncontinuously.

INTERIOR LIGHTS

CAUTIONDo not use the interior lights forextended periods when the engineis not running.It may cause battery discharge.

OXM049132

WARNINGDo not use the interior lights whendriving in the dark. Accidents couldhappen because the view may beobscured by interior lights.

4 77


Map lampThe light will turn on and off as below ifthe switch is pressed. The light will turnoff if the button is pressed again.• Push the lens to turn the map lamp on

or off. This light produces a spot beamfor convenient use as a map lamp atnight or as a personal lamp for the driv-er and the front passenger.

• DOOR The light comes on when any door isopened or the ignition switch is turnedOFF. (if equipped)The light goes out gradually afterapproximately 30 seconds if the door isclosed or the ignition switch is turnedOFF.However, if all doors are locked or theignition switch is turned ON, the lightwill turn off immediately.

Interior light welcome function (if equipped)When the interior light switch is in theDOOR position and all doors (and tail-gate) are locked and closed, the roomlamp will come on for 30 seconds if anyof the below is performed.• Without smart key system

- When the door unlock button ispressed on the transmitter.

• With the smart key system- When the door unlock button is

pressed on the smart key.- When the button of the outside door

handle is pressed.- When the smart key is within 1m (40 in.)

from the outside handle.

At this time, if you press the door lockbutton, the room lamp will turn off imme-diately.

OSL040058


784

Luggage lamp (if equipped)The luggage room lamp comes on whenthe tailgate is opened.

Glove box lamp (if equipped)The glove box lamp comes on when theglove box is opened.The parking lights or headlights must beON for the glove box lamp to function.

Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped)• : The lamp will turn on if this but-

ton is pressed.

• : The lamp will turn off if this but-ton is pressed.

✽✽ NOTICETurn off the lamp before return the sun-visor to its original position.

OSL040059OSL040061 OSL040060

4 79


DEFROSTER 220000AUN

✽✽ NOTICEIf you want to defrost and defog thefront windshield, refer to “Windshielddefrosting and defogging” in this sec-tion.

Rear window defrosterThe defroster heats the window toremove frost, fog and thin ice from therear window, while the engine is running.To activate the rear window defroster,press the rear window defroster buttonlocated in the center facia switch panel.The indicator on the rear windowdefroster button illuminates when thedefroster is ON.If there is heavy accumulation of snow onthe rear window, brush it off before oper-ating the rear defroster.The rear window defroster automaticallyturns off after approximately 20 minutesor when the ignition switch is turned off.To turn off the defroster, press the rearwindow defroster button again.

Outside rearview mirror defroster (if equipped)If your vehicle is equipped with the out-side rearview mirror defrosters, they willoperate at the same time you turn on therear window defroster.

Wiper deicer (if equipped)If your vehicle is equipped with the wiperdeicer, it will operate at the same timeyou turn on the rear window defroster.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the conduc-tors bonded to the inside surface ofthe rear window, never use sharpinstruments or window cleanerscontaining abrasives to clean thewindow.

OSL040062

■ Type B

■ Type A


804

Heating and air conditioning1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.

For improving the effectiveness ofheating and cooling;- Heating:- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to the outside(fresh) air position (if equipped).

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turn theair conditioning system (if equipped)on.

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OSL040070

1. Fan speed control knob

2. Front windshield defroster button3. Air conditioning button (if equipped)

4. Air intake control button

5. Rear window defroster button

6. Temperature control knob

7. Mode selection button

❈ The actual control panel in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

4 81


Mode selectionThe mode selection buttons control thedirection of the air flow through the venti-lation system.Air can be directed to the floor, dash-board outlets, or windshield. Five sym-bols are used to represent Face, Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and Defrostair position.

OSL040071

OSL040072


824

Face-Level (B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face. Additionally, each outlet can becontrolled to direct the air dischargedfrom the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, D, E, C)

Air flow is directed towards the face andthe floor.

Floor-Level (C, E, A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the air beingdirected to the windshield and side win-dow defrosters.

Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floorand the windshield with a small amountdirected to the side window defrosters.

Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.

Instrument panel ventsThe outlet vents can be opened or closedseparately using the thumbwheel. (Ifequipped) Also, you can adjust the direction of airdelivery from these vents using the ventcontrol lever as shown.

OSL040073

4 83


Temperature controlThe temperature control knob allows youto control the temperature of the air flow-ing from the ventilation system. Tochange the air temperature in the pas-senger compartment, turn the knob tothe right position for warm and hot air orleft position for cooler air.

If you select the , the air conditioningand the recirculated air position will beselected automatically.

Air intake control The air intake control is used to selectthe outside (fresh) air position or recircu-lated air position.To change the air intake control position,press the control button.

Recirculated air position With the recirculated airposition selected, air fromthe passenger compart-ment will be drawn throughthe heating system andheated or cooled accordingto the function selected.

Outside (fresh) air position With the outside (fresh) airposition selected, airenters the vehicle from out-side and is heated orcooled according to thefunction selected.

✽✽ NOTICEProlonged operation of the heater in therecirculated air position (without airconditioning selected) may cause foggingof the windshield and side windows andthe air within the passenger compart-ment may become stale.In addition, prolonged use of the air con-ditioning with the recirculated air posi-tion selected will result in excessively dryair in the passenger compartment.

MAXA/C

OSL040074 OSL040075


844

Fan speed controlThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for fan operation.The fan speed control knob allows you tocontrol the fan speed of the air flowingfrom the ventilation system. To changethe fan speed, turn the knob to the rightfor higher speed or left for lower speed.Setting the fan speed control knob to the“0” position turns off the fan.

Air conditioningPress the A/C button to turn the air con-ditioning system on (indicator light willilluminate). Press the button again to turnthe air conditioning system off.

WARNING• Continue using the climate con-

trol system in the recirculated airposition may allow humidity toincrease inside the vehicle whichmay fog the glass and obscurevisibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle with theair conditioning or heating sys-tem on. It may cause seriousharm or death due to a drop in theoxygen level and/or body temper-ature.

• Continue using the climate con-trol system in the recirculated airposition can cause drowsiness orsleepiness, and loss of vehiclecontrol. Set the air intake controlto the outside (fresh) air positionas much as possible while driv-ing.

OSL040076 OSL040077

4 85


System operationVentilation1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

Heating1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn

the air conditioning system (ifequipped) on.

• If the windshield fogs up, set the modeto the or position.

Operation Tips• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from

entering the vehicle through the venti-lation system, temporarily set the airintake control to the recirculated airposition. Be sure to return the controlto the fresh air position when the irrita-tion has passed to keep fresh air in thevehicle. This will help keep the driveralert and comfortable.

• Air for the heating/cooling system isdrawn in through the grilles just aheadof the windshield. Care should betaken that these are not blocked byleaves, snow, ice or other obstructions.

• To prevent interior fog on the wind-shield, set the air intake control to thefresh air position and fan speed to thedesired position, turn on the air condi-tioning system, and adjust the temper-ature control to desired temperature.

Air conditioningAll Kia Air Conditioning Systems arefilled with environmentally friendly R-134a refrigerant which does not dam-age the ozone layer.1. Start the engine. Press the air condi-

tioning button.2. Set the mode to the position.3. Set the air intake control to the outside

air or recirculated air position.4. Adjust the fan speed control and tem-

perature control to maintain maximumcomfort.

• When maximum cooling is desired, setthe temperature control to the extremeleft position, set the mode control tothe MAX A/C position, then set the fanspeed control to the highest speed.


864

✽✽ NOTICE• When using the air conditioning sys-

tem, monitor the temperature gaugeclosely while driving up hills or inheavy traffic when outside tempera-tures are high. Air conditioning sys-tem operation may cause engine over-heating. Continue to use the blowerfan but turn the air conditioning sys-tem off if the temperature gauge indi-cates engine overheating.

• When opening the windows in humidweather air conditioning may createwater droplets inside the vehicle.Since excessive water droplets maycause damage to electrical equipment,air conditioning should only be usedwith the windows closed.

Air conditioning system operation tips • If the vehicle has been parked in direct

sunlight during hot weather, open thewindows for a short time to let the hotair inside the vehicle escape.

• To help reduce moisture inside of thewindows on rainy or humid days,decrease the humidity inside the vehi-cle by operating the air conditioningsystem.

• During air conditioning system opera-tion, you may occasionally notice aslight change in engine speed as theair conditioning compressor cycles.This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Use the air conditioning system everymonth only for a few minutes to ensuremaximum system performance.

• When using the air conditioning sys-tem, you may notice clear water drip-ping (or even puddling) on the groundunder the passenger side of the vehi-cle. This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Operating the air conditioning systemin the recirculated air position providesmaximum cooling, however, continualoperation in this mode may cause theair inside the vehicle to become stale.

• During cooling operation, you mayoccasionally notice a misty air flowbecause of rapid cooling and humid airintake. This is a normal system opera-tion characteristic.

4 87


Climate control air filter (if equipped)The climate control air filter installedbehind the glove box filters the dust orother pollutants that come into the vehi-cle from the outside through the heatingand air conditioning system. If dust orother pollutants accumulate in the filterover a period of time, the air flow from theair vents may decrease, resulting inmoisture accumulation on the inside ofthe windshield even when the outside(fresh) air position is selected. If this hap-pens, inspect and replace the climatecontrol air filter. (Refer to “climate controlair filter” in section 7.)If you’re unsure about replacing proce-dure, have it done by an authorized Kiadealer.

✽✽ NOTICE• Replace the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule.If the vehicle is being driven in severeconditions such as dusty or roughroads, more frequent air conditionerfilter inspections and changes arerequired.

• When the air flow rate suddenlydecreases, the system should bechecked at an authorized Kia dealer.

Checking the amount of air con-ditioner refrigerant and compres-sor lubricantWhen the amount of refrigerant is low,the performance of the air conditioning isreduced. Overfilling also has a negativeimpact on the air conditioning system.Therefore, if abnormal operation isfound, have the system inspected by anauthorized Kia dealer.

✽✽ NOTICEIt is important that the correct type andamount of oil and refrigerant is used.Otherwise, damage to the compressorand abnormal system operation mayoccur.

WARNINGThe air conditioning system shouldbe serviced by an authorized Kiadealer. Improper service may causeserious injury to the person per-forming the service.

OHM048209

Outside air

Recirculatedair

Climate control air filter

Blower

Evaporator core

Heater core


884

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OSL040078

1. AUTO (automatic control) button2. Driver's temperature control knob3. A/C display4. Mode selection button5. Air conditioning button*6. Fan speed control switch7. Passenger's temperature control knob8. Dual temperature control selection button9. Rear window defroster button10. Air intake control button11. Blower OFF button12. Front windshield defroster button* if equipped

❈ The actual control panel in the vehiclemay differ from the illustration.

4 89


Automatic heating and air condi-tioningThe automatic climate control system iscontrolled by simply setting the desiredtemperature.The Full Automatic Temperature Control(FATC) system automatically controls theheating and cooling system as follows;

1. Press the AUTO button. The modes,fan speeds, air intake and air-condi-tioning will be controlled automaticallyby setting the temperature.

2. Set the temperature switch to thedesired temperature.If the temperature is set to the lowestsetting (Lo), the air conditioning sys-tem will operate continuously.

3. To turn the automatic operation off,select any button or switch of the fol-lowing:• Mode selection button• Air conditioning button• Front windshield defroster button• Fan speed control switchThe selected function will be controlledmanually while other functions operateautomatically.

For your convenience and to improve theeffectiveness of the climate control, usethe AUTO button and set the temperatureto 23°C/73°F.

✽✽ NOTICENever place anything over the sensorlocated on the instrument panel toensure better control of the heating andcooling system.

OSL040080OSL040079


904

Manual heating and air condition-ingThe heating and cooling system can becontrolled manually by pressing buttonsor turning knob(s) other than the AUTObutton. In this case, the system workssequentially according to the order ofbuttons or knob(s) selected.1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.

For improving the effectiveness ofheating and cooling;- Heating:- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to the outside(fresh) air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turn theair conditioning system on.

Press the AUTO button in order to con-vert to full automatic control of the sys-tem.

Mode selectionThe mode selection button controls thedirection of the air flow through the venti-lation system.The air flow outlet port is converted asfollows:

Refer to the illustration in the “Manual cli-mate control system”.

Face-Level

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face. Additionally, each outlet can becontrolled to direct the air dischargedfrom the outlet.

Bi-Level

Air flow is directed towards the face andthe floor.

Floor-Level

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the air beingdirected to the windshield and side win-dow defrosters.

Floor/Defrost-Level

Most of the air flow is directed to the floorand the windshield with a small amountdirected to the side window defrosters.

OSL040081

4 91


Defrost-Level Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.

Instrument panel ventsThe outlet vents can be opened or closedseparately using the thumbwheel. (Ifequipped)Also, you can adjust the direction of airdelivery from these vents using the ventcontrol lever as shown.

Temperature controlThe temperature will increase to themaximum (HI) by turning the knob to theextreme right.The temperature will decrease to theminimum (Lo) by turning the knob to theextreme left.When turning the knob, the temperaturewill increase or decrease by 0.5°C./1°FWhen set to the lowest temperature set-ting, the air conditioning will operate con-tinuously.

OSL040082 OSL040073 OSL040083


924

Adjusting the driver and passenger sidetemperature individually 1. Press the DUAL button to operate the

driver and passenger side temperatureindividually. Also, if the passenger sidetemperature control switch is operat-ed, it will automatically change to theDUAL mode as well.

2. Operate the left temperature control toadjust the driver side temperature.Operate the right temperature controlto adjust the passenger side tempera-ture.

When the driver side temperature is setto the highest (HI) or lowest (Lo) temper-ature setting, the DUAL mode is deacti-vated for maximum heating or cooling.

Adjusting the driver and passenger sidetemperature equally1. Press the DUAL button again to deac-

tivate DUAL mode. The passengerside temperature will be set to thesame temperature as the driver side.

2. Operate the driver side temperaturecontrol switch. The driver and passen-ger side temperature will be adjustedequally.

Temperature conversionYou can switch the temperature modefrom Centigrade to Fahrenheit as follows:While pressing the OFF button, press theAUTO button for 3 seconds or more.The display will change from Centigradeto Fahrenheit, or from Fahrenheit toCentigrade.If the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, the temperature mode dis-play will reset to Centigrade.

OSL040084

4 93


Air intake controlThis is used to select the outside (fresh)air position or recirculated air position.To change the air intake control position,push the control button.

Recirculated air positionWith the recirculated airposition selected, air fromthe passenger compart-ment will be drawn throughthe heating system andheated or cooled accordingto the function selected.

Outside (fresh) air positionWith the outside (fresh) airposition selected, airenters the vehicle from out-side and is heated orcooled according to thefunction selected.

✽✽ NOTICEProlonged operation of the heater in therecirculated air position (without airconditioning selected) may cause fog-ging of the windshield and side windowsand the air within the passenger com-partment may become stale.In addition, prolonged use of the air con-ditioning with the recirculated air posi-tion selected will result in excessively dryair in the passenger compartment.

OSL040085

WARNING• Continue using the climate control

system in the recirculated air posi-tion may allow humidity toincrease inside the vehicle whichmay fog the glass and obscure vis-ibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle with theair conditioning or heating systemon. It may cause serious harm ordeath due to a drop in the oxygenlevel and/or body temperature.

• Continue using the climate controlsystem in the recirculated air posi-tion can cause drowsiness orsleepiness, and loss of vehiclecontrol. Set the air intake control tothe outside (fresh) air position asmuch as possible while driving.


944

Fan speed controlThe fan speed can be set to the desiredspeed by operating the fan speed controlswitch.To change the fan speed, press ( ) theswitch for higher speed, or push ( )the switch for lower speed.To turn the fanspeed control off, press the front blowerOFF button.

Air conditioningPress the A/C button to turn the air con-ditioning system on (indicator light willilluminate).Press the button again to turn the airconditioning system off.

OFF modePress the front blower OFF button to turnoff the front air climate control system.However, you can still operate the modeand air intake buttons as long as the igni-tion switch is in the ON position.

OSL040087 OSL040088OSL040086

4 95


• For maximum defrosting, set the tem-perature control to the extremeright/hot position and the fan speedcontrol to the highest speed.

• If warm air to the floor is desired whiledefrosting or defogging, set the modeto the floor-defrost position.

• Before driving, clear all snow and icefrom the windshield, rear window, out-side rear view mirrors, and all side win-dows.

• Clear all snow and ice from the hoodand air inlet in the cowl grill to improveheater and defroster efficiency and toreduce the probability of fogging up theinside of the windshield.

Manual climate control systemTo defog inside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the desired posi-

tion.2. Select desired temperature.3. Select the or position.4. The outside (fresh) air will be selected

automatically. If the position isselected, air conditioning will also beselected automatically.

If the air conditioning and/or outside(fresh) air position are not selected auto-matically, press the corresponding buttonmanually.

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING

WARNING - Windshieldheating

Do not use the or positionduring cooling operation inextremely humid weather. The dif-ference between the temperature ofthe outside air and the windshieldcould cause the outer surface ofthe windshield to fog up, causingloss of visibility. In this case, setthe mode selection to the posi-tion and fan speed control to thelower speed.

OSL040089

or


964

To defrost outside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the highest posi-

tion.2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot

position.3. Select the position.4. The outside (fresh) air and air condi-

tioning will be selected automatically.If the air conditioning is not selectedautomatically press the correspondingbutton manually.

Automatic climate control systemTo defog inside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the desired posi-

tion.2. Select desired temperature.3. Press the defroster button ( ).4. The outside (fresh) air position will be

selected automatically and the air con-ditioning will turn on according to thedetected ambient temperature.

If the air conditioning and outside (fresh)air position are not selected automatical-ly, adjust the corresponding button man-ually. If the position is selected,lower fan speed is adjusted to a higherfan speed.

To defrost outside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the highest posi-

tion.2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot

(HI) position.3. Press the defroster button ( ).4. The outside (fresh) air position will be

selected automatically and the air con-ditioning will turn on according to thedetected ambient temperature.

OSL040091 OSL040092OSL040090

4 97


Defogging logicTo reduce the possibility of fogging upthe inside of the windshield, the air intakeor air conditioning is controlled automati-cally according to certain conditions suchas or position. To cancel orreturn to the defogging logic, do the fol-lowing.

Manual climate control system1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion.2. Turn the mode selection knob to the

defrost position ( ).3. Press the air intake control button at

least 5 times within 3 seconds.The indicator light in the air intake controlbutton will blink 3 times with 0.5 secondof interval. It indicates that the defogginglogic is canceled or returned to the pro-grammed status.

If the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, it resets to the defog logicstatus.

Automatic climate control system1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion.2. Select the defroster position pressing

the defroster button ( ).3. While pressing the air conditioning

button (A/C), press the air intake con-trol button at least 5 times within 3 sec-onds.

The A/C display blinks 3 times with 0.5second of interval. It indicates that thedefogging logic is canceled or returned tothe programmed status.

If the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, it resets to the defog logicstatus.

OSL040093 OSL040094


984

D270000AHM

These compartments can be used tostore small items.

Center console storage (if equipped)To open the center console storage, pullup the lever.

Glove boxTo open the glove box, pull the handleand the glove box will automaticallyopen. Close the glove box after use.

STORAGE COMPARTMENTS

WARNING - Flammablematerials

Do not store cigarette lighters,propane cylinders, or other flamma-ble/explosive materials in the vehi-cle. These items may catch fireand/or explode if the vehicle isexposed to hot temperatures forextended periods.

CAUTION• To avoid possible theft, do not

leave valuables in the storagecompartment.

• Always keep the storage com-partment covers closed whiledriving. Do not attempt to placeso many items in the storagecompartment that the storagecompartment cover cannot closesecurely.

WARNING To reduce the risk of injury in anaccident or sudden stop, alwayskeep the glove box door closedwhile driving.

WARNING Do not keep food in the glove boxfor a long time.

OSL040101OSL040100

4 99


Glove box cooling (if equipped)You can keep beverage cans or otheritems cool using the open/close lever ofthe vent installed in the glove box.

1. Turn on the air conditioning (A/C) sys-tem.

2. Move the open/close lever (1) of thevent installed in the glove box to theopen position.

When the cool box is not used, turn thelever to its closed position ( ).

✽✽ NOTICEWhile using the cooling function, a smallamount of condensed moisture coulddamage your pieces of paper.

Sunglass holder (if equipped)To open the sunglass holder, press thecover and the holder will slowly open.Place your sunglasses with the lensesfacing out. To close the sunglass holder,push it up.

OSL040102 OSL040103

WARNING• Do not keep objects except sun-

glasses inside the sunglass hold-er. Such objects can be thrownfrom the holder in the event of asudden stop or an accident, pos-sibly injuring the passengers inthe vehicle.

• Do not open the sunglass holderwhile the vehicle is moving. Therear view mirror of the vehiclecan be blocked by an openedsunglass holder.


1004

D270500BUN-C1

Luggage box (if equipped)You can place a first aid kit, a reflector tri-angle, tools, etc. in the box for easyaccess.Grasp the handle on the edge of thecover and lift it.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the goods orthe vehicle, care should be takenwhen carrying fragile or bulkyobjects in the luggage box.

OSL040104

4 101


Cup holder

Cups or small beverage cans may beplaced in the cup holders.

SunvisorUse the sunvisor to shield direct lightthrough the front or side windows.To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.To use the sunvisor for the side window,pull it downward, unsnap it from thebracket (1) and swing it to the side (2).Adjust the sunvisor extension forward orbackward (3). (if equipped)To use the vanity mirror, pull down thevisor and slide the mirror cover (4).The ticket holder (5) is provided for hold-ing a tollgate ticket. (if equipped)

* The actual sunvisor lamp in the vehiclemay differ from the illustration.

INTERIOR FEATURES

WARNING - Hot liquids• Do not place uncovered cups

with hot liquid in the cup holderwhile the vehicle is in motion. Ifthe hot liquid spills, you may burnyourself. Such a burn to the driv-er could lead to loss of control ofthe vehicle.

• To reduce the risk of personalinjury in the event of sudden stopor collision, do not place uncov-ered or unsecured bottles, glass-es, cans, etc., in the cup holderwhile the vehicle is in motion.

WARNINGKeep cans or bottles out of directsun light and do not put them in avehicle that is heated up. It mayexplode.

OSL040107

OSL040108

OSL040149

■ FrontType A

Type B

■ Rear (if equipped)

OLM049207

**


1024

D280500AEN

Power outlet (if equipped)The power outlet is designed to providepower for mobile telephones or otherdevices designed to operate with vehicleelectrical systems. The devices shoulddraw less than 10 amps with the enginerunning.

CAUTION - Vanity mirrorlamp (if equipped)

If you use the vanity mirror lamp,turn off the lamp before returningthe sunvisor to its original position,otherwise it could result in batterydischarge and possible sunvisordamage.

OSL040110

■ Front

■ Rear (if equipped)OSL040109L

CAUTION• Use the power outlet only when

the engine is running and removethe accessory plug after use.Using the accessory plug for pro-longed periods of time with theengine off could cause the bat-tery to discharge.

• Only use 12V electric accessorieswhich are less than 10A in elec-tric capacity.

• Adjust the air-conditioner orheater to the lowest operatinglevel when using the power outlet.

• Close the cover when not in use.• Some electronic devices can

cause electronic interferencewhen plugged into a vehicle’spower outlet. These devices maycause excessive audio static andmalfunctions in other electronicsystems or devices used in yourvehicle.

WARNINGFor your safety, do not obstructyour vision when using the sunvi-sor.

4 103


Digital clock (if equipped)Whenever the battery terminals or relat-ed fuses are disconnected, you mustreset the time.For details, refer to the audio in the endof this section.


Clothes hanger (if equipped)

WARNINGDo not put a finger or a foreign ele-ment (pen, etc.) into a power outletand do not touch with a wet hand.You may get an electric shock.

SL_USA_RADIO/Q

WARNINGDo not adjust the clock while driv-ing. You may lose your steeringcontrol and cause an accident thatresults in severe personal injury ordeath.

OSL040112

CAUTIONDo not hang heavy clothes, sincethose may damage the hook.

WARNINGTo reduce the risk of injury in anaccident or sudden stop, do nothang sharp or dangerous thingsexcept clothes.


1044


Floor mat anchor(s) (if equipped)When using a floor mat on the front floorcarpet, make sure it attaches to the floormat anchor(s) in your vehicle. This keepsthe floor mat from sliding forward.

D281000AHM

Luggage net holder (if equipped)To keep items from shifting in the cargoarea, you can use the holders located inthe cargo area to attach the luggage net.If necessary, contact your authorized Kiadealer to obtain a luggage net.

OSL040113

OSL040114

OSL040241N

OSL041241N

WARNINGThe following must be observedwhen installing ANY floormat to thevehicle.• Ensure that the floormats are

securely attached to the vehicle'sfloormat anchor(s) before drivingthe vehicle.

• Do not use ANY floormat thatcannot be firmly attached to thevehicle's floormat anchors.

• Do not stack floormats on top ofone another (e.g. all-weather rub-ber mat on top of a carpetedfloormat). Only a single floormatshould be installed in each posi-tion.

IMPORTANT - Your vehicle wasmanufactured with driver's sidefloormat anchors that are designedto securely hold the floormat inplace. To avoid any interferencewith pedal operation, Kia recom-mends that only the Kia floormatdesigned for use in your vehicle beinstalled.

■ Type A

■ Type B

4 105


Cargo security screen (if equipped) Use the cargo security screen to hideitems stored in the cargo area.

To use the cargo security screen, pull thehandle backward and insert the edgesinto the slots.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the goods orthe vehicle, care should be takenwhen carrying fragile or bulkyobjects in the luggage compart-ment.

WARNINGTo avoid eye injury, DO NOT over-stretch the luggage net. ALWAYSkeep your face and body out of theluggage net’s recoil path. DO NOTuse the luggage net when the straphas visible signs of wear or dam-age.

OSL040116OSL040115


1064

When not in use, place the cargo securi-ty screen on the lower portion of thecargo area.

WARNING• Do not place objects on the cargo

security screen. Such objectsmay be thrown about inside thevehicle and possibly injure vehi-cle occupants during an accidentor when braking.

• Never allow anyone to ride in theluggage compartment. It isdesigned for luggage only.

• Maintain the balance of the vehi-cle and locate the weight as farforward as possible.

CAUTIONSince the cargo security screenmay be damaged or malformed, donot put the luggage on it when it isused.

OSL040117

4 107


D290100AAM

Roof rack (if equipped)If the vehicle has a roof rack, you canload cargo on top of your vehicle.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the vehicle is equipped with a sunroof,be sure not to position cargo onto theroof rack in such a way that it couldinterfere with sunroof operation.

EXTERIOR FEATURES

CAUTION• When carrying cargo on the roof

rack, take the necessary precau-tions to make sure the cargo doesnot damage the roof of the vehicle.

• When carrying large objects onthe roof rack, make sure they donot exceed the overall roof lengthor width.

• When you are carrying cargo onthe roof rack, do not operate thesunroof (if equipped).

WARNING • The following specification is the

maximum weight that can beloaded onto the roof rack.Distribute the load as evenly aspossible on the roof rack andsecure the load firmly.

Loading cargo or luggage inexcess of the specified weightlimit on the roof rack may dam-age your vehicle.

(Continued)

ROOF 100 kg (220 lbs.)RACK EVENLY DISTRIBUTED

(Continued)• The vehicle center of gravity will

be higher when items are loadedonto the roof rack. Avoid suddenstarts, braking, sharp turns,abrupt maneuvers or high speedsthat may result in loss of vehiclecontrol or rollover resulting in anaccident.

• Always drive slowly and turn cor-ners carefully when carryingitems on the roof rack. Severewind updrafts, caused by passingvehicles or natural causes, cancause sudden upward pressureon items loaded on the roof rack.This is especially true when car-rying large, flat items such aswood panels or mattresses. Thiscould cause the items to fall offthe roof rack and cause damageto your vehicle or others aroundyou.

• To prevent damage or loss ofcargo while driving, check fre-quently before or while driving tomake sure the items on the roofrack are securely fastened.

OSL040150


1084

✽✽ NOTICEIf you install an after market HID headlamp, your vehicle’s audio and electron-ic device may malfunction.

AntennaD300102AAM-EU

Your vehicle uses a roof antenna toreceive both AM and FM broadcast sig-nals.This antenna is removable. To removethe roof antenna, turn it counterclock-wise. To install the roof antenna, turn itclockwise.

AUDIO SYSTEM

CAUTION• Before entering a place with a low

height clearance or a car wash,remove the antenna by rotating itcounter-clockwise. If not, theantenna may be damaged.

• When reinstalling your roofantenna, it is important that it isfully tightened and adjusted tothe upright position to ensureproper reception. But it could beremoved when parking the vehi-cle or when loading cargo on theroof rack.

• When cargo is loaded on the roofrack, do not place the cargo nearthe antenna pole to ensure properreception.

OHM048154

4 109


❈ The actual feature may differ from theillustration.

D300200AEN

Steering wheel audio controls (if equipped) The steering wheel may incorporateaudio control buttons.

D300204AHM

VOLUME ( / ) (1)• Press the lever upward ( ) to

increase the volume.• Press the lever downward ( ) to

decrease the volume.

D300203AHM

SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2)The SEEK/PRESET button has differentfunctions based on the system mode. Forthe following functions the button shouldbe pressed for 0.8 seconds or more.

RADIO modeIt will function as the AUTO SEEK selectbutton.

CD/USB/iPod modeIt will function as the FF/REW button.

If the SEEK/PRESET button is pressedfor less than 0.8 seconds, it will work asfollows in each mode.

RADIO modeIt will function as the PRESET STATIONbuttons.

CD/USB/iPod modeIt will function as TRACK UP/DOWN but-ton.

D300202AEN

MODE (3)Press the button to change audio source.FM(1~2)➟AM➟SAT(1~3)➟CD➟USBAUX(iPod)➟FM...

D300205AHM

MUTE (4)• Press the button to mute the sound.• Press the button to turn off the micro-

phone during a telephone call.

Detailed information for audio controlbuttons is described in the followingpages in this section.

OSL040120

OSL040235L

■ Type A

■ Type B

CAUTIONDo not operate audio remote con-trol buttons simultaneously.


1104

D300600AHM-EE

Aux, USB and iPod®* port(if equipped)If your vehicle has an aux and/orUSB(universal serial bus) port or iPodport, you can use an aux port to connectaudio devices and an USB port to plug inan USB and also an iPod port to plug inan iPod.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen using a portable audio deviceconnected to the power outlet, noise mayoccur during playback. If this happens,use the power source of the portableaudio device.* iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.

D300800AHM

How vehicle audio worksAM and FM radio signals are broadcastfrom transmitter towers located aroundyour city. They are intercepted by theradio antenna on your vehicle.This signalis then received by the radio and sent toyour vehicle speakers.When a strong radio signal has reachedyour vehicle, the precise engineering ofyour audio system ensures the best pos-sible quality reproduction. However, insome cases the signal coming to yourvehicle may not be strong and clear. Thiscan be due to factors such as the dis-tance from the radio station, closeness ofother strong radio stations or the pres-ence of buildings, bridges or other largeobstructions in the area.

AM broadcasts can be received atgreater distances than FM broadcasts.This is because AM radio waves aretransmitted at low frequencies. Theselong, low frequency radio waves can fol-low the curvature of the earth rather thantravelling straight out into the atmos-phere. In addition, they curve aroundobstructions so that they can provide bet-ter signal coverage.

JBM002

AM reception

JBM001

FM reception

OSL040121

4 111


FM broadcasts are transmitted at highfrequencies and do not bend to follow theearth's surface. Because of this, FMbroadcasts generally begin to fade atshort distances from the station.Also, FM signals are easily affected bybuildings, mountains, or other obstruc-tions.These can result in certain listeningconditions which might lead you tobelieve a problem exists with your radio.The following conditions are normal anddo not indicate radio trouble:

• Fading - As your vehicle moves awayfrom the radio station, the signal willweaken and sound will begin to fade.When this occurs, we suggest that youselect another stronger station.

• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals orlarge obstructions between the trans-mitter and your radio can disturb thesignal causing static or fluttering nois-es to occur. Reducing the treble levelmay lessen this effect until the distur-bance clears.

• Station Swapping - As a FM signalweakens, another more powerful sig-nal near the same frequency maybegin to play. This is because yourradio is designed to lock onto the clear-est signal. If this occurs, select anotherstation with a stronger signal.

• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signalsbeing received from several directionscan cause distortion or fluttering. Thiscan be caused by a direct and reflect-ed signal from the same station, or bysignals from two stations with closefrequencies. If this occurs, selectanother station until the condition haspassed.

JBM005JBM004JBM003

FM radio station


1124

Satellite radio receptionYou may experience difficulties in receiv-ing SIRIUS satellite radio signals in thefollowing situations.

• If you are driving in a tunnel or a cov-ered parking area.

• If you are driving beneath the top levelof a multi-level freeway.

• If you drive under a bridge.• If you are driving next to a tall vehicle

(such as a truck or a bus) that blocksthe signal.

• If you are driving in a valley where thesurrounding hills or peaks block thesignal from the satellite.

• If you are driving on a mountain roadwhere is the signal blocked by moun-tains.

• If you are driving in an area with talltrees that block the signal (10m / ormore), for example on an road thatgoes through a dense forest.

• The signal can become weak in someareas that are not covered by the SIR-IUS repeater network.

NOTE:There may be other unforeseen cir-cumstances leading to receptionproblems with the SIRIUS satelliteradio signal.

SATELITE2SATELITE1

4 113


Using a cellular phone or a two-wayradioWhen a cellular phone is used inside thevehicle, noise may be produced from theaudio equipment. This does not meanthat something is wrong with the audioequipment. In such a case, use the cellu-lar phone at a place as far as possiblefrom the audio equipment.

Care of discs• If the temperature inside the vehicle is

too high, open the vehicle windows forventilation before using your vehicleaudio.

• It is illegal to copy and use MP3/WMAfiles without permission. Use CDs thatare created only by lawful means.

• Do not apply volatile agents such asbenzene and thinner, normal cleanersand magnetic sprays made for ana-logue disc onto CDs.

• To prevent the disc surface from get-ting damaged. Hold and carry CDs bythe edges or the edges of the centerhole only.

• Clean the disc surface with a piece ofsoft cloth before playback (wipe it fromthe center to the outside edge).

• Do not damage the disc surface orattach pieces of sticky tape or paperonto it.

• Make sure objects other than CDs arenot inserted into the CD player (Do notinsert more than one CD at a time).

• Keep CDs in their cases after use toprotect them from scratches or dirt.

• Depending on the type of CD-R/CD-RW CDs, certain CDs may not operatenormally according to manufacturingcompanies or making and recordingmethods. In such circumstances, if youstill continue to use those CDs, theymay cause the malfunction of yourvehicle audio system.

✽✽ NOTICE - Playing anIncompatible CopyProtected Audio CD

Some copy protected CDs, which do notcomply with the international audio CDstandards (Red Book), may not play onyour vehicle audio. Please note that ifyou try to play copy protected CDs andthe CD player does not perform correct-ly the CDs maybe defective, not the CDplayer.

WARNINGDo not use a cellular phone whiledriving. Stop at a safe location touse a cellular phone.

CAUTIONWhen using a communication sys-tem such a cellular phone or a radioset inside the vehicle, a separateexternal antenna must be fitted.When a cellular phone or a radio setis used with an internal antennaalone, it may interfere with the vehi-cle's electrical system and adverse-ly affect safe operation of the vehi-cle.


1144

■■ CD Player : PA710SL

SL_USA_RADIO

4 115


Using RADIO, SETUP, VOLUMEand AUDIO CONTROL

1. Button The FM/AM button toggles between FMand AM. Listed below are the paths asthe system switches from FM to AM andback to FM.• FM/AM : FM1➟FM2➟AM➟FM1...

2. Button & Knob• Turns the audio system on/off when

the ignition switch is on ACC or ON.• If the knob is turned clockwise/counter-

clockwise, the volume will increase/decrease.

3. Button• When the is pressed, it will

automatically tune to the next lowerstation.

• When the is pressed, it willautomatically tune to the next higherstation.

4. Button• When the button is pressed, it auto-

matically scans the radio stationsupwards.

• The SCAN feature steps through eachstation, starting from the initial station,for 5 seconds.

• Press the button again to stopthe scan feature and to listen to thecurrently selected channel.

5. ButtonWhen the button is pressed, stops sound and “Audio Mute” is displayed on LCD.

6. PRESET Buttons• Press ~ buttons less

than 0.8 seconds to play the stationsaved in each button.

• Press ~ button morethan 0.8 seconds or longer to save thecurrent station to the respective buttonwith a beep.

7. ButtonTurn the LCD Display & BacklightON/OFF when button press.DISP

DISP

61

61

MUTE

SCAN

SCAN

SEEK

SEEKSEEK

VOLPOWER

FM/AM

SL_USA_RADIO

SL_USA_RADIO

SL_USA_RADIO


1164

8. ButtonPress this button to enter SETUP mode,If no action is taken for 8 seconds, it willreturn to previous mode.

In “SETUP” mode, rotate the TUNE knobto move the cursor between items, andpush the TUNE knob to select.

• MAINSelect this item to enter the Scroll andSDVC setup.

• SCROLLSelect whether long file names arescrolled continuously (On) or just once(Off).

• SDVC (Speed Dependent Volume Control)Select this item to turn the SDVC featureOn or Off. If it is turned ON, volume levelis adjusted automatically according tothe vehicle speed.

• MEDIASelect default display of MP3 play infor-mation. “Folder/File” or “Artist/Title” canbe selected.

• CLOCKSelect this item to enter Clock setupmode. Adjust the hour and press the

button to set. Adjust the minuteand press the button to completeand exit from clock adjustment mode.Pressing the button while inpower off, screen will allow the user tomake immediately adjustments to theclock.

• P.BASS (PowerBass)This function creates virtual soundeffects and allows adjustments to theBass level.Off ➟ Low ➟ Mid ➟ High ➟ Off...❈ AM Mode is not supported.

SETUP

ENTERENTER

SETUP

4 117


• SATSelect default display of SIRIUS mode.“Cat./Ch.” or “Artist/Title” can be select-ed.

• PHONESelect this item to enter BLUETOOTHsetup mode. Refer to “BLUETOOTHPHONE OPERATION” section fordetailed information.

9. TUNE & Audio Control KnobRotate the knob clockwise or counter-clock wise to increase or decrease fromcurrent frequency.(AM 10 kHz, FM 200 MHz)Pressing the button changes the BASS,MIDDLE, TREBLE, FADER and BAL-ANCE TUNE mode. The mode selectedis shown on the display. After selectingeach mode, rotate the Audio control knobclockwise or counterclockwise.

• BASS ControlTo increase the BASS, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the BASS,rotate the knob counterclockwise.

• MIDDLE ControlTo increase the MIDDLE, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the MID-DLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise.

• TREBLE ControlTo increase the TREBLE, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the TRE-BLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise.

• FADER ControlTurn the control knob clockwise to empha-size rear speaker sound (front speakersound will be attenuated). When the con-trol knob is turned counterclockwise, frontspeaker sound will be emphasized (rearspeaker sound will be attenuated).

• BALANCE ControlRotate the knob clockwise to emphasizeright speaker sound (left speaker soundwill be attenuated). When the controlknob is turned counter clockwise, leftspeaker sound will be emphasized (rightspeaker sound will be attenuated).

SL_USA_RADIO


1184

Using CD Player

1. CD Eject Button• Press button to eject the CD.

This button works regardless of ignitionswitch status.

2. Button (CD)If the CD is loaded, turns to CD mode. Ifno CD, it displays “No Media” for 3 sec-onds and returns to the previous mode.

3. Button (RANDOM)Press this button for less than 0.8 sec-onds to activate ‘RDM’ mode and morethan 0.8 seconds to activate ‘ALL RDM’mode.

• RDM : Only files/tracks in a folder/discare played back in a random sequence.

• ALL RDM (MP3/WMA Only) : All files ina disc are played back in the randomsequence.

4. Button (REPEAT)Press this button for less than 0.8 sec-onds to activate 'RPT' mode and morethan 0.8 seconds to activate 'FLD RPT'mode.• RPT : Only a track (file) is repeatedly

played back.• FLD RPT (MP3/WMA Only) : Only files

in a folder are repeatedly played back.

5. ButtonPlay each song in the CD for 10 seconds. Tocancel SCAN Play, press this button again.

6. CD SlotInsert a CD label side up and gently pushin while ignition switch is on ACC or ON.The audio automatically switches to CDmode and begins to play the CD.If the audio was turned off, audio powerwill automatically turned on as the CD isinserted.• This audio only recognizes 12cm-size, CD-

DA (Audio CD) or ISO data-CD (MP3 CD).• If UDF data-CD or non-CD (e.g. DVD) is

inserted, "Reading Error" message willbe displayed and the disc will be ejected.

SCAN

2

1

CD/AUX

CAUTION Do not insert a CD if CD indicator islit.

SL_USA_CD

4 119


7. Button• Press button for less than

0.8 seconds to play from the beginningof current song.

• Press button for less than 0.8 seconds and press again within1 second to play the previous song.

• Press button for 0.8 sec-onds or longer to initiate reverse direc-tion high speed sound search of cur-rent song.

• Press button for less than0.8 seconds to play the next song.

• Press button for 0.8 sec-onds or longer to initiate forward direc-tion high speed sound search of cur-rent song.

8. Button • Press button to move to

child folder of the current folder anddisplay the first song in the folder.Press TUNE/ ENTER knob to move tothe folder displayed. It will play the firstsong in the folder.

• Press button to move toparent folder of the current folder anddisplay the first song in the folder.Press TUNE/ENTER knob to move tothe folder displayed.

9. ButtonDisplays the information of the currentsong.• Audio CD : Disc Title/Artist, Track Title

/Artist, Total Track.• MP3 CD : File Name, Title, Artist,

Album, Folder, Total Files (Not dis-played if the information is unavailableon the CD or file.)

10. Knob & Button• Turn this knob clockwise to browse

songs after current song, or counter-clockwise to browse songs before cur-rent song. To play the displayed song,press the knob.

• Pressing this knob without turningenters to AUDIO CONTROL mode.

NOTE:Order of playing files (folders) :1. Song playing order : to sequen-

tially.

ENTERTUNE

INFO

FOLDER

FOLDER

FOLDER

TRACK

TRACK

T TRACK

T TRACK

T TRACK

TRACK

SL_USA_CD


1204

2. Folder playing order :❋ If no song file is contained in the

folder, that folder is not displayed.

4 121


CAUTION IN USING USB DEVICE

• To use an external USB device,make sure the device is not con-nected when starting up the vehi-cle. Connect the device afterstarting up.

• If you start the engine when theUSB device is connected, it maydamage the USB device. (USBflashdrives are very sensitive toelectric shock.)

• If the engine is started up orturned off while the external USBdevice is connected, the externalUSB device may not work.

• It may not play inauthentic MP3 orWMA files.1) It can only play MP3 files with

the compression rate between8Kbps~320Kbps.

2) It can only play WMA musicfiles with the compression ratebetween 8Kbps~320Kbps.

• Take precautions for static electrici-ty when connecting or disconnect-ing the external USB device.

(Continued)

(Continued)• An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is not

recognizable.• Depending on the condition of

the external USB device, the con-nected external USB device canbe unrecognizable.

• When the formatted byte/sectorsetting of External USB device isnot either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE,then the device will not be recog-nized.

• Use only a USB device formattedto FAT 12/16/32.

• USB devices without USB I/Fauthentication may not be recog-nizable.

• Make sure the USB connectionterminal does not come in contactwith the human body or otherobjects.

• If you repeatedly connect or dis-connect the USB device in a shortperiod of time, it may break thedevice.

• You may hear a strange noisewhen connecting or disconnect-ing a USB device.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If you disconnect the external USB

device during playback in USBmode, the external USB device canbe damaged or may malfunction.Therefore, disconnect the externalUSB device when the audio isturned off or in another mode. (e.g,Radio, SIRIUS or CD)

• Depending on the type and capac-ity of the external USB device orthe type of the files stored in thedevice, there is a difference in thetime taken for recognition of thedevice.

• Do not use the USB device for pur-poses other than playing musicfiles.

• Use of USB accessories such asrechargers or heaters using USBI/F may lower performance orcause trouble.

• If you use devices such as a USBhub purchased separately, thevehicle’s audio system may notrecognize the USB device. In thatcase, connect the USB devicedirectly to the multimedia termi-nal of the vehicle.

(Continued)


1224

(Continued)• If the USB device is divided by

logical drives, only the music fileson the highest-priority drive arerecognized by car audio.

• Devices such as MP3 Player/Cellular phone/Digital camera canbe unrecognizable by standardUSB I/F can be unrecognizable.

• Some non-standard USB devices(METAL COVER TYPE USB) can beunrecognizable.

• Some USB flash memory readers(such as CF, SD, microSD, etc.) orexternal-HDD type devices can beunrecognizable.

• Music files protected by DRM(DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT)are not recognizable.

• The data in the USB memory maybe lost while using this audio.Always back up important data ona personal storage device.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Please avoid using USB memory

products which can be used askey chains or cellular phoneaccessories as they could causedamage to the USB jack. Pleasemake certain only to use plug typeconnector products as shownbelow.

4 123


Using USB device

1. Button (USB or AUX)If the auxiliary device is connected, itswitches to AUX or USB mode to play thesound from the auxiliary player.If there is no auxiliary device, then themessage “No Media” will become dis-played on the LCD for 3 seconds andreturns to previous mode.

2. Button (RANDOM)• Press this button for less than 0.8 sec-

onds to play songs randomly in currentfolder.

• Press this button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to play songs randomly in entireUSB device.

• To cancel RANDOM play, press thisbutton again.

3. Button (REPEAT)• Press this button for less than 0.8 sec-

onds to repeat current song.• Press this button for 0.8 seconds or longer

to repeat all songs in current folder.• To cancel REPEAT, press this button

again.

4. Button• Press the button for less

than 0.8 seconds to play from thebeginning of the current song.Press the button for less than 0.8 seconds and press it again within 1 sec-ond to move to and play the previoussong.Press the button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to play the song in reversedirection in fast speed.

• Press the button for lessthan 0.8 seconds to move to the nextsong. Press the button for 0.8 secondsor longer to play the song in forwarddirection in fast speed.

5. ButtonPlays each song in the USB device for 10seconds.To cancel SCAN Play, press this buttonagain.

6. ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of FILE NAME ➟ TITLE ➟ ARTIST ➟

ALBUM ➟ FOLDER ➟ TOTAL FILE ➟

NORMAL DISPLAY ➟ FILE NAME…(Displays no information if the file has nosong information.)

INFO

SCAN

TRACK

T TRACK

TRACK

2

1

CD/AUX

SL_USA_USBSL_USA_USB


1244

7. Button• Press button to move to

child folder of the current folder anddisplay the first song in the folder.Press TUNE/ ENTER knob to move tothe folder displayed. It will play the firstsong in the folder.

• Press button to move toparent folder display the first song inthe folder.Press TUNE/ENTER knob to move tothe folder displayed.

8. Knob & Button• Turn this knob clockwise to browse

songs after current song, or counterclockwise to browse songs before cur-rent song. To play the displayed song,press the knob.

• Pressing this knob without turningenters to AUDIO CONTROL mode.

ENTERTUNE

FOLDER

FOLDER

FOLDER

SL_USA_USB

4 125


✽✽ NOTICE FOR USING THEiPod® DEVICE

• Some iPod models might not sup-port the communication protocoland the files will not be played. Supported iPod models: - iPod Mini- iPod 4th(Photo) ~ 6th(Classic)generation- iPod Nano 1st~4th generation- iPod Touch 1st~2nd generation

• The order of search or playback ofsongs in the iPod can be differentfrom the order searched in theaudio system.

• If the iPod disabled due to its ownmalfunction, reset the iPod. (Reset:Refer to iPod manual)

• An iPod may not operate normallyon low battery.

• Some iPod devices, such as theiPhone, can be connected through theBluetooth® interface. The devicemust have audio Bluetooth® capabili-ty (such as for stereo headphoneBluetooth®). The device can play, butit will not be controlled by the audiosystem.

CAUTION IN USING THE iPod® DEVICE

• The Kia iPod Power Cable isneeded in order to operate iPodwith the audio buttons on theaudio system.The USB cable pro-vided by Apple may cause mal-function and should not be usedfor Kia vehicles.

❋ The Kia iPod Power Cable maybe purchased through your KiaDealership.

• When connecting iPod with theiPod Power Cable, insert the con-nector to the multimedia socketcompletely. If not inserted com-pletely, communications betweeniPod and audio may be interrupted.

• When adjusting the sound effects ofthe iPod and the audio system, thesound effects of both devices willoverlap and might reduce or distortthe quality of the sound.

• Deactivate (turn off) the equalizerfunction of an iPod when adjust-ing the audio system’s volume,and turn off the equalizer of theaudio system when using theequalizer of an iPod.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When the iPod cable is connected,

the system can be switched to AUXmode even without iPod deviceand may cause noise. Disconnectthe iPod cable when you are notusing the iPod device.

• When not using iPod with caraudio, detach the iPod cable fromiPod. Otherwise, iPod may remainin accessory mode, and may notwork properly.


1264

Using iPod®

❋ iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.

1. Button (iPod)If iPod is connected, it switches to theiPod mode from the previous mode toplay the song files stored in the iPod.If there is no iPod connected, then it dis-plays the message "No Media" for 3 sec-onds and returns to the previous mode.

2. Button (RANDOM)• Press this button for less than 0.8 sec-

onds to shuffle order of all songs incurrent category. (Song Random)

• Press this button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to shuffle order of albums in cur-rent category. (Album Random)

• To cancel RANDOM Play, press thisbutton again.

3. Button (REPEAT)Repeats the song currently played.

4. Button• Press the button for less

than 0.8 seconds to play from thebeginning of the song currently played.Press the button for less than 0.8 sec-onds and press it again within 1 sec-ond to move to and play the previoustrack.Press the button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to play the song in reversedirection in fast speed.

• Press the button for lessthan 0.8 seconds to move to the nexttrack.Press the button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to play the song in forward direc-tion in fast speed.

5. ButtonPlays each song in the USB device for 10seconds.To cancel SCAN Play, press this buttonagain.

6. Button (MENU)Moves to the upper category from cur-rently played category of the iPod.To move to (play) the category (song)displayed, press knob.You will be able to search through thelower category of the selected category.The standard order of iPod’s category isSONGS ➟ ALBUMS ➟ ARTISTS ➟ GEN-RES ➟ iPod

TUNE

6

SCAN

TRACK

T TRACK

TRACK

2

1

CD/AUX

SL_USA_iPod SL_USA_iPod

4 127


7. Knob & ButtonWhen you rotate the knob clockwise, itwill display the songs (category) aheadof the song currently played (category inthe same level).Also, when you rotate the knob counter-clockwise, it will display the songs (cate-gory) before the song currently played(category in the same level).To listen to the song displayed in thesong category, press the button to skip toand play the selected song.Pressing the button changes the BASS,MIDDLE, TREBLE, FADER and BAL-ANCE TUNE mode. The mode selectedis shown on the display. After selectingeach mode, rotate the Audio control knobclockwise or counterclockwise.

8. ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of TITLE ➟ ARTIST ➟ ALBUM ➟ NORMALDISPLAY ➟ TITLE... (Displays no informa-tion if the file has no song information.)

INFO

ENTERTUNE

SL_USA_iPod


1284

Satellite Radio channels:SIRIUS Satellite Radio has over 130 chan-nels, including 69 channels of 100% com-mercial-free music, plus sports, news, talkand entertainment available nationwide inyour vehicle. For more information and acomplete list of SIRIUS Satellite Radiochannels, visit sirius.com in the UnitedStates, sirius-canada.ca in Canada, or callSIRIUS at 1-888-539-7474.

Satellite Radio reception factors:To receive the satellite signal, your vehi-cle has been equipped with a satelliteradio antenna located on the roof of yourvehicle. The vehicle roof provides thebest location for an unobstructed, openview of the sky, a requirement of a satel-lite radio system. Like AM/FM, there areseveral factors that can affect satelliteradio reception performance:• Antenna obstructions: For optimal

reception performance, keep the anten-na clear of snow and ice build-up andkeep luggage and other material as faraway from the antenna as possible.

• Terrain: Hills, mountains, tall buildings,bridges, tunnels, freeway overpasses,parking garages, dense tree foliageand thunderstorms can interfere withyour reception.

SIRIUS Satellite Radio service:SIRIUS Satellite Radio is a subscription-based satellite radio service that broad-casts music, sports, news and entertain-ment programming to radio receivers,which are available for installation inmotor vehicles or factory installed, aswell as for the home, portable and wire-less devices, and through an Internetconnection on personal computer.Vehicles that are equipped with a factoryinstalled SIRIUS Satellite Radio systeminclude:• Hardware and an introductory trial sub-

scription term, which begins on thedate of sale or lease of the vehicle.

• For a small upgrade fee, access toSIRIUS music channels, and otherselect channels over the Internet usingany computer connected to theInternet (U.S. customers only).For information on extended subscrip-tion terms, contact SIRIUS at 1-888-539-7474.

NOTE:Satellite Radio requires SIRIUS® com-patible receiver and a subscription serv-ice fee after trial period.Vehicles without a factory-installedradio receiver require hardware pur-chase and installation. Please see yourdealer for further details. All fees andprogramming subject to change.Subscriptions governed by the SIRIUSTerms & Conditions available atwww.sirius.com / service terms.Available only in the 48 contiguousUnited States and the District ofColumbia. Service available in Canada;see www.siriuscanada.caKIA shall not be responsible for anysuch programming changes.

Satellite Radio Electronic SerialNumber (ESN): This 12-digit SatelliteSerial Number is needed to re-activate,modify or track your satellite radioaccount. You will need this number whencommunicating with SIRIUS.

SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO INFORMATION (IF EQUIPPED)

4 129


Using SIRIUS Satellite RadioYour Kia vehicle is equipped with a 3month complimentary period of SIRIUSSatellite Radio so you have access toover 130 channels of music, information,and entertainment programming.

ActivationIn order to extend or reactivate your sub-scription to SIRIUS Satellite Radio, youwill need to contact SIRIUS CustomerCare at 1-888-539-7474. Have your 12digit SID (Sirius Identification Number)/ESN(Electronic Serial Number) ready. To retrievethe SID/ESN, turn on the radio, press the[SAT] button, and tune to channel zero.

Please note that the vehicle will need tobe turned on, in Sirius mode, and havean unobstructed view of the sky in orderfor the radio to receive the activation sig-nal.

1. Button(SIRIUS SatelliteRadio)

Press the button to switch toSIRIUS Satellite Radio. It cycles throughthe different bands as noted below.SAT1➟SAT2➟SAT3➟SAT1...

2. Button (CHANNEL)• Press button for less than

0.8 seconds to select previous or nextchannel.

• Press button for 0.8 sec-onds or longer to continuously move toprevious or next channel.

• If “CATEGORY” Icon is displayed at thetop of the screen, channel up/down isdone through the channels within cur-rent category.

3. Button • When the button is pressed, it

automatically scans the radio stationsupwards.

• The SCAN feature steps through everychannel, starting from the initial chan-nel, for ten seconds.

• Press the button again to stopthe scan feature and to listen to thecurrently selected channel.

• If "CATEGORY" Icon is displayed atthe top of the screen, channel chang-ing is done through the channels with-in current category.

4. Button (CATEGORY)• Press button to enter the

Category List Mode. The display willindicate the category items, highlightthe category that the current channelbelongs to.

• In the Category List Mode, press thesebuttons to navigate category list.

• Press Button to select thelowest channel in highlighted category.

• If channel is selected by selecting cat-egory "CATEGORY" Icon is displayedat the top of the screen.

ENTER

CAT

CAT

SCAN

SCAN

SCAN

SEEK

SEEK

SEEK

SAT

SAT

SL_USA_SIRIUS


1304

5. PRESET Buttons• Press ~ buttons less

than 0.8 seconds to play the channelsaved in each button.

• Press ~ buttons for 0.8seconds or longer to save currentchannel to the respective button with abeep.

6. Knob & Button• Rotate clockwise to increase the chan-

nel number or to scroll down the cate-gory list.

• Rotate counterclockwise to decreasethe channel number or to scroll up thecategory list.

• Press this to make selection of chan-nels or items.

7. ButtonDisplays the information of the currentchannel as below when the button ispressed each time.• When default display is

CAT(Category)/CH(Channel) ➟ Artist/Title ➟

Composer (if available) ➟ Category/Channel...• When default display is

ART(Artist)/TITLE(Title) ➟ Category/Channel➟ Composer(if available) ➟ Artist/Title...

✽✽ Troubleshooting1. Antenna Error

If this message is displayed, the anten-na or antenna cable is broken orunplugged. Please consult with yourKia dealership.

2. Acquiring SignalIf this message is displayed, it meansthat the antenna is covered and thatthe SIRIUS Satellite Radio signal isnot available. Ensure the antenna isuncovered and has a clear view of thesky.

INFO

ENTERTUNE

61

61

SL_USA_SIRIUS

4 131


BLUETOOTH® PHONE OPERATION(if equipped)

1. button : Raises or lowers speak-er volume.

2. : Mute the microphone duringa call.

3. button : Activates voice recognition.4. button : Places and transfers calls.5. button : Ends calls or cancels func-

tions.

■ What is Bluetooth®?Bluetooth® is a wireless technology thatallows multiple devices to be connectedin a short range, low-powered deviceslike hands-free, stereo headset, steeringremote control, etc. For more informa-tion, visit the Bluetooth® website atwww.Bluetooth.com

■ General Features• This audio system supports Bluetooth®

hands-free and stereo-headset fea-tures.- HANDS-FREE feature: Making or

receiving calls wirelessly throughvoice recognition.

- STEREO-HEADSET feature: Playingmusic from cellular phones (that sup-ports A2DP feature) wirelessly.

• Voice recognition engine of theBluetooth® system supports 3 types oflanguages:

EnglishCanadian FrenchUS Spanish

✽✽ NOTICE• The phone must be paired to the sys-

tem before using Bluetooth® features.• Only one selected (linked) cellular phone

can be used with the system at a time.• Some phones are not fully compatible

with this system.• The Bluetooth® word mark and logos

are registered trademarks owned byBluetooth® SIG, Inc. and any use ofsuch marks by Kia is under license.A Bluetooth enabled cell phone isrequired to use Bluetooth® wirelesstechnology.

■ Receiving a Phone CallWhen receiving a phone call, a ringtoneis audible from speakers and the audiosystem changes into telephone mode.When receiving a phone call, “Incomingcall” message and incoming phone num-ber (if available) are displayed on theaudio.

• To Answer a Call:- Press button on the steering wheel.• To Reject a Call:- Press button on the steering wheel.• To Adjust Ring Volume:- Use VOLUME buttons on the steering

wheel.• To Transfer a Call to the Phone (Secret

Call):- Press and hold button on the

steering wheel until the audio systemtransfers a call to the phone.

MUTE

VOLUME

4

35

12


1324

■ Talking on the PhoneWhen talking on the phone, “Active Call”message and the other party’s phonenumber (if available) are displayed on theaudio.

• To Finish a Call- Press button on the steering wheel.

✽✽ NOTICEIn the following situations, you or theother party may have difficulty hearingeach other:1. Speaking at the same time, your voice

may not reach each other parties. (Thisis not a malfunction.) Speak alternate-ly with the other party on the phone.

2. Keep the Bluetooth® volume to a lowlevel. High-level volume may result indistortion and echo.

3. When driving on a rough road.4. When driving at high speeds.5. When the window is open.6. When the air conditioning vents are

facing the microphone.7. When the sound of the air condition-

ing fan is loud.

■ Bluetooth® Audio Music StreamingThe audio system supports Bluetooth®

A2DP (Audio Advanced DistributionProfile) and AVRCP (Audio VideoRemote Control Profile) technologies.Both profiles provide steaming of musicvia compatible “PAIRED” Bluetooth®

Cellular phone.To stream music from the Bluetooth® cel-lular phone, play your music files on yourcellular phone according to your cellularphone user’s manual and press the

button on the audio system until“MP3 play” is displayed on the LCD.The audio system head unit displays‘MP3 MODE’.

NOTE:• In addition to streaming MP3 files,

all music and sound files your cellu-lar phone supports can be playedby the audio system.

• Bluetooth® compatible cellularphones must include A2DP andAVRCP capabilities.

• Some A2DP and AVRCP compatibleBluetooth® cellular phones may notplay music through the audio sys-tem initially. These cellular phonesmay need to have the Bluetooth®

streaming enabled, for example;i.e : Menu➟Filemanager➟Music➟

Option➟Play via Bluetooth • Please refer to User’s Guide for your

cellular phone for more information.To cancel Bluetooth® cellular phonemusic streaming, stop music play-back on the cellular phone orchange the audio mode to AM/FM,SIRIUS, CD, iPod, ect.

CD/AUX

4 133


■ Phone SetupAll Bluetooth® related operations can beperformed in PHONE menu.1) Push the button to enter

SETUP mode.2) Select “Phone” item by rotating the

knob, then push the knob.

3) Select desired item by rotating theknob, then push the knob.

• Pairing a phoneBefore using Bluetooth® features, thephone must be paired (registered) withthe audio system. Up to 5 phones can bepaired with the system.

NOTE:• The pairing procedure of the phone

varies according to each phonemodel. Before attempting to pairphone, please see your phone’sUser’s Guide for instructions.

• Once pairing with the phone is com-pleted, there is no need to pair withthat phone again unless the phoneis deleted manually from the audiosystem (refer “Deleting a Phone”section) or the vehicle’s informationis removed from the phone.

➀ Press button to enter SETUPmode.

➁ Select “Phone”, then “Pair” in PHONEmenu.

➂ The audio displays “Device : [Name]passkey: 0000”

➃ Search and select the device name inyour mobile phone to starting the pair-ing process.

NOTE:• If the phone is paired with two or

more vehicles of the same model,some phones may not handleBluetooth® devices of that namecorrectly. In this case, you may needto change the name displayed onyour phone.For example, if the vehicles' name isKMC CAR, you may need to changethe name displayed on you phonefrom KMC_CAR to JOHNS_CAR orKMC CAR_1 to avoid ambiguity.Refer to your phone User’s Guide, orcontact your cellular carrier or phonemanufacturer for instructions.

SETUP

TUNE

TUNE

SETUP


1344

• Connecting a phoneWhen the Bluetooth® system is enabled,the phone previously used is automati-cally selected and re-connected. If youwant to select different phone previouslypaired, the phone can be selectedthrough “Select Phone” menu.Only a selected phone can be used withthe hands-free system at a time.


➁ Select “Phone”, then “Select” in PHONEmenu.

➂ Select desired phone name from the listshown.

➃ The Bluetooth® icon appears on theupper side of audio display when aphone is connected.

• Changing PriorityIf several phones are paired with theaudio system, the system attempts toconnect following order when theBluetooth® system is enabled:1) “Priority” checked phone.2) Previously connected phone3) Gives up auto connection.


➁ Select “Phone”, then “Priority” in PHONEmenu.

➂ Select desired phone name from thelist shown.

SETUPSETUP

4 135


• Deleting a PhoneThe paired phone can be deleted.- When the phone is deleted, all the infor-

mation associated with that phone isalso deleted (including phonebook).

- If you want to use the deleted phone withthe audio system again, pairing proce-dure must be completed once more.


➁ Select “Phone”, then “Delete” in PHONEmenu.

➂ Select desired phone name from the listshown.

• ADVANCED MenuAfter pressing the button, selectthe “Phone” menu. while in PHONEmenu, select the “Advanced” menu tomake Bluetooth® Phone settings.(TheADVANCED menu may differ according toaudio specifications.)

Incoming Volume (Bluetooth® call vol-ume adjustments)While in ADVANCED menu, press “In. Vol”Use the knob key to set the desired vol-ume and select the button.

Contacts Sync (Automatic Phonebookdownload setting)While in ADVANCED menu, select“Contacts” To automatically save thecontacts and call history in your mobilephone each time you connect a mobiledevice, select ON. If you do not wish forautomatic download, select OFF.It’s not available to make a phone call bybluetooth audio system while the phone-book is being downloaded.

ENTER

SETUP

SETUP


1364

Language of Bluetooth® voice recognitionWhile in ADVANCED menu, select“Language”. To change the language,select the desired language and pressthe button.

Bluetooth® system offWhile in ADVANCED menu, select“BT Off” to turn off the Bluetooth® System.

■ Voice Recognition Activation• The voice recognition engine contained

in the Bluetooth® System can be acti-vated in the following conditions:- Button Activation

The voice recognition system will beactive when the button is pressedand after the sound of a Beep.

- Active ListeningThe voice recognition system will beactive for a period of time when theVoice Recognition system has askedfor a customer response.

• The system can recognize single digitsfrom zero to nine while number greaterthan ten will not be recognized.

• The system shall cancel voice recogni-tion mode in following cases : Whenpressing the button and saying“cancel” following the beep. When notmaking a call and pressing thebutton. When voice recognition hasfailed 3 consecutive times.

• At any time if you say “help”, the systemwill announce what commands areavailable.

■ Menu treeThe menu tree identifies available voicerecognition Bluetooth® functions.

ENTERCall [Name] Ex) Call John(at Home)

Ex) Dial 911Dial [Number]

Redial

Call Back

Add entryPhonebook

Change name

Delete name

By phone

By voice

Call By name

By number

4 137


■ Making a Phone Call• Direct Calling ➀ Press button.➁ Say the following command.

- Call <John> : Connects the call to John.- Call <John> on <Mobile> : Connects

the call to John’s mobile phone number.- Call <John> at <Home> : Connects

the call to john’s home number.- Call <John> in <Office> : Connects

the call to John’s office number.

Note:Calls can be immediately connectedto contacts who name or voice tag aresaved in the phonebook(or contacts).

• Calling by NameA phone call can be made by speakingnames registered in the audio system.

➀ Press button.➁ Say “Call”.➂ Say “By name” when prompted.➃ Say desired name (in Phonebook or

voice tag).➄ Say desired location (phone number

type). Only stored locations can beselected.

➅ Say “Yes” to confirm and make a call.

✽✽ TipA shortcut to each of the following func-tions is available:1. Say “Call Name”

✽✽ Tip■ Voice OperationTo get the best performance out of theVoice Recognition System, observe thefollowings:- Keep the interior of the vehicle as

quiet as possible. Close the windowto eliminate surrounding noise(traffic noise, vibration sounds,etc), which may disturb recogniz-ing the voice command correctly.

- Speak a command after a beepsound within 5 seconds. Otherwisethe command will not be receivedproperly.

- Speak in a natural voice withoutpausing between words.

- While receiving voice commands,press the button on the steer-ing wheel remote controller to ter-minate guidance. Voice commandwill convert back to waiting modeto allow the user to say a new voicecommand.


1384

• Dialing by NumberA phone call can be made by dialing thespoken numbers. The system can recog-nize single digits from zero to nine.

➀ Press button.➁ Say “Call”.➂ Say “By number” when prompted.➃ Say desired phone numbers.➄ Say “Dial” to complete the number and

make a call.

✽✽ TipA shortcut to each of the following func-tions is available:➀ Say “Dial Number”➁ Say “Dial <digit>”

■ Phone Book (In-Vehicle)• Adding entry by voicePhone numbers and voice tags can beregistered. Entries registered in thephone can also be transferred.

➀ Press button.➁ Say "Phonebook".

- The system replies with all availablecommands.

- To skip the information message,press again and then a beep isheard.

➂ Say “Add Entry”.➃ Say “By Voice” to proceed.➄ Say the name of the entry when

prompted.➅ Say “Yes” to confirm.➆ Say the phone number of that entry

when prompted.➇ Say “Store” if phone number input is

finished.➈ Say a phone number type. “Home”,

“Work”, “Mobile”, “Other” or “Default” isavailable.

➉ Say “Yes” to complete adding entry.Say “Yes” to store additional locationfor this contact, or say “Cancel” to fin-ish the process.

✽✽ NOTICE- The system can recognize single digits

from zero to nine. Numbers that areten or greater cannot be recognized.

- You can enter each digit individuallyor group digits together in preferredstring lengths.

- To speed up input, it is a good idea togroup all digits into a continuous string.

- Recommend to enter the numbersconstituted an grouping within alldigit numbers to dial 995 / 734 / 0000

- The display corresponding to eachoperation appears on the screen as fol-lows:Input operation example:1. Say: “Nine, nine, five”

➟ Display: “995”2. And say: “Seven, three, four”

➟ Display: “995734”

11

4 139


• Adding Entry by Phone➀ Press button.➁ Say "Phonebook".➂ Say "Add Entry" after prompt.➃ Say "By Phone" to proceed.➄ Say “Yes” to confirm.➅ Your phone will start to transfer

phone/contact list to the audio system.This process may take over 10 min-utes depending on the phone modeland number of entries

➆ Wait till the audio displays “TransferComplete” message.

• Changing NameThe registered names can be modified.

➀ Press button.➁ Say “Phonebook”.➂ Say “Change Name” after prompt.➃ Say the name of the entry (voice tag).➄ Say “Yes” to confirm.➅ Say new desired name.

• Deleting NameThe registered names can be deleted.

➀ Press button.➁ Say “Phonebook”.➂ Say “Delete Name” after prompt.➃ Say the name of the entry (voice tag).➄ Say “Yes” to confirm.

■ Bluetooth® Audio Speaker AdaptationSpeaker adaptation will improve perform-ance of voice recognition system to aparticular user voice.This will degrade the performance forother users.

• Record➀ Press button for 10sec.➁ Say “Record profile”.➂ Say “Yes”.➃ Say the word displayed on Radio.

• Delete➀ Press button for 10sec.➁ Say “Delete profile”.➂ Say “Yes”.


1404

NOTE:If you need more information aboutKia’s Bluetooth® wireless technology.Contact kia website “www.kia.com”(OWNERS>General Info>BLUETOOTHwireless technology).

CAUTION IN USINGBLUETOOTH® CELLULARPHONE

• Do not use a cellular phone orperform Bluetooth® settings (e.g.pairing a phone) while driving.

• Some Bluetooth®-enabled phonesmay not be recognized by thesystem or fully compatible withthe system.

• Before using Bluetooth® relatedfeatures of the audio system,refer your phone’s User’s Manualfor phone-side Bluetooth® opera-tions.

• The phone must be paired to theaudio system to use Bluetooth®

related features.• You will not be able to use the

hands-free feature when yourphone (in the car) is outside ofthe cellular service area (e.g. in atunnel, in a underground, in amountainous area, etc.).

• If the cellular phone signal is pooror the vehicles interior noise istoo loud, it may be difficult to hearthe other person’s voice during acall.

(Continued)

(continued)• Do not place the phone near or

inside metallic objects, otherwise communications with Bluetooth®

system or cellular service sta-tions can be disturbed.

• While a phone is connectedthrough Bluetooth® your phonemay discharge quicker than usualfor additional Bluetooth®-relatedoperations.

• Some cellular phones or otherdevices may cause interferencenoise or malfunction to audiosystem. In this case, store thedevice in a different location mayresolve the situation.

4 141


■ Key matrix

No.

Class

Paired H/PEmpty

Disconnected

1

SHORT

LONG

SHORT

SHORT

LONG[10sec]

LONG[10sec]

Normal mode BT SETUP menuIncoming Call Outgoing Call Active Call 2nd Call

Not Paired Not Connecting - - Accept Call

Connected

-2nd call

1st Call:waiting2nd Call:active

2nd Call2nd Call:waiting1st Call:active

KEY

- - - - - - Transfer call:secret call

End CallVR

MODE CancelVR

MODE CancelVR

MODE CancelVR

MODE CancelReject Call End Call End Call

-

Active

-

-

Active

SpeakerAdaptation

(Only English)

-

Active

-

Active

-Speaker

Adaptation(Only English)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- -

2

3

5

Before driving / 5-3Key positions / 5-4Engine start/Stop button / 5-7Manual transaxle / 5-12Automatic transaxle5-15Four wheel drive (4WD) / 5-21Brake system / 5-27Cruise control system / 5-40Economical operation / 5-44Special driving conditions / 5-46Winter driving / 5-51

Trailer towing / 5-54Vehicle load limit / 5-63Vehicle weight glossary / 5-68



25

E010000AUN-EU

WARNING - ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle, open the win-dows immediately.

• Do not inhale exhaust fumes.Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxia-tion.

• Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you heara change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the car, have theexhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer.

• Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the engine in yourgarage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the car out.

• Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the car, be sure to do so only in an open areawith the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior.

If you must drive with the tailgate open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary:1. Close all windows.2. Open side vents.3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher speeds.

To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshield arekept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.

5 3


E020100AUN

Before entering vehicle• Be sure that all windows, outside mir-

ror(s), and outside lights are clean.• Check the condition of the tires.• Check under the vehicle for any sign of

leaks.• Be sure there are no obstacles behind

you if you intend to back up.

E020200AUN

Necessary inspectionsFluid levels, such as engine oil, enginecoolant, brake fluid, and washer fluidshould be checked on a regular basis, atthe exact interval depending on the fluid.Further details are provided in section 7,“Maintenance”.

E020300AHM

Before starting • Close and lock all doors.• Position the seat so that all controls are

easily reached.• Adjust the inside and outside rearview

mirrors.• Be sure that all lights work.• Check all gauges.• Check the operation of warning lights

when the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position.

• Release the parking brake and makesure the brake warning light goes out.

For safe operation, be sure you are famil-iar with your vehicle and its equipment.

BEFORE DRIVING

WARNINGAll passengers must be properlybelted whenever the vehicle is mov-ing. Refer to “Seat belts” in section3 for more information on theirproper use.

WARNINGDriving while distracted can result ina loss of vehicle control, that maylead to an accident, severe personalinjury, and death. The driver’s pri-mary responsibility is in the safe andlegal operation of a vehicle, and useof any handheld devices, otherequipment, or vehicle systems whichtake the driver’s eyes, attention andfocus away from the safe operationof a vehicle or which are not permis-sible by law should never be usedduring operation of the vehicle.

WARNINGAlways check the surroundingareas near your vehicle for people,especially children, before putting acar into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).

WARNING - Driving underthe influence of alcohol ordrugs

Drinking and driving is dangerous.Drunk driving is the number onecontributor to the highway deathtoll each year. Even a small amountof alcohol will affect your reflexes,perceptions and judgment. Drivingwhile under the influence of drugsis as dangerous or more dangerousthan driving drunk.You are much more likely to have aserious accident if you drink ortake drugs and drive.If you are drinking or taking drugs,don’t drive. Do not ride with a driv-er who has been drinking or takingdrugs. Choose a designated driveror call a cab.


45

Illuminated ignition switch (if equipped)Whenever a front door is opened, theignition switch will illuminate for your con-venience, provided the ignition switch isnot in the ON position.The light will go offimmediately when the ignition switch isturned on. It will also go off after about 30seconds when the door is closed.

Ignition switch positionE030201AUN

LOCKThe steering wheel locks to protect againsttheft (if equipped). The ignition key can beremoved only in the LOCK position.When turning the ignition switch to theLOCK position, push the key inward at theACC position and turn the key toward theLOCK position.

OXM059029NOSL050001

WARNING• When you intend to park or stop

the vehicle with the engine on, becareful not to depress the accel-erator pedal for a long period oftime. It may overheat the engineor exhaust system and ignite afire.

• When you make a sudden stop orturn the steering wheel rapidly,loose objects may drop on thefloor and it could interfere withthe operation of the foot pedals,possibly causing an accident.Keep all things in the vehiclesafely stored.

• If you do not focus on driving, itmay cause an accident. Be care-ful when operating what may dis-turb driving such as audio orheater. It is the responsibility ofthe driver to always drive safely.

KEY POSITIONS (IF EQUIPPED)

5 5


E030202AHM

ACC (Accessory)The steering wheel is unlocked and elec-trical accessories are operative.

✽✽ NOTICEIf difficulty is experienced turning theignition switch to the ACC position, turnthe key while turning the steering wheelright and left to release the tension.

E030203AUN

ONThe warning lights can be checkedbefore the engine is started. This is thenormal running position after the engineis started.Do not leave the ignition switch ON if theengine is not running to prevent batterydischarge.

E030204APB

STARTTurn the ignition switch to the STARTposition to start the engine. The enginewill crank until you release the key; thenit returns to the ON position. The brakewarning light can be checked in this posi-tion.

E030205AHM

WARNING - Ignitionswitch

• Never turn the ignition switch toLOCK or ACC while the vehicle ismoving. This would result in lossof directional control and brakingfunction, which could cause anaccident.

• The anti-theft steering column lockis not a substitute for the parkingbrake. Before leaving the driver’sseat, always make sure the shiftlever is engaged in 1st gear for themanual transaxle or P (Park) forautomatic transaxle, set the park-ing brake fully and shut the engineoff. Unexpected and sudden vehi-cle movement may occur if theseprecautions are not taken.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never reach for the ignition switch,

or any other controls through thesteering wheel while the vehicle isin motion. The presence of yourhand or arm in this area couldcause a loss of vehicle control, anaccident and serious bodily injuryor death.

• Do not place any movable objectsaround the driver’s seat as theymay move while driving, interferewith the driver and lead to an acci-dent.


65

E040100AUN

Starting the engine1. Make sure the parking brake is

applied.2. Manual Transaxle - Depress the

clutch pedal fully and shift thetransaxle into Neutral. Keep the clutchpedal and brake pedal depressedwhile turning the ignition switch to thestart position. The starter will not oper-ate if the clutch pedal is not fullydepressed.Automatic Transaxle - Place thetransaxle shift lever in P (Park).Depress the brake pedal fully.You can also start the engine whenthe shift lever is in the N (Neutral)position.

3. Turn the ignition switch to START andhold it there until the engine starts (amaximum of 10 seconds), thenrelease the key.

4. In extremely cold weather (below 0°F / -18°C) or after the vehicle hasnot been operated for several days, letthe engine warm up without depress-ing the accelerator.

Whether the engine is cold or warm, itshould be started without depressingthe accelerator.

CAUTIONIf the engine stalls while you are inmotion, do not attempt to move theshift lever to the P (Park) position. Iftraffic and road conditions permit,you may put the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position while the vehicleis still moving and turn the ignitionswitch to the START position in anattempt to restart the engine.

CAUTIONDo not engage the starter for morethan 10 seconds. If the engine stallsor fails to start, wait 5 to 10 secondsbefore re-engaging the starter.Improper use of the starter maydamage it.

WARNINGAlways wear appropriate shoeswhen operating your vehicle.Unsuitable shoes (high heels, skiboots,etc.) may interfere with yourability to use the brake and acceler-ator pedal, and the clutch (ifequipped).

5 7


Illuminated ENGINE START/STOPbuttonWhenever the front door is opened, theENGINE START/STOP button will illumi-nate for your convenience. The light willgo off after about 30 seconds when thedoor is closed. It will also go off immedi-ately when the theft-alarm system isarmed.

ENGINE START/STOP buttonpositionOFF

• With automatic transaxleTo turn off the engine (START/RUN posi-tion) or vehicle power (ON position),press the ENGINE START/STOP buttonwith the shift lever in the P (Park) posi-tion. When you press the ENGINESTART/STOP button without the shiftlever in the P (Park) position, theENGINE START/STOP button will notchange to the OFF position but to theACC position.

ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON (IF EQUIPPED)

Not illuminated

CAUTIONYou are able to turn off the engine(START/RUN) or vehicle power(ON), only when the vehicle is not inmotion. In an emergency situationwhile the vehicle is in motion, youare able to turn the engine off andto the ACC position by pressing theENGINE START/STOP button formore than 2 seconds or 3 timessuccessively within 3 seconds. Ifthe vehicle is still moving, you canrestart the engine without depress-ing the brake pedal by pressing theENGINE START/STOP button withthe shift lever in the N (Neutral)position.

OSL050004


85

ACC(Accessory)

• With automatic transaxlePress the ENGINE START/STOP buttonwhile it is in the OFF position withoutdepressing the brake pedal.If the ENGINE START/STOP button is inthe ACC position for more than 1 hour,the button is turned off automatically toprevent battery discharge.

ON

• With automatic transaxlePress the ENGINE START/STOP buttonwhile it is in the ACC position withoutdepressing the brake pedal.The warning lights can be checkedbefore the engine is started. Do not leavethe ENGINE START/STOP button in theON position for a long time. The batterymay discharge, because the engine isnot running.

START/RUN

• With automatic transaxleTo start the engine, depress the brakepedal and press the ENGINE START/STOP button with the shift lever in the P(Park) or the N (Neutral) position. Foryour safety, start the engine with the shiftlever in the P (Park) position.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you press the ENGINE START/STOPbutton without depressing the brakepedal for automatic transaxle vehicles,the engine will not start and the ENGINESTART/STOP button changes as follow:OFF ➔➔ACC ➔➔ ON ➔➔ OFF or ACC

Orange indicator Green indicator Not illuminated

5 9


✽✽ NOTICEIf you leave the ENGINE START/ STOPbutton in the ACC or ON position for along time, the battery will discharge.

E040300AHM-EU

Starting the engine with a smartkey (if equipped)1. Carry the smart key or leave it inside

the vehicle.2. Make sure the parking brake is firmly

applied3. Automatic Transaxle - Place the

transaxle shift lever in P (Park).Depress the brake pedal fully.

4. Press the ENGINE START/STOP but-ton while depressing the brake pedal.

5. In extremely cold weather (below -18°C (0°F)) or after the vehicle hasnot been operated for several days, letthe engine warm up without depress-ing the accelerator.

Whether the engine is cold or warm, itshould be started without depressing theaccelerator.

WARNING• Never press the ENGINE START/

STOP button while the vehicle isin motion except in an emer-gency. If the engine stops whilethe vehicle is in motion, thiswould result in loss of directionalcontrol and braking function,which could cause an accident.

• Before leaving the driver's seat,always make sure the shift leveris engaged in P (Park), set theparking brake fully and shut theengine off. Unexpected and sud-den vehicle movement may occurif these precautions are nottaken.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never reach for the ENGINE

START/STOP button or any othercontrols through the steeringwheel while the vehicle is inmotion. The presence of yourhand or arm in the area couldcause loss of vehicle control, anaccident and serious bodilyinjury or death.

• Do not place any movable objectsaround the driver's seat as theymay move while driving, interferewith the driver and lead to anaccident.


105

• Even if the smart key is in the vehicle,if it is far away from you, the enginemay not start.

• When the ENGINE START/STOP but-ton is in the ACC position or above, ifany door is opened, the system checksfor the smart key. If the smart key is notin the vehicle, the "KEY OUT" indicatorwill blink. And if all doors are closed,the chime will sound for 5 seconds.Theindicator or warning will turn off whilethe vehicle is moving. Always have thesmart key with you.

WARNINGThe engine will start, only when thesmart key is in the vehicle.Never allow children or any personwho is unfamiliar with the vehicletouch the ENGINE START/STOPbutton or related parts.

CAUTIONIf the engine stalls while the vehicleis in motion, do not attempt to movethe shift lever to the P (Park) posi-tion. If the traffic and road condi-tions permit, you may put the shiftlever in the N (Neutral) positionwhile the vehicle is still moving andpress the ENGINE START/STOPbutton in an attempt to restart theengine.

5 11


✽✽ NOTICE• If the battery is weak or the smart key

does not work correctly, you can startthe engine by inserting the smart keyin the smart key holder. When youpull out the smart key from the smartkey holder, press the smart key andpull it out.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When the stop lamp fuse is blown, you

can't start the engine normally.Replace the fuse with a new one. If itis not possible, you can start theengine by pressing the ENGINESTART/STOP button for 10 secondswhile it is in the ACC position. Theengine can start without depressingthe brake pedal. But for your safetyalways depress the brake pedal beforestarting the engine.

CAUTIONDo not press the ENGINE START/STOP button for more than 10 sec-onds except when the stop lampfuse is blown.

OSL050006


125

E050000AUN

E050100BUN-C1

Manual transaxle operationThe manual transaxle has 6 forwardgears.This shift pattern is imprinted on the shiftknob. The transaxle is fully synchronizedin all forward gears so shifting to either ahigher or a lower gear is easily accom-plished.Press the clutch pedal down fully whileshifting, then release it slowly.If your vehicle is equipped with an igni-tion lock switch, the engine will not startwhen starting the engine withoutdepressing the clutch pedal. (if equipped)The gearshift lever must be returned tothe neutral position before shifting into R(Reverse).The ring (1) located immediately belowthe shift knob must be pulled upwardwhile moving the shift lever to the R posi-tion. (if equipped)Make sure the vehicle is completelystopped before shifting into R (Reverse).Never operate the engine with thetachometer (rpm) in the red zone.

MANUAL TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)

CAUTION• When downshifting from fifth

gear to fourth gear, cautionshould be taken not to inadver-tently press the gear shift leversideways in such a manner thatsecond gear is engaged. Such adrastic downshift may cause theengine speed to increase to thepoint that the tachometer willenter the red-zone. Such over-revving of the engine may possi-bly cause engine damage.

• Do not downshift more than 2gears or downshift the gear whenthe engine is running at highspeed (5,000 RPM or higher).Such a downshifting may damagethe engine.

OSL050008L

The shift lever can be moved without pullingthe R knob (1).The R knob (1) must be pulled up whilemoving the shift lever.

5 13


• During cold weather, shifting may bedifficult until the transaxle lubricant haswarmed up. This is normal and notharmful to the transaxle.

• If you've come to a complete stop andit's hard to shift into 1st or R (Reverse),put the shift lever in N (Neutral) posi-tion and release the clutch. Press theclutch pedal back down, and then shiftinto 1st or R (Reverse) gear position.

E050101AUN

Using the clutchThe clutch should be pressed all the wayto the floor before shifting, then releasedslowly.The clutch pedal should always befully released while driving. Do not restyour foot on the clutch pedal while driv-ing. This can cause unnecessary wear.Do not partially engage the clutch to holdthe car on an incline. This causes unnec-essary wear. Use the foot brake or park-ing brake to hold the car on an incline. Donot operate the clutch pedal rapidly andrepeatedly.

E050102AUN

DownshiftingWhen you must slow down in heavy traf-fic or while driving up steep hills, down-shift before the engine starts to labor.Downshifting reduces the chance ofstalling and gives better accelerationwhen you again need to increase yourspeed. When the vehicle is travelingdown steep hills, downshifting helpsmaintain safe speed and prolongs brakelife.

CAUTION• To avoid premature clutch wear

and damage, do not drive withyour foot resting on the clutchpedal. Also, don’t use the clutchto hold the vehicle stopped on anuphill grade, while waiting for atraffic light, etc.

• Do not use the shift lever as ahandrest during driving, as thiscan result in premature wear ofthe transaxle shift forks.

WARNING• Before leaving the driver’s seat,

always set the parking brake fullyand shut the engine off. Thenmake sure the transaxle is shiftedinto 1st gear when the vehicle isparked on a level or uphill grade,and shifted into R (Reverse) on adownhill grade. Unexpected andsudden vehicle movement canoccur if these precautions are notfollowed in the order identified.

• If your vehicle has a manualtransaxle not equipped with aignition lock switch, it may moveand cause a serious accidentwhen starting the engine withoutdepressing the clutch pedal whilethe parking brake is released andthe shift lever not in the N (neu-tral) position.


145

E050200AUN-C1

Good driving practices• Never take the vehicle out of gear and

coast down a hill. This is extremelyhazardous. Always leave the vehicle ingear.

• Don't "ride" the brakes. This can causethem to overheat and malfunction.Instead, when you are driving down along hill, slow down and shift to a lowergear. When you do this, engine brakingwill help slow down the vehicle.

• Slow down before shifting to a lowergear. This will help avoid over-revvingthe engine, which can cause damage.

• Slow down when you encounter crosswinds. This gives you much better con-trol of your vehicle.

• Be sure the vehicle is completelystopped before you attempt to shift intoreverse. The transaxle can be dam-aged if you do not. To shift into reverse,depress the clutch, move the shift leverto neutral, then shift to the reverseposition.

• Exercise extreme caution when drivingon a slippery surface. Be especiallycareful when braking, accelerating orshifting gears. On a slippery surface,an abrupt change in vehicle speed cancause the drive wheels to lose tractionand the vehicle to go out of control.

WARNING• Always buckle-up! In a collision,

an unbelted occupant is signifi-cantly more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed than a properlybelted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when corner-ing or turning.

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such as sharplane changes or fast, sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at highway speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver over-steers to reenter the roadway.

• In the event your vehicle leavesthe roadway, do not steer sharply.Instead, slow down before pullingback into the travel lanes.

• Never exceed posted speed lim-its.

5 15


E060000AAM-EU

E060100AAM-EU

Automatic transaxle operationThe automatic transaxle has 6 forwardspeeds and one reverse speed. The indi-vidual speeds are selected automatically,depending on the position of the shiftlever.

✽✽ NOTICEThe first few shifts on a new vehicle, ifthe battery has been disconnected, maybe somewhat abrupt. This is a normalcondition, and the shifting sequence willadjust after shifts are cycled a few timesby the TCM (Transaxle ControlModule) or PCM (Powertrain ControlModule).

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)

OSL050009L

+ (UP)

Button

Shift lever

- (DOWN)

To shift, depress the brake pedal and press the button when the ignition switchis in the ON position.

The shift lever can be shifted freely.

Press the button when shifting.


165

For smooth operation, depress the brakepedal when shifting from N (Neutral) to aforward or reverse gear.

E060101AAM

Transaxle rangesThe indicator in the instrument clusterdisplays the shift lever position when theignition switch is in the ON position.

P (Park)Always come to a complete stop beforeshifting into P (Park). This position locksthe transaxle and prevents the drivewheels from rotating.

WARNING - Automatictransaxle

• Always check the surroundingareas near your vehicle for peo-ple, especially children, beforeshifting the shift lever into D(Drive) or R (Reverse).

• Before leaving the driver’s seat,always make sure the shift leveris in the P (Park) position; thenset the parking brake fully andshut the engine off. Unexpectedand sudden vehicle movementcan occur if these precautionsare not followed in the order iden-tified.

CAUTION• To avoid damage to your

transaxle, do not accelerate theengine in R (Reverse) or any for-ward gear position with thebrakes on.

• When stopped on an incline, donot hold the vehicle with theengine power. Use the servicebrake or the parking brake.

• Do not shift from N (Neutral) or P(Park) into D (Drive), or R(Reverse) when the engine isabove idle speed.

WARNING• Shifting into P (Park) while the

vehicle is in motion will cause thedrive wheels to lock which willcause you to lose control of thevehicle.

• Do not use the P (Park) positionin place of the parking brake.Always make sure the shift leveris latched in the P (Park) positionand set the parking brake fully.

• Never leave a child unattended ina vehicle.

5 17


R (Reverse)Use this position to drive the vehiclebackward.

N (Neutral)The wheels and transaxle are notengaged. The vehicle will roll freely evenon the slightest incline unless the parkingbrake or service brakes are applied.

D (Drive)This is the normal forward driving posi-tion. The transaxle will automatically shiftthrough a 6-gear sequence, providing thebest fuel economy and power.

For extra power when passing anothervehicle or climbing grades, depress theaccelerator fully, at which time thetransaxle will automatically downshift tothe next lower gear.

✽✽ NOTICEAlways come to a complete stop beforeshifting into D (Drive).

Sports modeWhether the vehicle is stationary or inmotion, sports mode is selected by push-ing the shift lever from the D (Drive) posi-tion into the manual gate. To return to D(Drive) range operation, push the shiftlever back into the main gate.

In sports mode, moving the shift leverbackwards and forwards will allow you tomake gearshifts rapidly. In contrast to amanual transaxle, the sports modeallows gearshifts with the acceleratorpedal depressed.Up (+) : Push the lever forward once to

shift up one gear.Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards once

to shift down one gear.

CAUTIONThe transaxle may be damaged ifyou shift into P (Park) while thevehicle is in motion.

CAUTIONAlways come to a complete stopbefore shifting into or out of R(Reverse); you may damage thetransaxle if you shift into R(Reverse) while the vehicle is inmotion, except when “Rocking thevehicle” explained in this section.

OSL050011

SSSSppppoooorrrr tttt ssssmmmmooooddddeeee


185

✽✽ NOTICE• In sports mode, the driver must exe-

cute upshifts in accordance with roadconditions, taking care to keep theengine speed below the red zone.

• In sports mode, only the 6 forwardgears can be selected. To reverse orpark the vehicle, move the shift leverto the R (Reverse) or P (Park) positionas required.

• In sports mode, downshifts are madeautomatically when the vehicle slowsdown. When the vehicle stops, 1st gearis automatically selected.

• In sports mode, when the engine rpmapproaches the red zone shift pointsare varied to upshift automatically.

• To maintain the required levels ofvehicle performance and safety, thesystem may not execute certaingearshifts when the shift lever is oper-ated.

• When driving on a slippery road,push the shift lever forward into the+(up) position. This causes thetransaxle to shift into the 2nd gearwhich is better for smooth driving ona slippery road. Push the shift lever tothe -(down) side to shift back to the 1stgear.

Shift lock systemFor your safety, the automatic transaxlehas a shift lock system which preventsshifting the transaxle from P (Park) or N(Neutral) into R (Reverse) unless thebrake pedal is depressed.To shift the transaxle from P (Park) or N(Neutral) into R (Reverse):1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.2. Start the engine or turn the ignition

switch to the ON position.3. Depress the lock release button and

move the shift lever.If the brake pedal is repeatedlydepressed and released with the shiftlever in the P (Park) position, a chatteringnoise near the shift lever may be heard. Itis a normal condition.

Shift-lock overrideIf the shift lever cannot be moved fromthe P (Park) or N (Neutral) position into R(Reverse) position with the brake pedaldepressed, continue depressing thebrake, then do the following:1. Carefully remove the cap covering the

shift-lock access hole (1).2. Insert a key (or screwdriver) into the

access hole and press down on thekey (or screwdriver).

3. Depress the lock release button (2)and move the shift lever.

4. Have your vehicle inspected by anauthorized Kia dealer immediately.

WARNINGAlways fully depress the brakepedal before and while shifting outof the P (Park) position into anoth-er position to avoid inadvertentmotion of the vehicle which couldinjure persons in or around thevehicle.

OSL050010N

5 19


E060103AHM

Ignition key interlock system The ignition key cannot be removedunless the shift lever is in the P (Park)position. Even if the ignition switch is inthe LOCK position, the key also cannotbe removed.If your vehicle is equipped with ENGINESTART/STOP button, the button will notchange to the OFF position unless theshift lever is in the P (Park) position.

E060200AAM

Good driving practices• Never move the gear shift lever from P

(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other posi-tion with the accelerator pedaldepressed.

• Never move the gear shift lever into P(Park) when the vehicle is in motion.

• Be sure the vehicle is completelystopped before you attempt to shift intoR (Reverse) or D (Drive).

• Never take the vehicle out of gear andcoast down a hill. This may beextremely hazardous. Always leave thecar in gear when moving.

• Do not "ride" the brakes. This cancause them to overheat and malfunc-tion. Instead, when you are drivingdown a long hill, slow down and shift toa lower gear. When you do this, enginebraking will help slow down the car.

• Slow down before shifting to a lowergear. Otherwise, the lower gear maynot be engaged.

• Always use the parking brake. Do notdepend on placing the transaxle in P(Park) to keep the vehicle from moving.

• Exercise extreme caution when drivingon a slippery surface. Be especiallycareful when braking, accelerating orshifting gears. On a slippery surface,an abrupt change in vehicle speed cancause the drive wheels to lose tractionand the vehicle to go out of control.

• Optimum vehicle performance andeconomy is obtained by smoothlydepressing and releasing the accelera-tor pedal.


205

E060203AUN

Moving up a steep grade from a stand-ing startTo move up a steep grade from a stand-ing start, depress the brake pedal, shiftthe shift lever to D (Drive). Select theappropriate gear depending on loadweight and steepness of the grade, andrelease the parking brake. Depress theaccelerator gradually while releasing theservice brakes.When accelerating from a stop on asteep hill, the vehicle may have a ten-dency to roll backwards. Shifting theshift lever into 2 (Second Gear) willhelp prevent the vehicle from rollingbackwards.

WARNING• Always buckle-up! In a collision,

an unbelted occupant is signifi-cantly more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed than a properlybelted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when corner-ing or turning.

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such as sharplane changes or fast, sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at highway speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver over-steers to reenter the roadway.

• In the event your vehicle leavesthe roadway, do not steer sharply.Instead, slow down before pullingback into the travel lanes.

• Never exceed posted speed lim-its.

WARNINGIf your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then youmay attempt to rock the vehicle freeby moving it forward and backward.Do not attempt this procedure ifpeople or objects are anywherenear the vehicle. During the rockingoperation the vehicle may suddenlymove forward of backward as itbecomes unstuck, causing injuryor damage to nearby people orobjects.

5 21


Engine power can be delivered to all frontand rear wheels for maximum traction.4WD is useful when extra traction isrequired on road, such as, when drivingon slippery, muddy, wet, or snow-coveredroads. These vehicles are not designedfor challenging off-road use. Occasionaloff-road use such as establishedunpaved roads and trails are OK. It isalways important when traveling off-high-way that the driver carefully reduces thespeed to a level that does not exceed thesafe operating speed for those condi-tions. In general, off-road conditions pro-vide less traction and braking effective-ness than normal road conditions. Thedriver must be especially alert to avoiddriving on slopes which tilt the vehicle toeither side.These factors must be carefully consid-ered when driving off-road. Keeping thevehicle in contact with the driving surfaceand under control in these conditions isalways the driver's responsibility for thesafety of him/herself and his or her pas-sengers.

Tight corner brake effect

Tight corner brake effect is a uniquecharacteristic of four-wheel drive vehiclescaused by the difference in tire rotation atthe four wheels and the zero-degreealignment of the front wheels and sus-pension.Sharp turns at low speeds should be car-ried out with caution.

FOUR WHEEL DRIVE (4WD) (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING - Off road drivingThis vehicle is designed primarilyfor on road use although it can oper-ate effectively off road. However, itwas not designed to drive in chal-lenging off-road conditions. Drivingin conditions that exceed the vehi-cle's intended design or the driver'sexperience level may result insevere injury or death.

WARNINGIf the 4WD system warning light( ) illuminates, this indicates thatthere is a malfunction in the 4WDsystem.If this occurs, have your vehiclechecked by an authorized Kia deal-er as soon as possible.

CAUTION - 4WDWhen turning sharply on a pavedroad at low speed while in four-wheel drive, steering control will bedifficult.


225

• This mode is used for climbing or descending sharp grades,off-road driving, driving on sandy and muddy roads, etc., tomaximize traction.

• This mode automatically begins to deactivate at speedsabove 30 km/h (19 mph) and is shifted to 4WD AUTO modeat speed above 40 km/h (25 mph). If the vehicle deceleratesto speeds below approximate 40 km/h (25 mph), however,the transfer mode is shifted into 4WD LOCK mode again.

4WD AUTO (4WD LOCK is

deactivated)(Indicator light isnot illuminated)

✽✽ NOTICE• When driving on normal roads, deactivate the 4WD LOCK mode by pushing the 4WD LOCK button (the indicator light goes

off). Driving on normal roads with 4WD LOCK mode (especially, when cornering) may cause mechanical noise or vibration.The noise and vibration will disappear when the 4WD LOCK mode is deactivated. Some parts of the power train may be dam-aged by prolonged driving with the noise and vibration.

• When the 4WD LOCK mode is deactivated, a shock may be felt as the drive power is delivered entirely to the front wheels.This shock is not a mechanical failure.

Four Wheel Drive (4WD) transfer mode selection

Transfer mode Selection button Indicator light Description

• When driving in 4WD AUTO mode, the vehicle operates sim-ilar to conventional 2WD vehicles under normal operatingconditions. However, if the system determines that there is aneed for the 4WD mode, the engine’s driving power is dis-tributed to all four wheels automatically without driver inter-vention.

• When driving on normal roads and pavement, the vehiclemoves similar to conventional 2WD vehicles.

4WD LOCK

(Indicator light isilluminated)

5 23


For safe four-wheel drive opera-tion

• Do not try to drive in deep standingwater or mud since such conditionscan stall your engine and clog yourexhaust pipes. Do not drive downsteep hills since it requires extremeskill to maintain control of the vehicle.

• When you are driving up or down hillsdrive as straight as possible. Useextreme caution in going up or downsteep hills, since you may flip yourvehicle over depending on the grade,terrain and water/mud conditions.

WARNING - Four-wheeldriving

The conditions of on-road or off-road that demand four-wheel drivemean all functions of your vehicleare exposed to extreme stress thanunder normal road conditions. Slowdown and be ready for changes inthe composition and traction of thesurface under your tires. If youhave any doubt about the safety ofthe conditions you are facing, stopand consider the best way to pro-ceed. Do not exceed the ability ofyourself or your vehicle to operatesafely.

WARNING - HillsDriving across the contour of steephills can be extremely dangerous.This danger can come from slightchanges in the wheel angle whichcan destabilize the vehicle or, evenif the vehicle is maintaining stabili-ty under power, it can lose that sta-bility if the vehicle stops its forwardmotion. Your vehicle may roll overwithout warning and without timefor you to correct a mistake thatcould cause serious injury ordeath.

HILL1 HILL2


245

• You must consciously take the effort tolearn how to corner in a 4WD vehicle.Do not rely on your experience in con-ventional 2WD vehicles in choosingsafe cornering speed in 4WD mode.For starters, you must drive more slow-ly in 4WD.

• Drive carefully off-road because yourvehicle may be damaged by rocks orroots of trees. Become familiar with theoff-road conditions where you aregoing to drive before you begin driving.

• Always hold the steering wheel firmlywhen you are driving off-road.

• Make sure all passengers are wearingseat belts.

• If you need to drive in the water, stopyour vehicle, set your transfer to the4WD LOCK mode and drive at lessthan 8 km/h (5 mph).

WARNING - Steeringwheel

Do not grab the inside of the steer-ing wheel when you are driving off-road. You may hurt your arm by asudden steering maneuver or fromsteering wheel rebound due toimpact with objects on the ground.You could lose control of the steer-ing wheel.

WARNING - Wind dangerIf you are driving in heavy wind, thevehicle's higher center of gravitydecreases your steering controlcapacity and requires you to drivemore slowly.

WARNING - Drivingthrough water

Drive slowly. If you are driving toofast in water, the water can get intothe engine compartment and wetthe ignition system, causing yourvehicle to suddenly stop. If thishappens and your vehicle is in atilted position, your vehicle may rollover.

OXM059027N

WARNING - 4WDReduce speed when you turn cor-ners. The center of gravity of 4WDvehicles is higher than that of con-ventional 2WD vehicles, makingthem more likely to roll over whenyou turn corners too fast.

5 25


✽✽ NOTICE• Do not drive in water if the level is

higher than the bottom of the vehicle.• Check your brake condition once you

are out of mud or water. Press thebrake pedal several times as you moveslowly until you feel normal brakingforces return.

• Shorten your scheduled maintenanceinterval if you drive in off-road condi-tions such as sand, mud or water (see“Maintenance under severe usageconditions” in section 7). Always washyour vehicle thoroughly after off-roaduse, especially cleaning the bottom ofthe vehicle.

• Since the driving torque is alwaysapplied to the 4 wheels the perform-ance of the 4WD vehicle is greatlyaffected by the condition of the tires.Be sure to equip the vehicle with fourtires of the same size and type.

• A full time four wheel drive vehiclecannot be towed by an ordinary towtruck. Make sure that the vehicle isplaced on a flat bed truck for moving.

CAUTION - Mud or snowIf one of the front or rear wheelsbegins to spin in mud, snow, etc.the vehicle can sometimes be driv-en out by depressing the accelera-tor pedal further; however avoidrunning the engine continuously athigh rpm because doing so coulddamage the 4WD system.

WARNING - 4WD driving• Avoid high cornering speed.• Do not make quick steering

wheel movements, such as sharplane changes or fast, sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at high speed.

• In a collision, an unbelted personis significantly more likely to diecompared to a person wearing aseat belt.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver over-steers to re-enter the roadway. Inthe event your vehicle leaves theroadway, do not steer sharply.Instead, slow down before pullingback into the travel lanes.

WARNING - Jacked vehicleWhile the full-time 4WD vehicle isbeing raised on a jack, never startthe engine or cause the tires torotate.There is the danger that rotatingtires touching the ground couldcause the vehicle to go off the jackand to jump forward.


265

• Full-time 4WD vehicles must be testedon a special four wheel chassisdynamometer.

✽✽ NOTICENever engage the parking brake whileperforming these tests.

• A full-time 4WD vehicle should not betested on a 2WD roll tester. If a 2WDroll tester must be used, perform thefollowing: 1. Check the tire pressures recommend-

ed for your vehicle.2. Place the front wheels on the roll

tester for a speedometer test as shownin the illustration.

3. Release the parking brake.4. Place the rear wheels on the tempo-

rary free roller as shown in the illustra-tion.

WARNING - Dynamometertesting

Keep away from the front of thevehicle while the vehicle is in gearon the dynamometer. This is verydangerous as the vehicle can jumpforward and cause serious injury ordeath.

OXM059025

Roll tester (speedometer)Temporary free roller

CAUTION• When lifting up the vehicle, do not

operate front and rear wheel sep-arately. All four wheels should beoperated.

• If you need to operate the frontwheel and rear wheel when liftingup the vehicle, you shouldrelease the parking brake.

5 27


E070100AHM

Power brakesYour vehicle has power-assisted brakesthat adjust automatically through normalusage.In the event that the power-assistedbrakes lose power because of a stalledengine or some other reason, you canstill stop your vehicle by applying greaterforce to the brake pedal than you nor-mally would. The stopping distance, how-ever, will be longer.When the engine is not running, thereserve brake power is partially depletedeach time the brake pedal is applied. Donot pump the brake pedal when thepower assist has been interrupted.Pump the brake pedal only when neces-sary to maintain steering control on slip-pery surfaces.

E070101AUN

In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate while thevehicle is in motion, you can make anemergency stop with the parking brake.The stopping distance, however, will bemuch greater than normal.

BRAKE SYSTEM

(Continued)• When descending a long or steep

hill, shift to a lower gear andavoid continuous application ofthe brakes. Continuous brakeapplication will cause the brakesto overheat and could result in atemporary loss of braking per-formance.

• Wet brakes may impair the vehi-cle’s ability to safely slow down;the vehicle may also pull to oneside when the brakes are applied.Applying the brakes lightly willindicate whether they have beenaffected in this way. Always testyour brakes in this fashion afterdriving through deep water. Todry the brakes, apply them lightlywhile maintaining a safe forwardspeed until brake performancereturns to normal.

• Always, confirm the position ofthe brake and accelerator pedalbefore driving. If you don’t checkthe position of the acceleratorand brake pedal before driving,you may depress the acceleratorinstead of the brake pedal. It maycause a serious accident.

WARNING - Brakes• Do not drive with your foot rest-

ing on the brake pedal. This willcreate abnormal high brake tem-peratures, excessive brake liningand pad wear, and increasedstopping distances.

(Continued)

WARNING - Parking brakeApplying the parking brake whilethe vehicle is moving at normalspeeds can cause a sudden loss ofcontrol of the vehicle. If you mustuse the parking brake to stop thevehicle, use great caution in apply-ing the brake.

CAUTIONDo not operate the parking brakewhile the vehicle is moving exceptin an emergency situation. It coulddamage the vehicle system andmake endanger driving safety.


285

E070102AHM

Disc brakes wear indicatorWhen your brake pads are worn and newpads are required, you will hear a high-pitched warning sound from your frontbrakes or rear brakes. You may hear thissound come and go or it may occurwhenever you depress the brake pedal.Please remember that some driving con-ditions or climates may cause a brakesqueal when you first apply (or lightlyapply) the brakes. This is normal anddoes not indicate a problem with yourbrakes. Parking brake

Applying the parking brakeFoot typeTo engage the parking brake, first applythe foot brake and then depress the park-ing brake pedal down as far as possible.

E070201AFD-SA

Hand typeTo engage the parking brake, first applythe foot brake and then without pressingthe release button in, pull the parkingbrake lever up as far as possible.In addition it is recommended that whenparking the vehicle on a gradient, theshift lever should be positioned in theappropriate low gear on manualtransaxle vehicles.

WARNING - Brake wearThis brake wear warning soundmeans your vehicle needs service.If you ignore this audible warning,you will eventually lose brakingperformance, which could lead to aserious accident.

CAUTION• To avoid costly brake repairs, do

not continue to drive with wornbrake pads.

• Always replace the front or rearbrake pads as pairs.

CAUTIONDriving with the parking brakeapplied will cause excessive brakepad and brake rotor wear.

OLM059014 OSL050012

5 29


Releasing the parking brakeFoot typeTo release the parking brake, depressthe parking brake pedal a second timewhile applying the foot brake. The pedalwill automatically extend to the fullyreleased position.

E070202AFD-U1

Hand typeTo release the parking brake, first applythe foot brake and pull up the parkingbrake lever slightly. Secondly press therelease button (1) and lower the parkingbrake lever (2) while holding the button.

WARNING• To prevent unintentional move-

ment when stopped and leavingthe vehicle, do not use the shiftlever instead of the parkingbrake. Set the parking brake ANDmake sure the shift lever issecurely positioned in 1st (First)gear or R (Reverse) for manualtransaxle equipped vehicles andin P (Park) for automatictransaxle equipped vehicles.

• Never allow anyone who is unfa-miliar with the vehicle to touchthe parking brake. If the parkingbrake is released unintentionally,serious injury may occur.

• All vehicles should always havethe parking brake fully engagedwhen parking to avoid inadver-tent movement of the vehiclewhich can injure occupants orpedestrians.

OLM059015 OSL050014


305

Check the brake warning light by turningthe ignition switch ON (do not start theengine). This light will be illuminated whenthe parking brake is applied with the igni-tion switch in the START or ON position.Before driving, be sure the parking brakeis fully released and the brake warninglight is off.If the brake warning light remains on afterthe parking brake is released while theengine is running, there may be a mal-function in the brake system. Immediateattention is necessary.If at all possible, cease driving the vehi-cle immediately. If that is not possible,use extreme caution while operating thevehicle and only continue to drive thevehicle until you can reach a safe loca-tion or repair shop.

E070300AHM-EU

Anti-lock brake system (ABS)

W-75

WARNINGABS (or ESC) will not prevent acci-dents due to improper or danger-ous driving maneuvers. Eventhough vehicle control is improvedduring emergency braking, alwaysmaintain a safe distance betweenyou and objects ahead. Vehiclespeeds should always be reducedduring extreme road conditions.The braking distance for vehiclesequipped with an anti-lock brakingsystem (or Electronic StabilityControl System) may be longerthan for those without it in the fol-lowing road conditions.During these conditions the vehicleshould be driven at reducedspeeds:• Rough, gravel or snow-covered

roads.(Continued)

(Continued)• On roads where the road surface

is pitted or has different surfaceheight.

The safety features of an ABS (orESC) equipped vehicle should notbe tested by high speed driving orcornering. This could endanger thesafety of yourself or others.

5 31


The ABS continuously senses the speedof the wheels. If the wheels are going tolock, the ABS system repeatedly modu-lates the hydraulic brake pressure to thewheels.When you apply your brakes under con-ditions which may lock the wheels, youmay hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from thebrakes, or feel a corresponding sensationin the brake pedal. This is normal and itmeans your ABS is active.In order to obtain the maximum benefitfrom your ABS in an emergency situa-tion, do not attempt to modulate yourbrake pressure and do not try to pumpyour brakes. Press your brake pedal ashard as possible or as hard as the situa-tion allows the ABS to control the forcebeing delivered to the brakes.

✽✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehiclebegins to move after the engine is start-ed. These conditions are normal andindicate that the anti-lock brake systemis functioning properly.

• Even with the anti-lock brake system,your vehicle still requires sufficientstopping distance. Always maintain asafe distance from the vehicle in frontof you.

• Always slow down when cornering.The anti-lock brake system cannot pre-vent accidents resulting from exces-sive speeds.

• On loose or uneven road surfaces,operation of the anti-lock brake systemmay result in a longer stopping dis-tance than for vehicles equipped with aconventional brake system.

CAUTION• If the ABS warning light is on and

stays on, you may have a problemwith the ABS. In this case, howev-er, your regular brakes will worknormally.

• The ABS warning light will stay onfor approximately 3 seconds afterthe ignition switch is ON. Duringthat time, the ABS will go throughself-diagnosis and the light will gooff if everything is normal. If thelight stays on, you may have aproblem with your ABS. Contactan authorized Kia dealer as soonas possible.

W-78


325

✽✽ NOTICEWhen you jump start your vehiclebecause of a drained battery, the enginemay not run as smoothly and the ABSwarning light may turn on at the sametime. This happens because of low bat-tery voltage. It does not mean your ABShas malfunctioned.• Do not pump your brakes!• Have the battery recharged before

driving the vehicle.

E070500AHM-EU

Electronic stability control (ESC)The Electronic Stability control (ESC)system is designed to stabilize the vehicleduring cornering maneuvers. ESC checkswhere you are steering and where thevehicle is actually going. ESC applies thebrakes on individual wheels andintervenes with the engine managementsystem to stabilize the vehicle.

CAUTION• When you drive on a road having

poor traction, such as an icy road,and have operated your brakescontinuously, the ABS will beactive continuously and the ABSwarning light may illuminate. Pullyour car over to a safe place andstop the engine.

• Restart the engine. If the ABSwarning light goes off, then yourABS system is normal.Otherwise, you may have a prob-lem with the ABS. Contact anauthorized Kia dealer as soon aspossible.

WARNINGNever drive too fast according tothe road conditions or too quicklywhen cornering. Electronic stabilitycontrol (ESC) will not prevent acci-dents. Excessive speed in turns,abrupt maneuvers and hydroplan-ing on wet surfaces can still resultin serious accidents. Only a safeand attentive driver can preventaccidents by avoiding maneuversthat cause the vehicle to lose trac-tion. Even with ESC installed,always follow all the normal precau-tions for driving - including drivingat safe speeds for the conditions.

OSL050015

5 33


The Electronic Stability Control (ESC)system is an electronic system designedto help the driver maintain vehicle controlunder adverse conditions. It is not asubstitute for safe driving practices.Factors including speed, road conditionsand driver steering input can all affectwhether ESC will be effective inpreventing a loss of control. It is still yourresponsibility to drive and corner atreasonable speeds and to leave asufficient margin of safety.When you apply your brakes under con-ditions which may lock the wheels, youmay hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from thebrakes, or feel a corresponding sensationin the brake pedal. This is normal and itmeans your ESC is active.

✽✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehiclebegins to move after the engine is start-ed. These conditions are normal andindicate that the Electronic StabilityControl System is functioning properly.

E070501AUN-EU

ESC operationESC ON condition• When the ignition is turned ON, ESC

and ESC OFF indicator lights illuminatefor approximately 3 seconds, then ESCis turned on.

• Press the ESC OFF button for at leasthalf a second after turning the ignitionON to turn ESC off. (ESC OFF indica-tor will illuminate). To turn the ESC on,press the ESC OFF button (ESC OFFindicator light will go off).

• When starting the engine, you mayhear a slight ticking sound. This is theESC performing an automatic systemself-check and does not indicate aproblem.

When operatingWhen the ESC is in operation,ESC indicator light blinks.• When the Electronic Stability

Control is operating properly,you can feel a slight pulsationin the vehicle. This is only theeffect of brake control andindicates nothing unusual.

• When moving out of the mudor slippery road, pressing theaccelerator pedal may notcause the engine rpm (revo-lutions per minute) toincrease.


345

CAUTIONDriving with varying tire or wheelsizes may cause the ESC system tomalfunction. When replacing tires,make sure they are the same size asyour original tires.

WARNINGThe Electronic Stability Control sys-tem is only a driving aid; use pre-cautions for safe driving by slowingdown on curved, snowy, or icyroads. Drive slowly and don’tattempt to accelerate whenever theESC indicator light is blinking, orwhen the road surface is slippery.

E070502AUN-EU

ESC operation offESC OFF state

• To cancel ESC operation,press the ESC OFF button(ESC OFF indicator light illu-minates).

• If the ignition switch is turnedto LOCK position when ESCis off, ESC remains off. Uponrestarting the engine, theESC will automatically turnon again. E070503AAM-EU

Indicator lightWhen the ignition switch is turned ON,the indicator light illuminates, then goesoff if ESC system is operating normally.The ESC indicator light blinks wheneverESC is operating and illuminates whenESC fails to operate.The ESC OFF indicator light comes onwhen the ESC is turned off with the but-ton.

■ ESC indicator light

■ ESC OFF indicator light

5 35


E070504AAM-EU

ESC OFF usageWhen driving• It’s a good idea to keep the ESC turned

on for daily driving whenever possible.• To turn ESC off while driving, press the

ESC OFF button while driving on a flatroad surface.

✽✽ NOTICE• When operating the vehicle on a

dynamometer, ensure that the ESC isturned off (ESC OFF light illuminat-ed). If the ESC is left on, it may pre-vent the vehicle speed from increas-ing, and result in false diagnosis.

• Turning the ESC off does not affectABS or brake system operation.

Vehicle stability management(VSM) (if equipped)This system provides further enhance-ments to vehicle stability and steeringresponses when a vehicle is driving on aslippery road or a vehicle detectedchanges in coefficient of friction betweenright wheels and left wheels when brak-ing.

VSM operationWhen the VSM is in operation, ESC indi-cator light ( ) blinks.When the vehicle stability managementis operating properly, you can feel a slightpulsation in the vehicle and/or abnormalsteering responses (EPS). This is onlythe effect of brake and EPS control andindicates nothing unusual.

The VSM does not operate when: • Driving on bank road such as gradient

or incline • Driving rearward• ESC OFF indicator light ( ) remains

on the instrument cluster• EPS indicator light remains on the

instrument cluster

VSM operation offIf you press the ESC OFF button to turnoff the ESC, the VSM will also cancel andthe ESC OFF indicator light ( ) illumi-nates.To turn on the VSM, press the buttonagain. The ESC OFF indicator light goesout.

Malfunction indicatorThe VSM can be deactivated even if youdon’t cancel the VSM operation by press-ing the ESC OFF button. It indicates thata malfunction has been detected some-where in the Electric Power Steering sys-tem or VSM system. If the ESC indicatorlight ( ) or EPS warning light remainson, take your vehicle to an authorized Kiadealer and have the system checked.

✽✽ NOTICE• The VSM is designed to function

above approximately 15 km/h (9 mph)on curves.

• The VSM is designed to functionabove approximately 30 km/h (18mph) when a vehicle is braking on asplit-mu road. The split-mu road ismade of surfaces which have differentfriction forces.

WARNINGNever press the ESC OFF buttonwhile ESC is operating (ESC indica-tor light blinks).If ESC is turned off while ESC isoperating, the vehicle may slip outof control.


365

Hill-start assist control (HAC) (if equipped) A vehicle has the tendency to roll backon a steep hill when it starts to go afterstopping. The Hill-start Assist Control(HAC) prevents the vehicle from rollingback by applying the brakes automatical-ly for about 2 seconds. The brakes arereleased when the accelerator pedal isdepressed or after about 2 seconds.

✽✽ NOTICE• The HAC does not operate when the

transaxle shift lever is in the P (Park)or N (Neutral) position.

• The HAC activates even though theESC is off but it does not activatewhen the ESC has malfunctioned.

Downhill brake control (DBC) (if equipped)The Downhill Brake Control (DBC) sup-ports the driver driving down a steep hillwithout the driver depressing the brakepedal. It slows down the vehicle under 8km/h (5mph) and lets the driver concen-trate on steering the vehicle.DBC defaults to the OFF position when-ever the ignition is turned on.The DBC can be turned on or off bypushing the button.

WARNINGThe HAC is activated only for about2 seconds, so when the vehicle isstarting off always depress theaccelerator pedal.

WARNING• The Vehicle Stability Management

system is not a substitute forsafe driving practices but a sup-plementary function only. It is theresponsibility of the driver toalways check the speed and thedistance to the vehicle ahead.Always hold the steering wheelfirmly while driving.

• Your vehicle is designed to acti-vate according to the driver’sintention, even with installedVSM. Always follow all the normalprecautions for driving at safespeeds for the conditions –including driving inclementweather and on a slippery road.

• Driving with varying tire or wheelsizes may cause the VSM systemto malfunction. When replacingtires, make sure they are thesame size as your original tires.

OSL050016

5 37


✽✽ NOTICE• The DBC does not turn ON in the P

(Park) position.• The DBC may not activate if the ESC

(or BAS) is activated.• Noise or vibration may occur from the

brakes when the DBC is activated.• The rear stop light comes on when the

DBC is activated.• In a very steep hill even though the

brake pedal or accelerator pedal isdepressed the DBC may not deacti-vate.

• Always turn OFF the DBC on normalroads. The DBC might activate fromthe standby mode when abrupt corn-ing or driving through speed bumps.

• DBC may activate and cause theengine to stop in vehicles with manualtransaxle if you drive in 3rd gear (orabove) with DBC on. Do not turn onDBC when driving in 3rd gear (orabove).

Standby

Press the DBC button when the vehicle speed is under40 km/h (25 mph). The DBC system will turn ON andenter the standby mode.The system does not turn ON if the vehicle speed isover 40 km/h (25 mph).

In the standby mode, if the vehicle speed is under 35km/h (22 mph) while driving down a steep hill, the DBCwill activate automatically.

In the activated mode, the DBC will temporarily deacti-vate under the following conditions:• The hill is not steep enough.• The brake pedal or accelerator pedal is depressed.If the above conditions are gone, the DBC will automat-ically activate again.

The DBC will turn OFF under the following conditions:• The DBC button is pressed again.• The vehicle speed is over 60 km/h (38 mph).

Activated

Temporarilydeactivated

OFF

Mode Indicator light Description

blinks

illuminated

not illuminated

illuminated

WARNINGIf the DBC red indicator light illuminates, the system has overheated or some-thing is wrong. The DBC will not activate. If the DBC red indicator light illu-minates even though the DBC system has been cooled enough have the sys-tem checked by an authorized Kia dealer.


385

E070600AAM

Good braking practices• Check to be sure the parking brake is

not engaged and the parking brakeindicator light is out before drivingaway.

• Driving through water may get thebrakes wet. They can also get wetwhen the vehicle is washed. Wetbrakes can be dangerous! Your vehiclewill not stop as quickly if the brakes arewet. Wet brakes may cause the vehicleto pull to one side.To dry the brakes, apply the brakeslightly until the braking action returns tonormal, taking care to keep the vehicleunder control at all times. If the brakingaction does not return to normal, stopas soon as it is safe to do so and callan authorized Kia dealer for assis-tance.

• Don't coast down hills with the vehicleout of gear. This is extremely haz-ardous. Keep the vehicle in gear at alltimes, use the brakes to slow down,then shift to a lower gear so thatengine braking will help you maintain asafe speed.

• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Restingyour foot on the brake pedal while driv-ing can be dangerous because thebrakes might overheat and lose theireffectiveness. It also increases thewear of the brake components.

• If a tire goes flat while you are driving,apply the brakes gently and keep thevehicle pointed straight ahead whileyou slow down. When you are movingslowly enough for it to be safe to do so,pull off the road and stop in a safeplace.

WARNING• Whenever you leave or park your

vehicle, always set the parkingbrake as far as possible and shiftthe vehicle to 1st (First) gear or R(Reverse) for manual transaxle, orP (Park) for automatic transaxle. Ifthe parking brake is not fullyengaged, the vehicle may moveinadvertently and injure yourselfand others.

• All vehicles should always havethe parking brake fully engagedwhen parking to avoid inadver-tent movement of the vehiclewhich can injure occupants orpedestrians.

5 39


• If your vehicle is equipped with anautomatic transaxle, don't let your vehi-cle creep forward. To avoid creepingforward, keep your foot firmly on thebrake pedal when the vehicle isstopped.

• Be cautious when parking on a hill.Firmly engage the parking brake andplace the shift lever in P (automatictransaxle) or in first or reverse gear(manual transaxle). If your vehicle isfacing downhill, turn the front wheelsinto the curb to help keep the vehiclefrom rolling. If your vehicle is facinguphill, turn the front wheels away fromthe curb to help keep the vehicle fromrolling. If there is no curb or if it isrequired by other conditions to keepthe vehicle from rolling, block thewheels.

• Under some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engaged posi-tion. This is most likely to happen whenthere is an accumulation of snow or icearound or near the rear brakes or if thebrakes are wet. If there is a risk that theparking brake may freeze, apply it onlytemporarily while you put the shift leverin P (automatic transaxle) or in first orreverse gear (manual transaxle) andblock the rear wheels so the vehiclecannot roll. Then release the parkingbrake.

• Do not hold the vehicle on the upgradewith the accelerator pedal. This cancause the transaxle to overheat.Always use the brake pedal or parkingbrake.


405

1. Cruise indicator2. Cruise set indicator

E090000AAM-EU

The cruise control system allows you toprogram the vehicle to maintain a con-stant speed without pressing the acceler-ator pedal.This system is designed to functionabove approximately 40 km/h (25 mph).

✽✽ NOTICEDuring normal cruise control operation,when the SET switch is activated orreactivated after applying the brakes,the cruise control will energize afterapproximately 3 seconds. The delay isnormal.

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING• If the cruise control is left on

(CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster illuminated),the cruise control can beswitched on accidentally. Keepthe cruise control system off(CRUISE indicator light OFF)when the cruise control is not inuse, to avoid inadvertently set-ting a speed.

• Use the cruise control systemonly when traveling on openhighways in good weather.

• Do not use the cruise controlwhen it may not be safe to keepthe vehicle at a constant speed,for instance, driving in heavy orvarying traffic, or on slippery(rainy, icy or snow-covered) orwinding roads or over 6% up-hillor down-hill roads.

• Pay particular attention to thedriving conditions wheneverusing the cruise control system.

• Be careful when driving downhillusing the cruise control system,which may increase the vehiclespeed.

CAUTIONDuring cruise-speed driving of amanual transaxle vehicle, do notshift into neutral without depress-ing the clutch pedal, since theengine will be overrevved. If thishappens, depress the clutch pedalor release the cruise control ON-OFF switch.

OSL010002N/Q

CRUISE SET

5 41


E090100AUN-KM

To set cruise control speed:1. Push the cruise ON-OFF button on the

steering wheel, to turn the system on.The CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster will illuminate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed, whichmust be more than 40 km/h (25 mph).

3. Push the - SET switch, and release itat the desired speed. The SET indica-tor light in the instrument cluster willilluminate. Release the accelerator atthe same time. The desired speed willautomatically be maintained.

On a steep grade, the vehicle may slowdown or speed up slightly while goingdownhill.

E090200AAM-EU

To increase cruise control setspeed:Follow either of these procedures:• Push the RES + switch and hold it. Your

vehicle will accelerate. Release theswitch at the speed you want.

• Push the RES + switch and release itimmediately. The cruising speed willincrease by 2.0 km/h (1.2 mph) eachtime the RES + switch is operated inthis manner.

OSL050030L OSL050031L OSL050032L


425

E090300AAM-EU

To decrease the cruising speed:Follow either of these procedures:• Push the - SET switch and hold it. Your

vehicle will gradually slow down.Release the switch at the speed youwant to maintain.

• Push the - SET switch and release itimmediately. The cruising speed willdecrease by 2.0 km/h (1.2 mph) eachtime the - SET switch is operated inthis manner.

E090400AUN

To temporarily accelerate with thecruise control on:If you want to speed up temporarily whenthe cruise control is on, depress theaccelerator pedal. Increased speed willnot interfere with cruise control operationor change the set speed.To return to the set speed, take your footoff the accelerator.

E090500AAM-EU

To cancel cruise control, do oneof the following:• Press the brake pedal.• Press the clutch pedal with a manual

transaxle.• Shift into N (Neutral) with an automatic

transaxle.• Push the CANCEL switch located on

the steering wheel.• Decrease the vehicle speed lower than

the memory speed by 20 km/h (12mph).

• Decrease the vehicle speed to lessthan approximately 40 km/h (25 mph).

OSL050031L OSL050033L

5 43


Each of these actions will cancel cruisecontrol operation (the SET indicator lightin the instrument cluster will go off), but itwill not turn the system off. If you wish toresume cruise control operation, pushthe RES + switch located on your steer-ing wheel. You will return to your previ-ously preset speed.

E090600AAM-EU

To resume cruising speed atmore than approximately 40 km/h(25 mph):If any method other than the cruise ON-OFF switch was used to cancel cruisingspeed and the system is still activated,the most recent set speed will automati-cally resume when the RES + switch ispushed.It will not resume, however, if the vehiclespeed has dropped below approximately40 km/h (25 mph).

E090700AUN-KM

To turn cruise control off, do oneof the following:• Push the cruise ON-OFF button (the

CRUISE indicator light in the instru-ment cluster will go off).

• Turn the ignition off.Both of these actions will cancel thecruise control operation. If you want toresume the cruise control operation,repeat the steps provided in “To setcruise control speed” on the previouspage.

OSL050032L OSL050030L


445

E100000AHM-EU

Your vehicle's fuel economy dependsmainly on your style of driving, where youdrive and when you drive.Each of these factors affects how manykilometers (miles) you can get from a liter(gallon) of fuel. To operate your vehicleas economically as possible, use the fol-lowing driving suggestions to help savemoney in both fuel and repairs:• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moder-

ate rate. Don't make "jack-rabbit" startsor full-throttle shifts and maintain asteady cruising speed. Don't racebetween stoplights. Try to adjust yourspeed to the traffic so you don't have tochange speeds unnecessarily. Avoidheavy traffic whenever possible.Always maintain a safe distance fromother vehicles so you can avoid unnec-essary braking. This also reducesbrake wear.

• Drive at a moderate speed. The fasteryou drive, the more fuel your vehicleuses. Driving at a moderate speed,especially on the highway, is one of themost effective ways to reduce fuel con-sumption.

• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. This canincrease fuel consumption and alsoincrease wear on these components.In addition, driving with your foot rest-ing on the brake pedal may cause thebrakes to overheat, which reducestheir effectiveness and may lead tomore serious consequences.

• Take care of your tires. Keep theminflated to the recommended pressure.Incorrect inflation, either too much ortoo little, results in unnecessary tirewear. Check the tire pressures at leastonce a month.

• Be sure that the wheels are alignedcorrectly. Improper alignment canresult from hitting curbs or driving toofast over irregular surfaces. Poor align-ment causes faster tire wear and mayalso result in other problems as well asgreater fuel consumption.

• Keep your vehicle in good condition.For better fuel economy and reducedmaintenance costs, maintain your vehi-cle in accordance with the mainte-nance schedule in section 7. If youdrive your vehicle in severe conditions,more frequent maintenance is required(see section 7 for details).

• Keep your vehicle clean. For maximumservice, your vehicle should be keptclean and free of corrosive materials. Itis especially important that mud, dirt,ice, etc. not be allowed to accumulateon the underside of the vehicle. Thisextra weight can result in increasedfuel consumption and also contributeto corrosion.

• Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessaryweight in your vehicle. Weight reducesfuel economy.

• Don't let the engine idle longer thannecessary. If you are waiting (and notin traffic), turn off your engine andrestart only when you're ready to go.

ECONOMICAL OPERATION

5 45


• Remember, your vehicle does notrequire extended warm-up. After theengine has started, allow the engine torun for 10 to 20 seconds prior to plac-ing the vehicle in gear. In very coldweather, however, give your engine aslightly longer warm-up period.

• Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.Lugging is driving too slowly in a veryhigh gear resulting in engine bucking. Ifthis happens, shift to a lower gear.Over-revving is racing the enginebeyond its safe limit. This can be avoid-ed by shifting at the recommendedspeed.

• Use your air conditioning sparingly.The air conditioning system is operat-ed by engine power so your fuel econ-omy is reduced when you use it.

• Open windows at high speeds canreduce fuel economy.

• Fuel economy is less in crosswindsand headwinds. To help offset some ofthis loss, slow down when driving inthese conditions.

Keeping a vehicle in good operating con-dition is important both for economy andsafety. Therefore, have an authorized Kiadealer perform scheduled inspectionsand maintenance.

WARNING - Engine off dur-ing motion

Never turn the engine off to coastdown hills or anytime the vehicle isin motion. The power steering andpower brakes will not functionproperly without the engine run-ning. Instead, keep the engine onand downshift to an appropriategear for engine braking effect. Inaddition, turning off the ignitionwhile driving could engage thesteering wheel lock resulting inloss of vehicle steering whichcould cause serious injury ordeath.


465

E110100AHM

Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditions areencountered such as water, snow, ice,mud, sand, or similar hazards, followthese suggestions:• Drive cautiously and allow extra dis-

tance for braking.• Avoid sudden braking or steering.• When braking with non-ABS brakes

pump the brake pedal with a light up-and-down motion until the vehicle isstopped.

• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, usesecond gear. Accelerate slowly toavoid spinning the drive wheels.

• Use sand, rock salt, or other non-slipmaterial under the drive wheels to pro-vide traction when stalled in ice, snow,or mud.

E170800AHM

Reducing the risk of a rolloverThis multi-purpose passenger vehicle isdefined as a Sports Utility Vehicle (SUV).SUV’s have higher ground clearance anda narrower track to make them capableof performing in a wide variety of off-roadapplications. Specific design characteris-tics give them a higher center of gravitythan ordinary vehicles. An advantage ofthe higher ground clearance is a betterview of the road, which allows you toanticipate problems. They are notdesigned for cornering at the samespeeds as conventional passenger vehi-cles, any more than low-slung sportsvehicles are designed to perform satis-factorily in off-road conditions. Due to thisrisk, driver and passengers are stronglyrecommended to buckle their seat belts.In a rollover crash, an unbelted person ismore likely to die than a person wearinga seat belt. There are steps that a drivercan make to reduce the risk of a rollover.If at all possible, avoid sharp turns orabrupt maneuvers, do not load your roofrack with heavy cargo, and never modifyyour vehicle in any way.

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

WARNING - ABSDo not pump the brake pedal on avehicle equipped with ABS.

WARNING - DownshiftingDownshifting with an automatictransaxle, while driving on slipperysurfaces can cause an accident.The sudden change in tire speedcould cause the tires to skid. Becareful when downshifting on slip-pery surfaces.

5 47


E170600AHM E110200AAM-EU

Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to freeit from snow, sand, or mud, first turn thesteering wheel right and left to clear thearea around your front wheels. Then, shiftback and forth between 1st (First) and R(Reverse) in vehicles equipped with amanual transaxle or R (Reverse) and anyforward gear in vehicles equipped with anautomatic transaxle. Do not race theengine, and spin the wheels as little aspossible. If you are still stuck after a fewtries, have the vehicle pulled out by a towvehicle to avoid engine overheating andpossible damage to the transaxle.

CAUTIONProlonged rocking may causeengine overheating, transaxle dam-age or failure, and tire damage.

WARNINGYour vehicle is equipped with tiresdesigned to provide safe ride andhandling capability. Do not use asize and type of tire and wheel thatis different from the one that isoriginally installed on your vehicle.It can affect the safety and perform-ance of your vehicle, which couldlead to steering failure or rolloverand serious injury. When replacingthe tires, be sure to equip all fourtires with the tire and wheel of thesame size, type, tread, brand andload-carrying capacity. If you never-theless decide to equip your vehi-cle with any tire/wheel combinationnot recommended by Kia for offroad driving, you should not usethese tires for highway driving.

WARNING - Rollover As with other Sports Utility Vehicle(SUV), failure to operate this vehi-cle correctly may result in loss ofcontrol, an accident or vehiclerollover.• Utility vehicles have a significant-

ly higher rollover rate than othertypes of vehicles.

• Specific design characteristics(higher ground clearance, nar-rower track, etc.) give this vehiclea higher center of gravity thanordinary vehicles.

• A SUV is not designed for corner-ing at the same speeds as con-ventional vehicles.

• Avoid sharp turns or abruptmaneuvers.

• In a rollover crash, an unbeltedperson is significantly more like-ly to die than a person wearing aseat belt. Make sure everyone inthe vehicle is properly buckledup.


485

✽✽ NOTICEThe ESC system (if equipped) should beturned OFF prior to rocking the vehicle. E110300AUN

Smooth corneringAvoid braking or gear changing in cor-ners, especially when roads are wet.Ideally, corners should always be takenunder gentle acceleration. If you followthese suggestions, tire wear will be heldto a minimum.

E110400AUN

Driving at night Because night driving presents morehazards than driving in the daylight, hereare some important tips to remember:• Slow down and keep more distance

between you and other vehicles, as itmay be more difficult to see at night,especially in areas where there maynot be any street lights.

WARNING - Spinning tiresDo not spin the wheels, especiallyat speeds more than 56 km/h (35mph). Spinning the wheels at highspeeds when the vehicle is station-ary could cause a tire to overheatwhich could result in tire damagethat may injure bystanders.

OUN056051 OCM053010

WARNINGIf your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then youmay attempt to rock the vehicle freeby moving it forward and backward.Do not attempt this procedure ifpeople or objects are anywherenear the vehicle. During the rockingoperation the vehicle may suddenlymove forward of backward as itbecomes unstuck, causing injuryor damage to nearby people orobjects.

5 49


• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glarefrom other driver's headlights.

• Keep your headlights clean and prop-erly aimed on vehicles not equippedwith the automatic headlight aimingfeature. Dirty or improperly aimedheadlights will make it much more diffi-cult to see at night.

• Avoid staring directly at the headlightsof oncoming vehicles. You could betemporarily blinded, and it will takeseveral seconds for your eyes to read-just to the darkness.

E110500AUN

Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make drivingdangerous, especially if you’re not pre-pared for the slick pavement. Here are afew things to consider when driving in therain:• A heavy rainfall will make it harder to

see and will increase the distanceneeded to stop your vehicle, so slowdown.

• Keep your windshield wiping equip-ment in good shape. Replace yourwindshield wiper blades when theyshow signs of streaking or missingareas on the windshield.

• If your tires are not in good condition,making a quick stop on wet pavementcan cause a skid and possibly lead toan accident. Be sure your tires are ingood shape.

• Turn on your headlights to make it eas-ier for others to see you.

• Driving too fast through large puddlescan affect your brakes. If you must gothrough puddles, try to drive throughthem slowly.

• If you believe you may have gottenyour brakes wet, apply them lightlywhile driving until normal braking oper-ation returns.

E110600AUN

Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areasunless you are sure the water is no high-er than the bottom of the wheel hub.Drive through any water slowly. Allowadequate stopping distance becausebrake performance may be affected.After driving through water, dry thebrakes by gently applying them severaltimes while the vehicle is moving slowly.

1VQA3003


505

E110700AHM

Highway drivingTiresAdjust the tire inflation pressures tospecification. Low tire inflation pressureswill result in overheating and possiblefailure of the tires.Avoid using worn or damaged tires whichmay result in reduced traction or tire fail-ure.

✽✽ NOTICENever exceed the maximum tire inflationpressure shown on the tires.

Fuel, engine coolant and engine oilHigh speed travel consumes more fuelthan urban motoring. Do not forget tocheck both the engine coolant andengine oil.

Drive beltA loose or damaged drive belt may resultin overheating of the engine.

WARNING• Underinflated or overinflated

tires can cause poor handling,loss of vehicle control, and sud-den tire failure leading to acci-dents, injuries, and even death.Always check tires for properinflation before driving. For prop-er tire pressures, refer to “Tiresand wheels” in section 8.

• Driving on tires with no or insuffi-cient tread is dangerous. Worn-out tires can result in loss ofvehicle control, collisions, injury,and even death. Worn-out tiresshould be replaced as soon aspossible and should never beused for driving. Always checkthe tire tread before driving yourcar. For further information andtread limits, refer to “Tires andwheels” in section 7.

5 51


WINTER DRIVING

E120000ASA

Severe weather conditions in the winterresult in greater wear and other prob-lems. To minimize the problems of winterdriving, you should follow these sugges-tions:

E120100AUN

Snowy or icy conditionsTo drive your vehicle in deep snow, it maybe necessary to use snow tires on yourtires. If snow tires are needed, it is nec-essary to select tires equivalent in sizeand type of the original equipment tires.Failure to do so may adversely affect thesafety and handling of your vehicle.Furthermore, speeding, rapid accelera-tion, sudden brake applications, andsharp turns are potentially very haz-ardous practices.During deceleration, use engine brakingto the fullest extent. Sudden brake appli-cations on snowy or icy roads may causeskids to occur. You need to keep suffi-cient distance between the vehicle inoperation in front and your vehicle. Also,apply the brake gently.

E120101AUN

Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your vehicle,make sure they are radial tires of thesame size and load range as the originaltires. Mount snow tires on all four wheelsto balance your vehicle’s handling in allweather conditions. Keep in mind that thetraction provided by snow tires on dryroads may not be as high as your vehi-cle's original equipment tires. You shoulddrive cautiously even when the roads areclear. Check with the tire dealer for max-imum speed recommendations.

Do not install studded tires without firstchecking local, state and municipal regu-lations for possible restrictions againsttheir use.

WARNING - Snow tire sizeSnow tires should be equivalent insize and type to the vehicle's stan-dard tires. Otherwise, the safetyand handling of your vehicle maybe adversely affected.

1VQA3005


525

E120200AUN

Use high quality ethylene glycolcoolantYour vehicle is delivered with high qualityethylene glycol coolant in the coolingsystem. It is the only type of coolant thatshould be used because it helps preventcorrosion in the cooling system, lubri-cates the water pump and preventsfreezing. Be sure to replace or replenishyour coolant in accordance with themaintenance schedule in section 7.Before winter, have your coolant tested toassure that its freezing point is sufficientfor the temperatures anticipated duringthe winter.

E120300AUN

Check battery and cablesWinter puts additional burdens on thebattery system. Visually inspect the bat-tery and cables as described in section7. The level of charge in your battery canbe checked by an authorized Kia dealeror a service station.

E120400BUN

Change to "winter weight" oil ifnecessaryIn some climates it is recommended thata lower viscosity "winter weight" oil beused during cold weather. See section 8for recommendations. If you aren't surewhat weight oil you should use, consultan authorized Kia dealer.

E120500AUN

Check spark plugs and ignitionsystemInspect your spark plugs as described insection 7 and replace them if necessary.Also check all ignition wiring and compo-nents to be sure they are not cracked,worn or damaged in any way.

E120600AUN

To keep locks from freezingTo keep the locks from freezing, squirt anapproved de-icer fluid or glycerine intothe key opening. If a lock is covered withice, squirt it with an approved de-icingfluid to remove the ice. If the lock isfrozen internally, you may be able to thawit out by using a heated key. Handle theheated key with care to avoid injury.

E120700AUN

Use approved window washeranti-freeze in systemTo keep the water in the window washersystem from freezing, add an approvedwindow washer anti-freeze solution inaccordance with instructions on the con-tainer. Window washer anti-freeze isavailable from an authorized Kia dealerand most auto parts outlets. Do not useengine coolant or other types of anti-freeze as these may damage the paintfinish.

5 53


E120800AAM

Don’t let your parking brakefreezeUnder some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engaged position.This is most likely to happen when thereis an accumulation of snow or ice aroundor near the rear brakes or if the brakesare wet. If there is a risk the parkingbrake may freeze, apply it only temporar-ily while you put the gear shift lever in P(Park, automatic transaxle) or in first orreverse gear (manual transaxle) andblock the rear wheels so the vehicle can-not roll. Then release the parking brake.

E120900AHM

Don't let ice and snow accumu-late underneathUnder some conditions, snow and icecan build up under the fenders and inter-fere with the steering. When driving insevere winter conditions where this mayhappen, you should periodically checkunderneath the vehicle to be sure themovement of the front wheels and thesteering components are not obstructed.

.

E121000ASA

Carry emergency equipmentDepending on the severity of the weath-er, you should carry appropriate emer-gency equipment. Some of the items youmay want to carry include, tow straps orchains, flashlight, emergency flares,sand, shovel, jumper cables, windowscraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls,blanket, etc.


545

E140000AFD

If you are considering towing with yourvehicle, you should first check with yourcountry's Department of Motor Vehiclesto determine their legal requirements.Since laws vary the requirements for tow-ing trailers, cars, or other types of vehi-cles or apparatus may differ. Ask anauthorized Kia dealer for further detailsbefore towing.

Your vehicle can tow a trailer. To identifywhat the vehicle trailering capacity is foryour vehicle, you should read the infor-mation in “Weight of the trailer” thatappears later in this section.

Remember that trailering is different thanjust driving your vehicle by itself.Trailering means changes in handling,durability, and fuel economy. Successful,safe trailering requires correct equip-ment, and it has to be used properly.

This section contains many time-tested,important trailering tips and safety rules.Many of these are important for yoursafety and that of your passengers.Please read this section carefully beforeyou pull a trailer.

Load-pulling components such as theengine, transaxle, wheel assemblies, andtires are forced to work harder againstthe load of the added weight. The engineis required to operate at relatively higherspeeds and under greater loads. Thisadditional burden generates extra heat.The trailer also adds considerably towind resistance, increasing the pullingrequirements.

TRAILER TOWING

CAUTIONPulling a trailer improperly candamage your vehicle and result incostly repairs not covered by yourwarranty. To pull a trailer correctly,follow the advice in this section.

WARNING - Towing a trail-er

If you don't use the correct equip-ment and/or drive improperly, youcan lose control when you pull atrailer. For example, if the trailer istoo heavy, the brakes may not workwell - or even at all. You and yourpassengers could be seriously orfatally injured. Pull a trailer only ifyou have followed all the steps inthis section.

WARNING - Weight limitsBefore towing, make sure the totaltrailer weight, GCW (gross combi-nation weight), GVW (gross vehicleweight), GAW (gross axle weight)and trailer tongue load are all with-in the limits.

5 55


E140100AUN

Hitches It's important to have the correct hitchequipment. Crosswinds, large trucksgoing by, and rough roads are a few rea-sons why you’ll need the right hitch. Hereare some rules to follow:• Will you have to make any holes in the

body of your vehicle when you install atrailer hitch? If you do, then be sure toseal the holes later when you removethe hitch.If you don’t seal them, deadly carbonmonoxide (CO) from your exhaust canget into your vehicle, as well as dirt andwater.

• The bumpers on your vehicle are notintended for hitches. Do not attachrental hitches or other bumper-typehitches to them. Use only a frame-mounted hitch that does not attach tothe bumper.

• Kia trailer hitch accessory is availableat an authorized Kia dealer.

E140200AUN

Safety chains You should always attach chainsbetween your vehicle and your trailer.Cross the safety chains under the tongueof the trailer so that the tongue will notdrop to the road if it becomes separatedfrom the hitch.Instructions about safety chains may beprovided by the hitch manufacturer or bythe trailer manufacturer. Follow the man-ufacturer’s recommendation for attachingsafety chains. Always leave just enoughslack so you can turn with your trailer.And, never allow safety chains to drag onthe ground.

E140300AUN

Trailer brakes If your trailer is equipped with a brakingsystem, make sure it conforms to yourstate’s regulations and that it is properlyinstalled and operating correctly.If your trailer weight exceeds the maxi-mum allowed weight without trailerbrakes, then the trailer will also require itsown brakes as well. Be sure to read andfollow the instructions for the trailerbrakes so you’ll be able to install, adjustand maintain them properly.• Don’t tap into or modify your vehicle's

brake system.

WARNING - Trailer brakesDo not use a trailer with its ownbrakes unless you are absolutelycertain that you have properly setup the brake system. This is not atask for amateurs. Use an experi-enced, competent trailer shop forthis work.


565

E140400AUN

Driving with a trailer Towing a trailer requires a certainamount of experience. Before setting outfor the open road, you must get to knowyour trailer. Acquaint yourself with thefeel of handling and braking with theadded weight of the trailer. And alwayskeep in mind that the vehicle you aredriving is now a good deal longer and notnearly so responsive as your vehicle isby itself.Before you start, check the trailer hitchand platform, safety chains, electricalconnector(s), lights, tires and mirroradjustment. If the trailer has electricbrakes, start your vehicle and trailer mov-ing and then apply the trailer brake con-troller by hand to be sure the brakes areworking. This lets you check your electri-cal connection at the same time.During your trip, check occasionally to besure that the load is secure, and that thelights and any trailer brakes are still work-ing.

E140401AUN

Following distance Stay at least twice as far behind the vehi-cle ahead as you would when drivingyour vehicle without a trailer. This canhelp you avoid situations that requireheavy braking and sudden turns.

E140402AUN

Passing You’ll need more passing distance upahead when you’re towing a trailer. And,because of the increased vehicle length,you’ll need to go much farther beyond thepassed vehicle before you can return toyour lane. Due to the added load to theengine when going uphill the vehicle mayalso take longer to pass than it would onflat ground.

E140403AUN

Backing up Hold the bottom of the steering wheelwith one hand. Then, to move the trailerto the left, just move your hand to the left.To move the trailer to the right, move yourhand to the right. Always back up slowlyand, if possible, have someone guideyou.

E140404AUN

Making turns When you’re turning with a trailer, makewider turns than normal. Do this so yourtrailer won’t strike soft shoulders, curbs,road signs, trees, or other objects nearthe edge of the road. Avoid jerky or sud-den maneuvers. Signal well in advancebefore turning or lane changes.

5 57


E140405AFD

Turn signals when towing a trailer When you tow a trailer, your vehicle hasto have a different turn signal flasher andextra wiring. The green arrows on yourinstrument panel will flash whenever yousignal a turn or lane change. Properlyconnected, the trailer lights will also flashto alert other drivers you’re about to turn,change lanes, or stop.When towing a trailer, the green arrowson your instrument panel will flash forturns even if the bulbs on the trailer areburned out. Thus, you may think driversbehind you are seeing your signalswhen, in fact, they are not. It’s importantto check occasionally to be sure the trail-er bulbs are still working. You must alsocheck the lights every time you discon-nect and then reconnect the wires.Do not connect a trailer lighting systemdirectly to your vehicle’s lighting system.Use only an approved trailer wiring har-ness.An authorized Kia dealer can assist youin installing the wiring harness.

E140406AFD

Driving on grades Reduce speed and shift to a lower gearbefore you start down a long or steepdowngrade. If you don’t shift down, youmight have to use your brakes so muchthat they would get hot and no longeroperate efficiently.On a long uphill grade, shift down andreduce your speed to around 70 km/h (45mph) to reduce the possibility of engineand transaxle overheating.If your trailer weighs more than the max-imum trailer weight without trailer brakesand you have an automatic transaxle,you should drive in D (Drive) when tow-ing a trailer.Operating your vehicle in D (Drive) whentowing a trailer will minimize heat build upand extend the life of your transaxle.

WARNING Failure to use an approved trailerwiring harness could result in dam-age to the vehicle electrical systemand/or personal injury.


585

E140407AUN-EA

Parking on hills Generally, if you have a trailer attached toyour vehicle, you should not park yourvehicle on a hill. People can be seriouslyor fatally injured, and both your vehicleand the trailer can be damaged if theyunexpectedly roll downhill.

However, if you ever have to park yourtrailer on a hill, here's how to do it:1. Pull the vehicle into the parking space.

Turn the steering wheel in the directionof the curb (right if headed downhill,left if headed up hill).

2. If the vehicle has a manual transaxle,place the car in neutral. If the vehiclehas an automatic transaxle, place thecar in P (Park).

3. Set the parking brake and shut off thevehicle.

4. Place chocks under the trailer wheelson the down hill side of the wheels.

5. Start the vehicle, hold the brakes, shiftto neutral, release the parking brakeand slowly release the brakes until thetrailer chocks absorb the load.

6. Reapply the brakes, reapply the park-ing brake and shift the vehicle to R(Reverse) for manual transaxle or P(Park) for automatic transaxle.

7. Shut off the vehicle and release thevehicle brakes but leave the parkingbrake set.

CAUTION• When towing a trailer on steep

grades (in excess of 6%) payclose attention to the enginecoolant temperature gauge toensure the engine does not over-heat.If the needle of the coolant tem-perature gauge moves across thedial towards “H” (HOT), pull overand stop as soon as it is safe todo so, and allow the engine to idleuntil it cools down. You may pro-ceed once the engine has cooledsufficiently.

• You must decide driving speeddepending on trailer weight anduphill grade to reduce the possi-bility of engine and transaxleoverheating.

WARNING - Parking on ahill

Parking your vehicle on a hill with atrailer attached could cause seri-ous injury or death, should the trail-er break loose or brake stops work-ing.

WARNING - Parking brakeIt can be dangerous to get out ofyour vehicle if the parking brake isnot firmly set.If you have left the engine running,the vehicle can move suddenly.Youor others could be seriously orfatally injured.

5 59


When you are ready to leave after park-ing on a hill 1. With the manual transaxle in Neutral

or automatic transaxle in P (Park),apply your brakes and hold the brakepedal down while you:• Start your engine;• Shift into gear; and• Release the parking brake.

2. Slowly remove your foot from thebrake pedal.

3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear ofthe chocks.

4. Stop and have someone pick up andstore the chocks.

E140500AUN

Maintenance when trailer towing Your vehicle will need service more oftenwhen you regularly pull a trailer.Important items to pay particular atten-tion to include engine oil, automatictransaxle fluid, axle lubricant and coolingsystem fluid. Brake condition is anotherimportant item to frequently check. Eachitem is covered in this manual, and theIndex will help you find them quickly. Ifyou’re trailering, it’s a good idea to reviewthese sections before you start your trip.Don’t forget to also maintain your trailerand hitch. Follow the maintenanceschedule that accompanied your trailerand check it periodically. Preferably, con-duct the check at the start of each day’sdriving. Most importantly, all hitch nutsand bolts should be tight.

CAUTION• Due to higher load during trailer

usage, overheating might occurin hot days or during uphill driv-ing. If the coolant gauge indicatesover-heating, switch off the A/Cand stop the vehicle in a safe areato cool down the engine.

• When towing check transaxlefluid more frequently.


605

E140600BFD

If you do decide to pull a trailerHere are some important points if youdecide to pull a trailer:• Consider using a sway control.You can

ask a hitch dealer about sway control.• Do not do any towing with your car dur-

ing its first 2,000 km (1,200 miles) inorder to allow the engine to properlybreak in. Failure to heed this cautionmay result in serious engine ortransaxle damage.

• When towing a trailer, be sure to con-sult an authorized Kia dealer for furtherinformation on additional requirementssuch as a towing kit, etc.

• Always drive your vehicle at a moder-ate speed (less than 100 km/h (60mph)).

• On a long uphill grade, do not exceed70 km/h (45 mph) or the posted towingspeed limit, whichever is lower.

• The chart contains important consider-ations that have to do with weight:

Engine

Item

2.4L Gasoline Engine

2WD 4WD

Maximum trailerweight

Without brake system454

(1000)454

(1000)

With brake system907

(2000)907

(2000)

Maximum tongue weight91

(200)91

(200)

kg (lbs.)

2WD : 2-Wheel drive4WD : 4-Wheel drive

To identify what the vehicle trailering capacity is for your vehicle, you should read the informa-tion in “Weight of the Trailer” that appears later in this section.

5 61


E140601AUN

Weight of the trailerWhat is the maximum safe weight of atrailer? It should never weigh more thanthe maximum trailer weight with trailerbrakes. But even that can be too heavy.It depends on how you plan to use yourtrailer. For example, speed, altitude, roadgrades, outside temperature and howoften your vehicle is used to pull a trailerare all important. The ideal trailer weightcan also depend on any special equip-ment that you have on your vehicle.

E140602AEN

Weight of the trailer tongueThe tongue load of any trailer is animportant weight to measure because itaffects the total gross vehicle weight(GVW) of your vehicle. This weightincludes the curb weight of the vehicle,any cargo you may carry in it, and thepeople who will be riding in the vehicle.And if you will tow a trailer, you must addthe tongue load to the GVW becauseyour vehicle will also be carrying thatweight.

The trailer tongue should weigh a maxi-mum of 10% of the total loaded trailerweight, within the limits of the maximumpermissible trailer tongue load. Afteryou've loaded your trailer, weigh the trail-er and then the tongue, separately, tosee if the weights are proper. If theyaren’t, you may be able to correct themsimply by moving some items around inthe trailer.

C190E01JM

Tongue Load Total Trailer Weight

C190E02JM

Gross Axle Weight Gross Vehicle Weight


625

WARNING - Trailer• Never load a trailer with more

weight in the rear than in thefront. The front should be loadedwith approximately 60% of thetotal trailer load; the rear shouldbe loaded with approximately40% of the total trailer load.

• Never exceed the maximumweight limits of the trailer or trail-er towing equipment. Improperloading can result in damage toyour vehicle and/or personalinjury. Check weights and loadingat a commercial scale or highwaypatrol office equipped withscales.

• An improperly loaded trailer cancause loss of vehicle control.

5 63


E150100AUN

Tire and loading information labelThe label located on the driver's doorsill gives the original tire size, coldtire pressures recommended for yourvehicle, the number of people thatcan be in your vehicle and vehiclecapacity weight.

E150101AAM

Vehicle capacity weight:5 persons : 420 kg (926 lbs.)

Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi-mum combined weight of occupantsand cargo. If your vehicle is equippedwith a trailer, the combined weightincludes the tongue load.

E150102AAM

Seating capacity:Total : 5 persons- Front seat : 2 persons- Rear seat : 3 persons

Seating capacity is the maximumnumber of occupants including adriver, your vehicle may carry.However, the seating capacity maybe reduced based upon the weight ofall of the occupants, and the weightof the cargo being carried or towed.Do not overload the vehicle as thereis a limit to the total weight, or loadlimit including occupants and cargo,the vehicle can carry.

VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT

SLTIRE01N

SLTIRE02N

SLTIRE03N


645

E150103AEN

Towing capacity:Without trailer brakes: 454 kg (1000 lbs)With trailer brakes: 907 kg (2000 lbs)

Towing capacity is the maximumtrailer weight including its cargoweight, your vehicle can tow.

E150104AUN

Cargo capacity:The cargo capacity of your vehiclewill increase or decrease dependingon the weight and the number ofoccupants and the tongue load, ifyour vehicle is equipped with a trailer.

E150105AUN-C1

Steps for determining correct loadlimit1. Locate the statement "The combined

weight of occupants and cargoshould never exceed XXX kg or XXXlbs.'' on your vehicle's placard.

2. Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that willbe riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight of thedriver and passengers from XXX kgor XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo and lug-gage load capacity. For example, ifthe "XXX" amount equals 635 kg(1400 lbs.) and there will be five 68kg (150 lbs.) passengers in yourvehicle, the amount of availablecargo and luggage load capacityis 295 kg (650 lbs).(635-340 (5 x 68) = 295 kg or1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loadedon the vehicle. That weight maynot safely exceed the availablecargo and luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing a trail-er, load from your trailer will betransferred to your vehicle. Consultthis manual to determine how thisreduces the available cargo andluggage load capacity of yourvehicle.

5 65


Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weightand seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle'scapacity weight.

C190F01JM

Item Description Total

AVehicle Capacity 635 kg

Weight (1400 lbs)Subtract Occupant

B Weight 136 kg

68 kg (150 lbs) × 2(300 lbs)

CAvailable Cargo and 499 kg

Luggage weight (1100 lbs)

Example 1

A B C

C190F02JM




B Weight 340 kg

68 kg (150 lbs) × 5(750 lbs)



A B C

Example 2

C190F03JM




B Weight 390 kg

78 kg (172 lbs) × 5(860 lbs)



A B C

Example 3


665

E150200AUN

Certification labelThe certification label is located onthe driver's door sill at the center pil-lar.This label shows the maximumallowable weight of the fully loadedvehicle. This is called the GVWR(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). TheGVWR includes the weight of thevehicle, all occupants, fuel andcargo.This label also tells you the maxi-mum weight that can be supportedby the front and rear axles, calledGross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).To find out the actual loads on yourfront and rear axles, you need to goto a weigh station and weigh yourvehicle.Your dealer can help you withthis. Be sure to spread out your loadequally on both sides of the center-line.

The label will help you decide howmuch cargo and installed equipmentyour vehicle can carry.

If you carry items inside your vehicle- like suitcases, tools, packages, oranything else - they are moving asfast as the vehicle. If you have to stopor turn quickly, or if there is a crash,the items will keep going and cancause an injury if they strike the driv-er or a passenger.

WARNING - Over loading• Never exceed the GVWR for

your vehicle, the GAWR foreither the front or rear axleand vehicle capacity weight.Exceeding these ratings cancause an accident or vehicledamage.You can calculate theweight of your load by weigh-ing the items (or people)before putting them in thevehicle. Be careful not to over-load your vehicle.

• Do not load your vehicle anyheavier than the GVWR, eitherthe maximum front or rearGAWR and vehicle capacityweight. If you do, parts,including tires on your vehiclecan break, and it can changethe way your vehicle handlesand braking ability. This couldcause you to lose control andcrash. Also, overloading canshorten the life of your vehi-cle.

5 67


WARNING• Overloading your vehicle can

cause heat buildup in yourvehicle's tires and possibletire failure that could lead to acrash.

• Overloading your vehicle cancause increased stopping dis-tances that could lead to acrash.

• A crash resulting from poorhandling vehicle damage, tirefailure, or increased stoppingdistances could result in seri-ous injury or death.

WARNING - Loose cargoItems you carry inside yourvehicle can strike and injureoccupants in a sudden stop orturn, or in a crash.• Put items in the cargo area of

your vehicle. Try to spread theweight evenly.

• Never stack items, like suit-cases, inside the vehicleabove the tops of the seats.

• Do not leave an unsecuredchild restraint in your vehicle.

• When you carry somethinginside the vehicle, secure it.

• Do not drive with a seat foldeddown unless necessary.

CAUTION• Overloading your vehicle may

cause damage. Repairs wouldnot be covered by your warran-ty. Do not overload your vehicle.

• Using heavier suspension com-ponents to get added durabilitymight not change your weightratings. Ask your dealer to helpyou load your vehicle the rightway.


685

E160000AUN

This section will guide you in the properloading of your vehicle and/or trailer, tokeep your loaded vehicle weight within itsdesign rating capability, with or without atrailer. Properly loading your vehicle willprovide maximum return of the vehicledesign performance. Before loading yourvehicle, familiarize yourself with the fol-lowing terms for determining your vehi-cle's weight ratings, with or without atrailer, from the vehicle's specificationsand the certification label:

E160100AUN

Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicle includinga full tank of fuel and all standard equip-ment. It does not include passengers,cargo, or optional equipment.

E160200AUN

Vehicle curb weightThis is the weight of your new vehiclewhen you picked it up from your dealerplus any aftermarket equipment.

E160300AUN

Cargo weightThis figure includes all weight added tothe Base Curb Weight, including cargoand optional equipment.

E160400AUN

GAW (Gross axle weight)This is the total weight placed on eachaxle (front and rear) - including vehiclecurb weight and all payload.

E160500AUN

GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)This is the maximum allowable weightthat can be carried by a single axle (frontor rear). These numbers are shown onthe certification label.The total load on each axle must neverexceed its GAWR.

E160600AUN

GVW (Gross vehicle weight)This is the Base Curb Weight plus actualCargo Weight plus passengers.

E160700AUN-EU

GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)This is the maximum allowable weight ofthe fully loaded vehicle (including alloptions, equipment, passengers andcargo). The GVWR is shown on the cer-tification label located on the driver’sdoor sill.

VEHICLE WEIGHT GLOSSARY

6

Road warning / 6-2In case of an emergency while driving / 6-2If the engine will not start / 6-3Emergency starting / 6-4If the engine overheats / 6-6If you have a flat tire / 6-7Towing / 6-15



26

ROAD WARNING

F010100ASA

Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as awarning to other drivers to exerciseextreme caution when approaching,overtaking, or passing your vehicle.

It should be used whenever emergencyrepairs are being made or when the vehi-cle is stopped near the edge of a road-way.Depress the flasher switch with the igni-tion switch in any position. The flasherswitch is located in the center consoleswitch panel. All turn signal lights willflash simultaneously.

• The hazard warning flasher operateswhether your vehicle is running or not.

• The turn signals do not work when thehazard flasher is on.

• Care must be taken when using thehazard warning flasher while the vehi-cle is being towed.

F020100AUN-EU

If the engine stalls at a crossroador crossingIf the engine stalls at a crossroad orcrossing, set the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position and then push the vehi-cle to a safe place.

F020200AUN

If you have a flat tire while drivingIf a tire goes flat while you are driving:1.Take your foot off the accelerator pedal

and let the vehicle slow down whiledriving straight ahead. Do not apply thebrakes immediately or attempt to pulloff the road as this may cause a loss ofcontrol. When the vehicle has slowedto such a speed that it is safe to do so,brake carefully and pull off the road.Drive off the road as far as possibleand park on a firm level ground. If youare on a divided highway, do not parkin the median area between the twotraffic lanes.

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCYWHILE DRIVING

OSL060001

6 3


2.When the vehicle is stopped, turn onyour emergency hazard flashers, setthe parking brake and put the transaxlein P (Park, automatic transaxle) orreverse (manual transaxle).

3.Have all passengers get out of thevehicle. Be sure they all get out on theside of the car that is away from traffic.

4.When changing a flat tire, follow theinstruction provided later in this sec-tion.

F020300AUN

If the engine stalls while driving1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping

a straight line. Move cautiously off theroad to a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.3. Try to start the engine again. If your

vehicle will not start, contact anauthorized Kia dealer or seek otherqualified assistance.

F030100AAM

If engine doesn't turn over orturns over slowly1. If your car has an automatic transaxle,

be sure the shift lever is in N (Neutral)or P (Park) and the emergency brakeis set.

2. Check the battery connections to besure they are clean and tight.

3. Turn on the interior light. If the lightdims or goes out when you operate thestarter, the battery is discharged.

4. Check the starter connections to besure they are securely tightened.

5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to startit. See instructions for "Jump starting".

F030200AHM

If engine turns over normally butdoes not start1. Check the fuel level.2. With the ignition switch in the LOCK

position, check all connectors at theignition coils and spark plugs.Reconnect any that may be discon-nected or loose.

3. Check the fuel line in the engine com-partment.

4. If the engine still does not start, call anauthorized Kia dealer or seek otherqualified assistance.

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START

WARNINGIf the engine will not start, do notpush or pull the vehicle to start it.This could result in a collision orcause other damage. In addition,push or pull starting may cause thecatalytic converter to overload andcreate a fire hazard.


46

EMERGENCY STARTING

F040000AUN

Connect cables in numerical order anddisconnect in reverse order.

F040100AHM-U1

Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if doneincorrectly. Therefore, to avoid harm toyourself or damage to your vehicle orbattery, follow these jump starting proce-dures. If in doubt, we strongly recom-mend that you have a competent techni-cian or towing service jump start yourvehicle.

CAUTIONUse only a 12-volt jumper system.You can damage a 12-volt startingmotor, ignition system, and otherelectrical parts beyond repair byuse of a 24-volt power supply (eithertwo 12-volt batteries in series or a24-volt motor generator set).

WARNING - Battery• Keep all flames or sparks away

from the battery. The battery pro-duces hydrogen gas which mayexplode if exposed to flame orsparks.If these instructions are not fol-lowed exactly, serious personalinjury and damage to the vehiclemay occur! If you are not surehow to follow this procedure,seek qualified assistance.Automobile batteries contain sul-furic acid. This is poisonous andhighly corrosive. When jumpstarting, wear protective glassesand be careful not to get acid onyourself, your clothing or on thevehicle.

• Do not attempt to jump start thevehicle if the discharged batteryis frozen or if the electrolyte levelis low; the battery may rupture orexplode.

WARNING - BatteryNever attempt to check the elec-trolyte level of the battery as thismay cause the battery to rupture orexplode causing serious injury.

1VQA4001

Dischargedbattery

Jumper Cables

Boosterbattery

(-)

(+)

(+)(-)

6 5


F040101ASA

Jump starting procedure 1. Make sure the booster battery is 12-

volt and that its negative terminal isgrounded.

2. If the booster battery is in anothervehicle, do not allow the vehicles tocome in contact.

3. Turn off all unnecessary electricalloads.

4. Connect the jumper cables in the exactsequence shown in the illustration.First connect one end of a jumpercable to the positive terminal of thedischarged battery (1), then connectthe other end to the positive terminalof the booster battery (2).Proceed to connect one end of theother jumper cable to the negative ter-minal of the booster battery (3), thenthe other end to a solid, stationary,metallic point (for example, the enginelifting bracket) away from the battery(4). Do not connect it to or near anypart that moves when the engine iscranked.

Do not allow the jumper cables to con-tact anything except the correct batteryterminals or the correct ground. Do notlean over the battery when makingconnections.

5. Start the engine of the vehicle with thebooster battery and let it run at 2,000rpm, then start the engine of the vehi-cle with the discharged battery.

If the cause of your battery discharging isnot apparent, you should have your vehi-cle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

F040200AAM-EU

Push-starting Vehicles equipped with automatictransaxle and manual transaxle vehiclesequipped with clutch lock system cannotbe push-started.Follow the directions in this section forjump-starting.

CAUTION - Battery cablesDo not connect the jumper cablefrom the negative terminal of thebooster battery to the negative ter-minal of the discharged battery.This can cause the discharged bat-tery to overheat and crack, releas-ing battery acid.

WARNINGNever tow a vehicle to start itbecause the sudden surge forwardwhen the engine starts could causea collision with the tow vehicle.


66

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSF050000AAM

If your temperature gauge indicates over-heating, you experience a loss of power,or hear loud pinging or knocking, theengine will probably be too hot. If thishappens, you should:

1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as itis safe to do so.

2. Place the shift lever in P (Park, auto-matic transaxle) or Neutral (manualtransaxle) and set the parking brake. Ifthe air conditioning is on, turn it off.

3. If engine coolant is running out underthe vehicle or steam is coming outfrom underneath the hood, stop theengine. Do not open the hood until thecoolant has stopped running or thesteaming has stopped. If there is novisible loss of engine coolant and nosteam, leave the engine running andcheck to be sure the engine coolingfan is operating. If the fan is not run-ning, turn the engine off.

4. Check to see if the water pump drivebelt is missing. If it is not missing,check to see that it is tight. If the drivebelt seems to be satisfactory, check forcoolant leaking from the radiator,hoses or under the vehicle. (If the airconditioning had been in use, it is nor-mal for cold water to be draining fromit when you stop).

5. If the water pump drive belt is brokenor engine coolant is leaking out, stopthe engine immediately and call thenearest authorized Kia dealer forassistance.

6. If you cannot find the cause of theoverheating, wait until the engine tem-perature has returned to normal. Then,if coolant has been lost, carefully addcoolant to the reservoir to bring thefluid level in the reservoir up to thehalfway mark.

7.Proceed with caution, keeping alert forfurther signs of overheating. If over-heating happens again, call an author-ized Kia dealer for assistance.WARNING

While the engine is running, keephair, hands and clothing away frommoving parts such as the fan anddrive belts to prevent injury.

WARNINGDo not remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. This mayresult in coolant being blown out ofthe opening and cause seriousburns.

CAUTIONSerious loss of coolant indicatesthere is a leak in the cooling systemand this should be checked as soonas possible by an authorized Kiadealer.

6 7


IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE

F070100AEN

Jack and toolsThe jack, jack handle, wheel lug nutwrench are stored in the luggagecompartment.Pull up the luggage box cover toreach this equipment.(1) Jack handle(2) Jack(3) Wheel lug nut wrench

F070101AAM

Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergencytire changing only.To prevent the jack from “rattling”while the vehicle is in motion, store itproperly.Follow jacking instructions to reducethe possibility of personal injury.

WARNING - Changing tires• Never attempt vehicle repairs

in the traffic lanes of a publicroad or highway.

• Always move the vehicle com-pletely off the road and ontothe shoulder before trying tochange a tire. The jack shouldbe used on a firm levelground. If you cannot find afirm, level place off the road,call a towing service companyfor assistance.

• Be sure to use the correctfront and rear jacking posi-tions on the vehicle; neveruse the bumpers or any otherpart of the vehicle for jacksupport.

(Continued)

OSL060004


86

Removing and storing the sparetire Turn the tire hold-down wing boltcounterclockwise.Store the tire in the reverse order ofremoval.To prevent the spare tire and toolsfrom “rattling” while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

F070300AAM-EU-U1

Changing tires 1. Park on a level surface and apply

the parking brake firmly.2. Place the transaxle shift lever in R

(Reverse) with manual transaxle orP (Park) with automatic transaxle.

3. Activate the hazard warning flash-er.

(Continued)• The vehicle can easily roll off

the jack causing seriousinjury or death. No personshould place any portion oftheir body under a vehicle thatis supported only by a jack;use vehicle support stands.

• Do not start or run the enginewhile the vehicle is on thejack.

• Do not allow anyone to remainin the vehicle while it is on thejack.

• Make sure any children pres-ent are in a secure place awayfrom the road and from thevehicle to be raised with thejack.

1VQA4022OSL060003

■ Type A

■ Type B

6 9


4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,jack, jack handle, and spare tirefrom the vehicle.

5. Block both the front and rear of thewheel that is diagonally oppositefrom the jack position.

6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun-terclockwise one turn each, but donot remove any nut until the tirehas been raised off the ground.

WARNING - Changing a tire• To prevent vehicle movement

while changing a tire, alwaysset the parking brake fully,and always block the wheeldiagonally opposite the wheelbeing changed.

• We recommend that thewheels of the vehicle beblocked, and that no personremain in a vehicle that isbeing jacked.

1VQA4023 OLM069006


106

7. Place the jack at the front or rearjacking position closest to the tireyou are changing. Place the jackat the designated locations underthe frame.

8. Insert the jack handle into the jackand turn it clockwise, raising thevehicle until the tire just clears theground. This measurement isapproximately 30 mm (1 in.).Before removing the wheel lugnuts, make sure the vehicle is sta-ble and that there is no chance formovement or slippage.

9. Loosen the wheel nuts andremove them with your fingers.Slide the wheel off the studs andlay it flat so it cannot roll away. Toput the wheel on the hub, pick upthe spare tire, line up the holeswith the studs and slide the wheelonto them. If this is difficult, tip thewheel slightly and get the top holein the wheel lined up with the topstud. Then jiggle the wheel backand forth until the wheel can slideover the other studs.

WARNING - Jack locationTo reduce the possibility ofinjury, be sure to use only thejack provided with the vehicleand in the correct jack position;never use any other part of thevehicle for jack support.

OCM054013 OAM069009

6 11


10. To install the wheel, hold it on thestuds, put the wheel nuts on thestuds and tighten them fingertight. Jiggle the tire to be sure it iscompletely seated, then tightenthe nuts as much as possiblewith your fingers again.

11. Lower the vehicle to the groundby turning the wheel nut wrenchcounterclockwise.

Then position the wrench as shownin the drawing and tighten the wheelnuts. Be sure the socket is seatedcompletely over the nut. Do not standon the wrench handle or use anextension pipe over the wrench han-dle. Go around the wheel tighteningevery nut following the numericalsequence shown in the image untilthey are all tight. Then double-checkeach nut for tightness. After changingwheels, have an authorized Kia deal-er tighten the wheel nuts to theirproper torque as soon as possible.

Wheel nut tightening torque:9~11 kg·m (65~79 lb·ft)

WARNINGWheels may have sharp edges.Handle them carefully to avoidpossible severe injury. Beforeputting the wheel into place, besure that there is nothing on thehub or wheel (such as mud, tar,gravel, etc.) that prevents withthe wheel from fitting solidlyagainst the hub.If there is, remove it. If the con-tact of the mounting surfacebetween the wheel and hub isnot good, the wheel nuts couldcome loose and cause the lossof a wheel. Loss of a wheel mayresult in loss of control of thevehicle. This may cause seriousinjury or death.

OLM069007


126

If you have a tire gauge, remove thevalve cap and check the air pressure.If the pressure is lower than recom-mended, drive slowly to the nearestservice station and inflate to the cor-rect pressure. If it is too high, adjustit until it is correct. Always reinstallthe valve cap after checking oradjusting the tire pressure. If the capis not replaced, dust and dirt may getinto the tire valve and air may leakfrom the tire. If you lose a valve cap,buy another and install it as soon aspossible.After you have changed the wheels,always secure the flat tire in its placeand return the jack and tools to theirproper storage locations.

To prevent the jack, jack handle,wheel lug nut wrench and spare tirefrom rattling while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

CAUTIONYour vehicle has metric threadson the wheel studs and nuts.Make certain during wheelremoval that the same nuts thatwere removed are reinstalled -or, if replaced, that nuts withmetric threads and the samechamfer configuration are used.Installation of a non-metricthread nut on a metric stud orvice-versa will not secure thewheel to the hub properly andwill damage the stud so that itmust be replaced.Note that most lug nuts do nothave metric threads. Be sure touse extreme care in checkingfor thread style before installingaftermarket lug nuts or wheels.If in doubt, consult an author-ized Kia dealer.

WARNING - Wheel studsIf the studs are damaged, theymay lose their ability to retainthe wheel.This could lead to theloss of the wheel and a collisionresulting in serious injuries.

WARNING - Inadequatespare tire pressure

Check the inflation pressures assoon as possible after installingthe spare tire. Adjust it to thespecified pressure, if necessary.Refer to “Tires and wheels” insection 8.

6 13


F070301AUN-EU

Important - use of compact spare tire(if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with a com-pact spare tire. This compact sparetire takes up less space than a regu-lar-size tire. This tire is smaller than aconventional tire and is designed fortemporary use only.

The compact spare should be inflat-ed to 420 kPa (60 psi).

✽✽ NOTICECheck the inflation pressure afterinstalling the spare tire. Adjust it tothe specified pressure, as necessary.

When using a compact spare tire,observe the following precautions:• Under no circumstances should

you exceed 80 km/h (50 mph); ahigher speed could damage thetire.

• Ensure that you drive slowlyenough for the road conditions toavoid all hazards. Any road hazard,such as a pothole or debris, couldseriously damage the compactspare.

• Any continuous road use of this tirecould result in tire failure, loss ofvehicle control, and possible per-sonal injury.

• Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi-mum load rating or the load-carry-ing capacity shown on the sidewallof the compact spare tire.

• Avoid driving over obstacles. Thecompact spare tire diameter issmaller than the diameter of a con-ventional tire and reduces theground clearance approximately25 mm (1 inch), which could resultin damage to the vehicle.

CAUTION• You should drive carefully

when the compact spare is inuse. The compact spareshould be replaced by theproper conventional tire andrim at the first opportunity.

• The operation of this vehicleis not recommended withmore than one compact sparetire in use at the same time.

WARNINGThe compact spare tire is foremergency use only. Do notoperate your vehicle on thiscompact spare at speeds over80 km/h (50 mph). The originaltire should be repaired orreplaced as soon as is possibleto avoid failure of the sparepossibly leading to personalinjury or death.


146

• Do not take this vehicle through anautomatic car wash while the com-pact spare tire is installed.

• Do not use the compact spare tireon any other vehicle because thistire has been designed especiallyfor your vehicle.

• The compact spare tire’s tread lifeis shorter than a regular tire.Inspect your compact spare tireregularly and replace worn com-pact spare tires with the same sizeand design, mounted on the samewheel.

• The compact spare tire should notbe used on any other wheels, norshould standard tires, snow tires,wheel covers or trim rings be usedwith the compact spare wheel. Ifsuch use is attempted, damage tothese items or other car compo-nents may occur.

• Do not use more than one compactspare tire at a time.

• Do not tow a trailer while the com-pact spare tire is installed.

6 15


TOWING

F080100AAM-EU

Towing serviceIf emergency towing is necessary, werecommend having it done by an author-ized Kia dealer or a commercial tow-truckservice. Proper lifting and towing proce-dures are necessary to prevent damageto the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies orflatbed is recommended.For trailer towing guidelines information,refer to “Trailer towing” in section 5.

On 4WD vehicles, your vehicle must betowed with a wheel lift and dollies orflatbed equipment with all the wheels offthe ground.

On 2WD vehicles, it is acceptable to towthe vehicle with the rear wheels on theground (without dollies) and the frontwheels off the ground.If any of the loaded wheels or suspen-sion components are damaged or thevehicle is being towed with the frontwheels on the ground, use a towing dollyunder the front wheels.When being towed by a commercial towtruck and wheel dollies are not used, thefront of the vehicle should always be lift-ed, not the rear.

OXM069028

dolly

dolly

CAUTIONThe 4WD vehicle should never betowed with the wheels on theground. This can cause seriousdamage to the transaxle or the 4WDsystem.

WARNINGIf your vehicle is equipped with sideand curtain air bag, set the ignitionswitch to LOCK or ACC positionwhen the vehicle is being towed.The side and curtain air bag maydeploy when the ignitions is ON,and the rollover sensor detects thesituation as a rollover.


166

When towing your vehicle in an emer-gency without wheel dollies :1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC posi-

tion.2. Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).3. Release the parking brake.

Removable towing hook (if equipped)1. Open the tailgate, and remove the tow-

ing hook from the tool case.2. Remove the hole cover pressing the

lower part of the cover on the bumper.

CAUTIONFailure to place the transaxle shiftlever in N (Neutral) may cause inter-nal damage to the transaxle.

CAUTION• Do not tow the vehicle backwards

with the front wheels on theground as this may cause dam-age to the vehicle.

• Do not tow with sling-type equip-ment. Use wheel lift or flatbedequipment.

OUN046030

OCM054034

OSL060010

OSL060011

■ Front

■ Rear

6 17


3. Install the towing hook by turning itclockwise into the hole until it is fullysecured.

4. Remove the towing hook and installthe cover after use.

F080300AHM-EU

Emergency towingIf towing is necessary, have it done byan authorized Kia dealer or a commer-cial tow truck service.

If towing service is not available in anemergency, your vehicle may be tem-porarily towed using a cable or chainsecured to the emergency towing hookunder the front (or rear) of the vehicle.Use extreme caution when towing thevehicle. A driver must be in the vehicle tosteer it and operate the brakes.Towing in this manner may be done onlyon hard-surfaced roads for a short dis-tance and at low speeds. Also, thewheels, axles, power train, steering andbrakes must all be in good condition.• Do not use the tow hooks to pull a vehi-

cle out of mud, sand or other condi-tions from which the vehicle cannot bedriven out under its own power.

• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than thevehicle doing the towing.

• The drivers of both vehicles shouldcommunicate with each other frequent-ly.

OSL060012

OSL060013

■ Front

■ Rear


186

• Before emergency towing, check thatthe hook is not broken or damaged.

• Fasten the towing cable or chainsecurely to the hook.

• Do not jerk the hook. Apply it steadilyand with even force.

• To avoid damaging the hook, do notpull from the side or at a vertical angle.Always pull straight ahead.

• Use a towing strap less than 5 m (16feet) long. Attach a white or red cloth(about 30 cm (12 inches) wide) in themiddle of the strap for easy visibility.

• Drive carefully so that the towing strapis not loose during towing.

CAUTION• Attach a towing strap to the tow

hook.• Using a portion of the vehicle

other than the tow hooks for tow-ing may damage the body of yourvehicle.

• Only use a cable or chain specifi-cally intended for use in towingvehicles. Securely fasten thecable or chain to the towing hookprovided.

WARNING Use extreme caution when towingthe vehicle.• Avoid sudden starts or erratic

driving maneuvers which wouldplace excessive stress on theemergency towing hook and tow-ing cable or chain. The hook andtowing cable or chain may breakand cause serious injury or dam-age.

• If the disabled vehicle cannot bemoved, do not forcibly continuethe towing. Contact an authorizedKia dealer or a commercial towtruck service for assistance.

• Tow the vehicle as straight aheadas possible.

• Keep away from the vehicle dur-ing towing.

OXM069009

6 19


F080301AAM-EU

Emergency towing precautions• Turn the ignition switch to ACC so the

steering wheel isn’t locked.• Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).• Release the parking bake.• Press the brake pedal with more force

than usual since you will have reducedbrake performance.

• More steering effort will be requiredbecause the power steering systemwill be disabled.

• If you are driving down a long hill, thebrakes may overheat and brake per-formance will be reduced. Stop oftenand let the brakes cool off.

Tie-down hook (for flatbed towing, if equipped)

CAUTION - Automatictransaxle

• If the car is being towed with allfour wheels on the ground, it canbe towed only from the front. Besure that the transaxle is in neu-tral. Be sure the steering isunlocked by placing the ignitionswitch in the ACC position. Adriver must be in the towed vehi-cle to operate the steering andbrakes.

• To avoid serious damage to theautomatic transaxle, limit thevehicle speed to 15 km/h (10 mph)and drive less than 1.5 km (1 mile)when towing.

• Before towing, check the auto-matic transaxle fluid leak underyour vehicle. If the automatictransaxle fluid is leaking, aflatbed equipment or towing dollymust be used.

WARNING Do not use the tie-down hooksunder the front of the vehicle fortowing purposes. These hooks aredesigned ONLY for transport tie-down. If the tie-down hooks areused for towing, the tie-down hooksor front bumper will be damagedand this could lead to seriousinjury.

OLM069017L

7

Engine compartment / 7-2Maintenance services / 7-3Owner maintenance / 7-4Maintenance schedule / 7-6Explanation of scheduled maintenance items / 7-10Engine oil / 7-16Engine coolant / 7-18Brake/clutch fluid / 7-21Washer fluid / 7-22Parking brake / 7-22Air cleaner / 7-23Climate control air filter / 7-24Wiper blades / 7-25Battery / 7-28Tires and wheels / 7-31Fuses / 7-45

Appearance care / 7-53Emission control system / 7-59

Maintenance

Maintenance

27

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

G010000AAM-EU

1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Brake/clutch* fluid reservoir

4. Positive battery terminal

5. Negative battery terminal

6. Fuse box

7. Air cleaner

8. Engine oil dipstick

9. Radiator cap

10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

* if equipped

OLM079001/OSL071001N

❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

■■ MPI engine

■■ T-GDI engine

7 3

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE SERVICESG020000AHM

You should exercise the utmost care toprevent damage to your vehicle andinjury to yourself whenever performingany maintenance or inspection proce-dures.Should you have any doubts concerningthe inspection or servicing of your vehi-cle, we strongly recommend that youhave an authorized Kia dealer performthis work.An authorized Kia dealer has factorytrained technicians and genuine Kiaparts to service your vehicle properly. Forexpert advice and quality service, see anauthorized Kia dealer.Inadequate, incomplete or insufficientservicing may result in operational prob-lems with your vehicle that could lead tovehicle damage, an accident, or person-al injury.

G020100AUN-EU

Owner’s responsibility

✽✽ NOTICEMaintenance Service and RecordRetention are the owner's responsibility.

You should retain documents that showproper maintenance has been performedon your vehicle in accordance with thescheduled maintenance service chartsshown on the following pages. You needthis information to establish your compli-ance with the servicing and maintenancerequirements of your vehicle warranties.Detailed warranty information is providedin your Warranty & Consumer Informationmanual.Repairs and adjustments required as aresult of improper maintenance or a lackof required maintenance are not covered.We recommend you have your vehiclemaintained and repaired by an author-ized Kia dealer. An authorized Kia dealermeets Kia’s high service quality stan-dards and receives technical supportfrom Kia in order to provide you with ahigh level of service satisfaction.

G020200AUN-EU

Owner maintenance precautions Improper or incomplete service mayresult in problems. This section givesinstructions only for the maintenanceitems that are easy to perform.As explained earlier in this section, sev-eral procedures can be done only by anauthorized Kia dealer with special tools.

✽✽ NOTICEImproper owner maintenance duringthe warranty period may affect warran-ty coverage. For details, read the sepa-rate Warranty & Consumer Informationmanual provided with the vehicle. Ifyou're unsure about any servicing ormaintenance procedure, have it done byan authorized Kia dealer.

Maintenance

47

G030000AUN

The following lists are vehicle checks andinspections that should be performed bythe owner or an authorized Kia dealer atthe frequencies indicated to help ensuresafe, dependable operation of your vehi-cle.Any adverse conditions should bebrought to the attention of your dealer assoon as possible.These Owner Maintenance Checks aregenerally not covered by warranties andyou may be charged for labor, parts andlubricants used.

Owner maintenance schedule G030101AHM

When you stop for fuel:• Check the engine oil level.• Check the coolant level in the coolant

reservoir.• Check the windshield washer fluid

level.• Look for low or under-inflated tires.

WARNING - Maintenancework

• Performing maintenance work ona vehicle can be dangerous. Youcan be seriously injured whileperforming some maintenanceprocedures. If you lack sufficientknowledge and experience or theproper tools and equipment to dothe work, have it done by anauthorized Kia dealer.

• Working under the hood with theengine running is dangerous. Itbecomes even more dangerouswhen you wear jewelry or looseclothing. These can becomeentangled in moving parts andresult in injury. Therefore, if youmust run the engine while work-ing under the hood, make certainthat you remove all jewelry (espe-cially rings, bracelets, watches,and necklaces) and all neckties,scarves, and similar loose cloth-ing before getting near theengine or cooling fans.

OWNER MAINTENANCE

WARNING Be careful when checking yourengine coolant level when theengine is hot. Scalding hot coolantand steam may blow out underpressure. This could cause burnsor other serious injury.

7 5

Maintenance

G030102AAM

While operating your vehicle:• Note any changes in the sound of the

exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumesin the vehicle.

• Check for vibrations in the steeringwheel. Notice any increased steeringeffort or looseness in the steeringwheel, or change in its straight-aheadposition.

• Notice if your vehicle constantly turnsslightly or “pulls” to one side when trav-eling on smooth, level road.

• When stopping, listen and check forunusual sounds, pulling to one side,increased brake pedal travel or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.

• If any slipping or changes in the oper-ation of your transaxle occurs, checkthe transaxle fluid level.

• Check the automatic transaxle P(Park) function.

• Check the parking brake.• Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle

(water dripping from the air condition-ing system during or after use is nor-mal).

G030103AHM

At least monthly:• Check the coolant level in the engine

coolant reservoir.• Check the operation of all exterior

lights, including the stoplights, turn sig-nals and hazard warning flashers.

• Check the inflation pressures of alltires including the spare.

G030104AHM

At least twice a year (i.e., every Spring and Fall):• Check the radiator, heater and air con-

ditioning hoses for leaks or damage.• Check the windshield washer spray

and wiper operation. Clean the wiperblades with clean cloth dampened withwasher fluid.

• Check the headlight alignment.• Check the muffler, exhaust pipes,

shields and clamps.• Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear

and function.• Check for worn tires and loose wheel

lug nuts.

G030105AHM-C1

At least once a year:• Clean the body and door drain holes.• Lubricate the door hinges and checks,

and hood hinges.• Lubricate the door and hood locks and

latches.• Lubricate the door rubber weather-

strips.• Check the air conditioning system.• Check the power steering fluid level.• Inspect and lubricate the automatic

transaxle linkage and controls.• Clean the battery and terminals.• Check the brake/clutch fluid level.

Maintenance

7 6

Kilometers or time in months, whichever comes first

× 1,000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 192

# Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96

Engine oil and oil filter (MPI engine)

Engine oil and oil filter (T-GDI engine)

Add fuel additive (1)

Fuel filter (2) I I I I

Fuel tank/cap/canister/fuel line/ I I I I

fuel hoses/connections/vapor hose

Fuel tank air filer (CCV filter) (2) I I I I

MAINTENANCEINTERVALS

MAINTENANCE ITEM

Replace every 12,000 km or 12 months

At first, replace at 5,000 km or 6 months,

after that, every 8,000 km or 6 months,

Add every 12,000 km or 12 months

(1) If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives ars available from your authorized Kiadealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

(2) Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance scheduledepends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc,replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized Kia dealer for details.

The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehicle emissionservices to protect your warranty. Where both kilometrage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.R : Replace or change I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

7 7

Maintenance


× 1,000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 192

# Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96

Vaccum hoses I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Air cleaner element I I I R I I I R I I I R I I I R

Spark plugs (MPI engine) R

Spark plugs (T-GDI engine) R R

Valve clearance (3) I I


MAINTENANCE ITEM

(3) Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. A qualified technician should perform the operation.

R : Replace or change I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)

Maintenance

87

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)


MAINTENANCE ITEM

R : Replace or change I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

* if equipped

(4) The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively.

(5) When adding coolant, use only deionizes water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory.An inproper coolant mixture can result in serious maifunction or engine damage.


× 1,000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 192

# Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96

Drive belts (4)

Engine coolant (5)

Cooling system hoses & connections I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Manual transaxle oil

Automatic transaxle oil

Brake/clutch* fluid I I I I

Brake lines/lines & connectionsI I I I I I I I

(including booster)

Clutch* & brake pedal free play I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

At first, inspect the drive belt at 96,000 km or 72 months;

after that, inspect it 24,000 km or 24 months

At first, replace at 192,000 km or 120 months;

after that, replace every 48,000 km or 24 months

Inspect every 60,000 km or 48 months

No check, No service required

7 9

Maintenance


× 1,000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 192

# Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96

Front brake disc/pads, calipers I I I I I I I I

Rear brake disc/pads I I I I I I I I

Parking brake I I I I

Exhaust pipes, heat shield & mountings I I I I I I I I

Front suspension ball jonts I I I I I I I I

Steering gear box, linkage & boots/I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint

Drive shaft dust boots I I I I I I I I

All latch, hinges and locks I I I I I I I I

Battery condition I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


MAINTENANCE ITEM

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)R : Replace or change I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

Maintenance

107


× 1,000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 192

# Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96

Power steering fluid & lines* I I I I I I I I

Climate contol air filter R R R R R R R R

Air conditioner compressor operation & I I I I I I I I

refrigerant amount

Rotate tires I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Transfer case oil (4WD) (6)

Rear differential oil (4WD) (7)

Propellar shaft (4WD) I I I I I I I I

Tire condition & inflation pressure I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


MAINTENANCE ITEM



NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)R : Replace or change I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

* if equipped

(6) Transfer case oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water.

(7) Rear differential oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water.

7 11

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONSThe following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chartbelow for the appropriate maintenance intervals.

R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

R

R

R

R

R

R

I

I

I

EVERY 6,000 km OR 6 MONTHS


MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

EVERY 120,000 km

EVERY 96,000 km

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, K

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, K

C, E

B, H

A, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

A, C, D, E, F, G, H, I

C, D, G, H

C, D, G, H

C, D, G, H

ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER (MPI ENGINE)

ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER (T-GDI ENGINE)

AIR CLEANER ELEMENT

SPARK PLUGS

MANUAL TRANSAXLE FLUID

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID

FRONT BRAKE DISC/PADS, CALIPERS

REAR BRAKE DISC/PADS

PARKING BRAKE

MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCEOPERATION


DRIVINGCONDITION

Maintenance

127

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS

A - Repeatedly driving shorts distanse of less than 8 km (5 miles) innormal temperature or less than 16 km (10 miles) in freezing tem-perature

B - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distancesC - Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread

roadsD - Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very

cold weather

E - Driving in sandy areasF - Driving in heavy traffic area over 32°C (90°F)G - Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roadH - Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rackI - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle towingJ - Driving over 170 km/h (100 mph)K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

I

I

R

R

R

I

MORE FREQUENTLY


MORE FREQUENTLY

EVERY 120,000 km

EVERY 120,000 km


C, D, E, F, G, H, I

C, D, E, F, G

C, E

C, E, G, H, I, J

C, E, G, H, I, J

C, E

STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE & BOOTS/

LOWER ARM BALL JOINT, UPPER ARM BSALL JOINT

DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER

(FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT)

TRANSFER CASE OIL (4WD) (1)

REAR DIFFERENTIAL OIL (1)

PROPELLAR SHAFT

MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCEOPERATION


DRIVINGCONDITION

(1) Transfer case Oil and Rear Axle Oil should be changed anytime they have abeen submerged in water.

7 13

Maintenance

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMSG050100AHM

Engine oil and filterThe engine oil and filter should bechanged at the intervals specified in themaintenance schedule. If the vehicle isbeing driven in severe conditions, morefrequent oil and filter changes arerequired.

G050200AUN

Drive beltsInspect all drive belts for evidence ofcuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil satu-ration and replace if necessary. Drivebelts should be checked periodically forproper tension and adjusted as neces-sary.

G050300AUN

Fuel filter (cartridge)A clogged filter can limit the speed atwhich the vehicle may be driven, damagethe emission system and cause multipleissues such as hard starting. If an exces-sive amount of foreign matter accumu-lates in the fuel tank, the filter mayrequire replacement more frequently.After installing a new filter, run the enginefor several minutes, and check for leaksat the connections. Fuel filters should beinstalled by an authorized Kia dealer.

G050400AUN-EU

Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nectionsCheck the fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nections for leakage and damage. Havean authorized Kia dealer replace anydamaged or leaking parts immediately.

G050600AUN

Vapor hose and fuel filler capThe vapor hose and fuel filler cap shouldbe inspected at those intervals specifiedin the maintenance schedule. Make surethat a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap iscorrectly replaced.

G050700AUN

Vacuum crankcase ventilationhosesInspect the surface of hoses for evidenceof heat and/or mechanical damage. Hardand brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts,abrasions, and excessive swelling indi-cate deterioration. Particular attentionshould be paid to examine those hosesurfaces nearest to high heat sources,such as the exhaust manifold.Inspect the hose routing to assure thatthe hoses do not come in contact withany heat source, sharp edges or movingcomponent which might cause heat dam-age or mechanical wear. Inspect all hoseconnections, such as clamps and cou-plings, to make sure they are secure, andthat no leaks are present. Hoses shouldbe replaced immediately if there is anyevidence of deterioration or damage.

G050800AUN

Air cleaner filterA Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is recom-mended when the filter is replaced.

Maintenance

147

G050900AUN

Spark plugsMake sure to install new spark plugs ofthe correct heat range.

G051000AHM

Valve clearance (if equipped)Inspect for excessive valve noise and/orengine vibration and adjust if necessary.An authorized Kia dealer should performthe operation.

G051100AHM

Cooling systemCheck the cooling system components,such as the radiator, coolant reservoir,hoses and connections for leakage anddamage. Replace any damaged parts.

G051200AUN

CoolantThe coolant should be changed at theintervals specified in the maintenanceschedule.

G051400AUN

Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped)Automatic transaxle fluid should not bechecked under normal usage conditions.But in severe conditions, the fluid shouldbe changed at an authorized Kia dealerin accordance to the scheduled mainte-nance at the beginning of this section.

✽✽ NOTICEAutomatic transaxle fluid color is basi-cally red. As the vehicle is driven, the automatictransaxle fluid will begin to look darker.It is normal condition and you shouldnot judge the need to replace the fluidbased upon the changed color.

G051300AUN

Manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)Inspect the manual transaxle fluidaccording to the maintenance schedule.

G051500AUN

Brake hoses and linesVisually check for proper installation,chafing, cracks, deterioration and anyleakage. Replace any deteriorated ordamaged parts immediately.

G051600AAM

Brake/Clutch (if equipped) fluidCheck the brake fluid level in the brakefluid reservoir. The level should bebetween “MIN” and “MAX” marks on theside of the reservoir. Use only hydraulicbrake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT4 specification.

CAUTIONThe use of a non-specified fluidcould result in transaxle malfunc-tion and failure.Use only specified automatictransaxle fluid. (Refer to“Recommended lubricants andcapacities” in section 8.)

7 15

Maintenance

G051700AUN

Parking brakeInspect the parking brake system includ-ing the parking brake lever (or pedal) andcables.

G051900AUN

Brake discs, pads, calipers androtorsCheck the pads for excessive wear, discsfor run out and wear, and calipers for fluidleakage.

G052000AUN

Exhaust pipe and mufflerVisually inspect the exhaust pipes, muf-fler and hangers for cracks, deterioration,or damage. Start the engine and listencarefully for any exhaust gas leakage.Tighten connections or replace parts asnecessary.

G052100AUN

Suspension mounting boltsCheck the suspension connections forlooseness or damage. Retighten to thespecified torque.

G052200AUN

Steering gear box, linkage &boots/lower arm ball jointWith the vehicle stopped and engine off,check for excessive free-play in thesteering wheel.Check the linkage for bends or damage.Check the dust boots and ball joints fordeterioration, cracks, or damage.Replace any damaged parts.

G052400AUN

Drive shafts and bootsCheck the drive shafts, boots and clampsfor cracks, deterioration, or damage.Replace any damaged parts and, if nec-essary, repack the grease.

G052500AUN

Air conditioning refrigerant Check the air conditioning lines and con-nections for leakage and damage.

Maintenance

167

ENGINE OIL


G060100AHM-EU

Checking the engine oil level 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground.2. Start the engine and allow it to reach

normal operating temperature.3. Turn the engine off and wait for a few

minutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil toreturn to the oil pan.

4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, andre-insert it fully.

5. Pull the dipstick out again and checkthe level. The level should be betweenF and L.

WARNING - Radiator hoseBe very careful not to touch theradiator hose when checking oradding the engine oil as it may behot enough to burn you.

CAUTION• Do not overfill the engine oil. It

may damage the engine.• Do not spill engine oil, when

adding or changing engine oil. Ifyou drop the engine oil on theengine room, wipe it off immedi-ately.

OLM079003N

OSL071003N

MPI engine

T-GDI engine

7 17

Maintenance


If it is near or at L, add enough oil to bringthe level to F. Do not overfill.

Use a funnel to help prevent oil frombeing spilled on engine components.

Use only the specified engine oil. (Referto “Recommended lubricants and capaci-ties” in section 8.)

G060200BHM-EU

Changing the engine oil and filterHave engine oil and filter changed by anauthorized Kia dealer according to theMaintenance Schedule at the beginningof this section.

OXM079005N

OSL071004N

MPI engine

T-GDI engine

WARNINGUsed engine oil may cause skin irri-tation or cancer if left in contactwith the skin for prolonged periodsof time. Used engine oil containschemicals that have caused cancerin laboratory animals. Always pro-tect your skin by washing yourhands thoroughly with soap andwarm water as soon as possibleafter handling used oil.

Maintenance

187

ENGINE COOLANTG070000AHM

The high-pressure cooling system has areservoir filled with year round antifreezecoolant. The reservoir is filled at the fac-tory.Check the antifreeze protection andcoolant level at least once a year, at thebeginning of the winter season, andbefore traveling to a colder climate.

G070100AHM

Checking the coolant level

WARNINGRemoving radiatorcap

• Never attempt to remove the radi-ator cap while the engine is oper-ating or hot. Doing so might leadto cooling system and enginedamage. Also, hot coolant orsteam could cause serious per-sonal injury.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Turn the engine off and wait until

it cools down. Use extreme carewhen removing the radiator cap.Wrap a thick towel around it, andturn it counterclockwise slowly tothe first stop. Step back while thepressure is released from thecooling system. When you aresure all the pressure has beenreleased, press down on the cap,using a thick towel, and continueturning counterclockwise toremove it.

• Even if the engine is not operat-ing, do not remove the radiatorcap or the drain plug while theengine and radiator are hot. Hotcoolant and steam may still blowout under pressure, causing seri-ous injury.

WARNING The electric motor (cool-ing fan) is controlled byengine coolant tempera-ture, refrigerant pres-sure and vehicle speed.

It may sometimes operate evenwhen the engine is not running.Use extreme caution when workingnear the blades of the cooling fanso that you are not injured by arotating fan blades. As the enginecoolant temperature decreases, theelectric motor will automaticallyshut off. This is a normal condition.If your vehicle is equipped withGDI, the electric motor (cooling fan)may operate untill you disconnectthe negative battery cable.

7 19

Maintenance

Check the condition and connections ofall cooling system hoses and heaterhoses. Replace any swollen or deterio-rated hoses.The coolant level should be filledbetween F and L marks on the side of thecoolant reservoir when the engine iscool.If the coolant level is low, add enoughdistilled (deionized) water to provide pro-tection against freezing and corrosion.Bring the level to F, but do not overfill. Iffrequent additions are required, see anauthorized Kia dealer for a cooling sys-tem inspection.

G070101AHM

Recommended engine coolant• When adding coolant, use only deion-

ized water or soft water for your vehicleand never mix hard water in thecoolant filled at the factory. An improp-er coolant mixture can result in seriousmalfunction or engine damage.

• The engine in your vehicle has alu-minum engine parts and must be pro-tected by an ethylene-glycol-basedcoolant to prevent corrosion and freez-ing.

• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanolcoolant or mix them with the specifiedcoolant.

• Do not use a solution that containsmore than 60% antifreeze or less than35% antifreeze, which would reducethe effectiveness of the solution.

For mixture percentage, refer to the fol-lowing table.

OSL070006

-15°C (5°F) 35 65

-25°C (-13°F) 40 60

-35°C (-31°F) 50 50

-45°C (-49°F) 60 40

AmbientTemperature

Mixture Percentage (volume)

Antifreeze Water

Maintenance

207

G070200AHM

Changing the coolantHave the coolant changed by an author-ized Kia dealer according to theMaintenance Schedule at the beginningof this section.

WARNING Radiator cap

Do not remove the radiator capwhen the engine and radiator arehot. Scalding hot coolant andsteam may blow out under pres-sure causing serious injury.OSL070007

OSL072007

■ Type A

■ Type B

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windshield and may causeloss of vehicle control or damagethe paint and body trim.

CAUTIONPut a thick cloth around the radiatorcap before refilling the coolant inorder to prevent the coolant fromoverflowing into engine parts suchas the alternator.

7 21

Maintenance

BRAKE/CLUTCH (IF EQUIPPED) FLUID

G080100AAM

Checking the brake/clutch* fluidlevel Check the fluid level in the reservoir peri-odically. The fluid level should bebetween MAX and MIN marks on theside of the reservoir.Before removing the reservoir cap andadding brake/clutch* fluid, clean the areaaround the reservoir cap thoroughly toprevent brake/clutch* fluid contamina-tion.

* if equipped

If the level is low, add fluid to the MAXlevel. The level will fall with accumulatedmileage. This is a normal condition asso-ciated with the wear of the brake liningsand/or clutch disc (if equipped). If thefluid level is excessively low, have thebrake/clutch* system checked by anauthorized Kia dealer.

Use only the specified brake/clutch* fluid.(Refer to “Recommended lubricants andcapacities” in section 8.)

Never mix different types of fluid.

WARNING - Loss ofbrake/clutch* fluid

In the event the brake/clutch* sys-tem requires frequent additions offluid, the vehicle should be inspect-ed by an authorized Kia dealer.

OLM079008

WARNING - Brake/clutch*fluid

When changing and addingbrake/clutch* fluid, handle it care-fully. Do not let it come in contactwith your eyes. If brake/clutch* fluidshould come in contact with youreyes, immediately flush them with alarge quantity of fresh tap water.Have your eyes examined by a doc-tor as soon as possible.

CAUTIONDo not allow brake/clutch* fluid tocontact the vehicle's body paint, aspaint damage will result.Brake/clutch* fluid, which has beenexposed to open air for an extendedtime should never be used as itsquality cannot be guaranteed. Itshould be disposed of properly.Don't put in the wrong kind of fluid.A few drops of mineral-based oil,such as engine oil, in yourbrake/clutch* system can damagebrake/clutch* system parts.

Maintenance

227

WASHER FLUID

G120100AUN-C1

Checking the washer fluid levelCheck the fluid level in the washer fluidreservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plainwater may be used if washer fluid is notavailable. However, use washer solventwith antifreeze characteristics in cold cli-mates to prevent freezing.

Checking the parking brakeType ACheck whether the stroke is within spec-ification when the parking brake pedal isdepressed with 20 kg (44 lb, 196 N) offorce. Also, the parking brake aloneshould securely hold the vehicle on a fair-ly steep grade. If the stroke is more orless than specified, have the parkingbrake adjusted by an authorized Kiadealer.Stroke : 4~5 notch

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windshield and may causeloss of vehicle control or damageto paint and body trim.

• Windshield washer fluid agentscontain some amounts of alcoholand can be flammable under cer-tain circumstances. Do not allowsparks or flame to contact thewasher fluid or the washer fluidreservoir. Damage to the vehicleor occupants could occur.

• Windshield washer fluid is poi-sonous to humans and animals.Do not drink and avoid contactingwindshield washer fluid. Seriousinjury or death could occur.

OSL070010

PARKING BRAKE

OLM059014

7 23

Maintenance

Type BCheck the stroke of the parking brake bycounting the number of “clicks’’ heardwhile fully applying it from the releasedposition. Also, the parking brake aloneshould securely hold the vehicle on a fair-ly steep grade. If the stroke is more orless than specified, have the parkingbrake adjusted by an authorized Kiadealer.

Stroke : 5~6 “clicks’’ at a force of 20 kg (44 lbs, 196 N).

G160100AAM

Filter replacement It must be replaced when necessary, andshould not be washed.You can clean the filter when inspectingthe air cleaner element.Clean the filter by using compressed air.

Replace the filter according to theMaintenance Schedule.If the vehicle is operated in extremelydusty or sandy areas, replace the ele-ment more often than the usual recom-mended intervals.

AIR CLEANER

OSL050012 OLM079012

CAUTION• Do not drive with the air cleaner

removed; this will result in exces-sive engine wear.

• When removing the air cleaner fil-ter, be careful that dust or dirtdoes not enter the air intake, ordamage may result.

• Use a Kia genuine part. Use ofnon-genuine parts could damagethe air flow sensor.

Maintenance

247

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (IF EQUIPPED)Filter inspectionThe climate control air filter should bereplaced according to the maintenanceschedule. If the vehicle is operated inseverely air-polluted cities or on dustyrough roads for a long period, it shouldbe inspected more frequently andreplaced earlier. When you replace theclimate control air filter, replace it per-forming the following procedure, and becareful to avoid damaging other compo-nents.

7 25

Maintenance

WIPER BLADES

G180100AUN

Blade inspection✽✽ NOTICECommercial hot waxes applied by auto-matic car washes have been known tomake the windshield difficult to clean.

Contamination of either the windshield orthe wiper blades with foreign matter canreduce the effectiveness of the wind-shield wipers. Common sources of con-tamination are insects, tree sap, and hotwax treatments used by some commer-cial car washes. If the blades are not wip-ing properly, clean both the window andthe blades with a good cleaner or milddetergent, and rinse thoroughly withclean water.

G180200AUN

Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean ade-quately, the blades may be worn orcracked, and require replacement.

1JBA5122CAUTION

To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiperarms or other components, do notattempt to move the wipers manual-ly.

CAUTIONThe use of a non-specified wiperblade could result in wiper malfunc-tion and failure.

Maintenance

267

Front windshield wiper blade1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper

blade assembly to expose the plasticlocking clip.

2. Compress the clip and slide the bladeassembly downward.

3. Lift it off the arm.4. Install the blade assembly in the

reverse order of removal.

1LDA5023 1JBA7037

CAUTIONDo not allow the wiper arm to fallagainst the windshield, since it maychip or crack the windshield.

1JBA7038

7 27

Maintenance

Rear window wiper blade 1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out the

wiper blade assembly.

2. Install the new blade assembly byinserting the center part into the slot inthe wiper arm until it clicks into place.

3. Make sure the blade assembly isinstalled firmly by trying to pull it slight-ly.

To prevent damage to the wiper arms orother components, have an authorizedKia dealer replace the wiper blade.

OHM078062 OHM078063

Maintenance

287

BATTERY

G190100AAM

For best battery service• Keep the battery securely mounted.• Keep the battery top clean and dry.• Keep the terminals and connections

clean, tight, and coated with petroleumjelly or terminal grease.

• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from thebattery immediately with a solution ofwater and baking soda.

• If the vehicle is not going to be used foran extended time, disconnect the bat-tery cables.

WARNING - Battery dangersAlways read the followinginstructions carefully whenhandling a battery.

Keep lighted cigarettes andall other flames or sparksaway from the battery.

Hydrogen, a highly com-bustible gas, is alwayspresent in battery cells andmay explode if ignited.

Keep batteries out of thereach of children becausebatteries contain highlycorrosive SULFURIC ACID.Do not allow battery acid tocontact your skin, eyes,clothing or paint finish.

If any electrolyte gets intoyour eyes, flush your eyeswith clean water for at least15 minutes and get immedi-ate medical attention.

(Continued)

(Continued)

If electrolyte gets on yourskin, thoroughly wash thecontacted area. If you feelpain or burning sensation,get medical attention imme-diately.

Wear eye protection whencharging or working near abattery. Always provideventilation when working inan enclosed space.

An inappropriately dis-posed battery can be harm-ful to the environment andhuman health. Dispose thebattery according to yourlocal law(s) or regulation.

• When lifting a plastic-cased bat-tery, excessive pressure on thecase may cause battery acid toleak, resulting in personal injury.Lift with a battery carrier or withyour hands on opposite corners.

• Never attempt to recharge thebattery when the battery cablesare connected.

(Continued)

Pb

OLM079019N

7 29

Maintenance

G190200AUN

Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,calcium-based battery.• If the battery becomes discharged in a

short time (because, for example, theheadlights or interior lights were left onwhile the vehicle was not in use),recharge it by slow charging (trickle)for 10 hours.

• If the battery gradually dischargesbecause of high electric load while thevehicle is being used, recharge it at 20-30A for two hours.

(Continued)• The electrical ignition system

works with high voltage. Nevertouch these components with theengine running or the ignitionswitched on.

Failure to follow the above warn-ings can result in serious bodilyinjury or death.

WARNING - Rechargingbattery

When recharging the battery,observe the following precautions:• The battery must be removed

from the vehicle and placed in anarea with good ventilation.

• Do not allow cigarettes, sparks,or flame near the battery.

• Watch the battery during charg-ing, and stop or reduce the charg-ing rate if the battery cells begingassing (boiling) violently or ifthe temperature of the electrolyteof any cell exceeds 49°C (120°F).

• Wear eye protection when check-ing the battery during charging.

• Disconnect the battery charger inthe following order.

1. Turn off the battery charger mainswitch.

2. Unhook the negative clamp fromthe negative battery terminal.

3. Unhook the positive clamp fromthe positive battery terminal.

CAUTIONIf you connect unauthorized elec-tronic devices to the battery, thebattery may be discharged. Neveruse unauthorized devices.

Maintenance

307

G190300AAM

Reset itemsItems should be reset after the batteryhas been discharged or the battery hasbeen disconnected.• Auto up/down window (See section 4)• Sunroof (See section 4)• Trip computer (See section 4)• Climate control system

(See section 4)• Clock (See section 4)• Audio (See section 4)

WARNING• Before performing maintenance

or recharging the battery, turn offall accessories and stop theengine.

• The negative battery cable mustbe removed first and installedlast when the battery is discon-nected.

7 31

Maintenance

CAUTION• Underinflation also results in

excessive wear, poor handlingand reduced fuel economy.Wheel deformation also ispossible. Keep your tire pres-sures at the proper levels. If atire frequently needs refilling,have it checked by an author-ized Kia dealer.

• Overinflation produces aharsh ride, excessive wear atthe center of the tire tread, anda greater possibility of dam-age from road hazards.

TIRES AND WHEELSG200100AUN

Tire care For proper maintenance, safety, andmaximum fuel economy, you mustalways maintain recommended tireinflation pressures and stay withinthe load limits and weight distributionrecommended for your vehicle.

G200200AUN-EU

Recommended cold tire inflationpressuresAll tire pressures (including thespare) should be checked when thetires are cold. “Cold Tires” means thevehicle has not been driven for atleast three hours or driven less than1.6 km (one mile).Recommended pressures must bemaintained for the best ride, vehiclehandling, and minimum tire wear.For recommended inflation pressure,refer to “Tire and wheels” in section8.

All specifications (sizes and pres-sures) can be found on a labelattached to the driver’s side centerpillar.

WARNING - Tire under-inflation

Severe underinflation can leadto severe heat build-up, causingblowouts, tread separation andother tire failures that can resultin the loss of vehicle controlleading to severe injury ordeath. This risk is much higheron hot days and when drivingfor long periods at high speeds.

OLM089008N

Maintenance

327

G200300AUN

Checking tire inflation pressureCheck your tires once a month ormore.Also, check the tire pressure of thespare tire.

G200301AUN

How to checkUse a good quality gauge to checktire pressure. You can not tell if yourtires are properly inflated simply bylooking at them. Radial tires maylook properly inflated even whenthey're underinflated.Check the tire's inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold. - "Cold"means your vehicle has been sittingfor at least three hours or driven nomore than 1.6 km (1 mile).

WARNING - Tire InflationOverinflation or underinflationcan reduce tire life, adverselyaffect vehicle handling, andlead to sudden tire failure. Thiscould result in loss of vehiclecontrol and potential injury.

CAUTION - Tire pressureAlways observe the following:• Check tire pressure when the

tires are cold. (After vehiclehas been parked for at leastthree hours or hasn't beendriven more than 1.6 km (onemile) since startup.)

• Check the pressure of yourspare tire each time you checkthe pressure of other tires.

• Never overload your vehicle.Be careful not to overload avehicle luggage rack if yourvehicle is equipped with one.

• Worn, old tires can cause acci-dents. If your tread is badlyworn, or if your tires havebeen damaged, replace them.

CAUTION• Warm tires normally exceed

recommended cold tire pres-sures by 28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6psi ). Do not release air fromwarm tires to adjust the pres-sure or the tires will be under-inflated.

• Be sure to reinstall the tireinflation valve caps. Withoutthe valve cap, dirt or moisturecould get into the valve coreand cause air leakage. If avalve cap is missing, install anew one as soon as possible.

7 33

Maintenance

Remove the valve cap from the tirevalve stem. Press the tire gauge firm-ly onto the valve to get a pressuremeasurement. If the cold tire inflationpressure matches the recommendedpressure on the tire and loadinginformation label, no further adjust-ment is necessary. If the pressure islow, add air until you reach the rec-ommended amount.If you overfill the tire, release air bypushing on the metal stem in thecenter of the tire valve. Recheck thetire pressure with the tire gauge. Besure to put the valve caps back onthe valve stems. They help preventleaks by keeping out dirt and mois-ture.

G200400AUN

Tire rotation To equalize tread wear, it is recom-mended that the tires be rotatedevery 12,000 km (7,500 miles) orsooner if irregular wear develops.During rotation, check the tires forcorrect balance.When rotating tires, check for unevenwear and damage. Abnormal wear isusually caused by incorrect tire pres-sure, improper wheel alignment, out-of-balance wheels, severe braking orsevere cornering. Look for bumps orbulges in the tread or side of tire.Replace the tire if you find either ofthese conditions. Replace the tire iffabric or cord is visible. After rotation,be sure to bring the front and rear tirepressures to specification and checklug nut tightness.Refer to “Tire and wheels” in section8.

WARNING• Inspect your tires frequently

for proper inflation as well aswear and damage. Always usea tire pressure gauge.

• Tires with too much or too littlepressure wear unevenly caus-ing poor handling, loss of vehi-cle control, and sudden tirefailure leading to accidents,injuries, and even death. Therecommended cold tire pres-sure for your vehicle can befound in this manual and onthe tire label located on the dri-ver's side center pillar.

• Worn tires can cause acci-dents. Replace tires that areworn, show uneven wear, orare damaged.

• Remember to check the pres-sure of your spare tire. Kiarecommends that you checkthe spare every time youcheck the pressure of theother tires on your vehicle.

Maintenance

347

Disc brake pads should be inspectedfor wear whenever tires are rotated.

✽✽ NOTICERotate radial tires that have anasymmetric tread pattern only fromfront to rear and not from right toleft.

G200500AUN

Wheel alignment and tire balance The wheels on your vehicle werealigned and balanced carefully at thefactory to give you the longest tire lifeand best overall performance.In most cases, you will not need tohave your wheels aligned again.However, if you notice unusual tirewear or your vehicle pulling one wayor the other, the alignment may needto be reset.If you notice your vehicle vibratingwhen driving on a smooth road, yourwheels may need to be rebalanced.

S2BLA790A

CBGQ0707A

Without a spare tire

Directional tires (if equipped) WARNING• Do not use the compact spare

tire (if equipped) for tire rota-tion.

• Do not mix bias ply and radialply tires under any circum-stances. This may causeunusual handling characteris-tics that could result in death,severe injury, or propertydamage.

CAUTIONImproper wheel weights candamage your vehicle's alu-minum wheels. Use onlyapproved wheel weights.

7 35

Maintenance

G200600AHM-EU

Tire replacementIf the tire is worn evenly, a tread wearindicator will appear as a solid bandacross the tread. This shows there isless than 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) of treadleft on the tire. Replace the tire whenthis happens.Do not wait for the band to appearacross the entire tread before replac-ing the tire.

OEN076053

Tread wear indicator WARNING - Replacingtires

To reduce the chance of seriousor fatal injuries from an acci-dent caused by tire failure orloss of vehicle control:• Replace tires that are worn,

show uneven wear, or aredamaged. Worn tires cancause loss of braking effec-tiveness, steering control, andtraction.

• Do not drive your vehicle withtoo little or too much pressurein your tires. This can lead touneven wear and tire failure.

• When replacing tires, nevermix radial and bias-ply tireson the same car. You mustreplace all tires (including thespare) if moving from radial tobias-ply tires.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Using tires and wheels other

than the recommended sizescould cause unusual handlingcharacteristics and poor vehi-cle control, resulting in a seri-ous accident.

• Wheels that do not meet Kia’sspecifications may fit poorlyand result in damage to thevehicle or unusual handlingand poor vehicle control.

• The ABS works by comparingthe speed of the wheels. Thetire size affects wheel speed.When replacing tires, all 4tires must use the same sizeoriginally supplied with thevehicle. Using tires of a differ-ent size can cause theABS(Anti-lock Brake System)and ESC(Electronic StabilityControl) to work irregularly.

Maintenance

367

G200601AUN

Compact spare tire replacement A compact spare tire has a shortertread life than a regular size tire.Replace it when you can see thetread wear indicator bars on the tire.The replacement compact spare tireshould be the same size and designtire as the one provided with yournew vehicle and should be mountedon the same compact spare tirewheel. The compact spare tire is notdesigned to be mounted on a regularsize wheel, and the compact sparetire wheel is not designed for mount-ing a regular size tire.

G200700BUN

Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels forany reason, make sure the newwheels are equivalent to the originalfactory units in diameter, rim widthand offset.

G200800AHM

Tire tractionTire traction can be reduced if youdrive on worn tires, tires that areimproperly inflated or on slipperyroad surfaces. Tires should bereplaced when tread wear indicatorsappear. Slow down whenever thereis rain, snow or ice on the road toreduce the possibility of losing con-trol of the vehicle.

G200900AUN

Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation, correctwheel alignment helps to decreasetire wear. If you find a tire is wornunevenly, have your dealer check thewheel alignment.When you have new tires installed,make sure they are balanced. Thiswill increase vehicle ride comfort andtire life. Additionally, a tire shouldalways be rebalanced if it is removedfrom the wheel.

WARNINGA wheel that is not the correctsize may adversely affect wheeland bearing life, braking andstopping abilities, handlingcharacteristics, ground clear-ance, body-to-tire clearance,snow chain clearance,speedometer and odometer cal-ibration, headlight aim andbumper height.

7 37

Maintenance

G201000AUN

Tire sidewall labelingThis information identifies anddescribes the fundamental charac-teristics of the tire and also providesthe tire identification number (TIN)for safety standard certification. TheTIN can be used to identify the tire incase of a recall.

G201001AUN

1. Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or Brand name isshown.

G201002AHM

2. Tire size designation A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tiresize designation. You will need thisinformation when selecting replace-ment tires for your vehicle. The fol-lowing explains what the letters andnumbers in the tire size designationmean.Example tire size designation:(These numbers are provided as anexample only; your tire size designa-tor could vary depending on yourvehicle.)P235/55R18 98H

P - Applicable vehicle type (tiresmarked with the prefix “P’’ areintended for use on passengervehicles or light trucks; however,not all tires have this marking).

235 - Tire width in millimeters.55 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section

height as a percentage of itswidth.

R - Tire construction code (Radial).18 - Rim diameter in inches.

98 - Load Index, a numerical codeassociated with the maximumload the tire can carry.

H - Speed Rating Symbol. See thespeed rating chart in this sectionfor additional information.

Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with impor-tant information that you need if youever have to replace one. The follow-ing explains what the letters andnumbers in the wheel size designa-tion mean.

Example wheel size designation:7.0JX18

7.0 - Rim width in inches.J - Rim contour designation.18 - Rim diameter in inches.

I030B04JM

1

1

23

4

5,6

7

Maintenance

387

Tire speed ratings The chart below lists many of the dif-ferent speed ratings currently beingused for passenger car tires. Thespeed rating is part of the tire sizedesignation on the sidewall of thetire. This symbol corresponds to thattire's designed maximum safe oper-ating speed.

G201003AHM

3. Checking tire life (TIN : TireIdentification Number)

Any tires that are over 6 years old,based on the manufacturing date,(including the spare tire) should bereplaced by new ones. You can findthe manufacturing date on the tiresidewall (possibly on the inside of thewheel), displaying the DOT Code.The DOT Code is a series of num-bers on a tire consisting of numbersand English letters. The manufactur-ing date is designated by the last fourdigits (characters) of the DOT code.

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOOThe front part of the DOT means aplant code number, tire size andtread pattern and the last four num-bers indicate week and year manu-factured.For example:DOT XXXX XXXX 1611 representsthat the tire was produced in the 16thweek of 2011.

WARNING - Tire ageTires degrade over time, evenwhen they are not being used.Regardless of the remainingtread, we recommend that tiresbe replaced after approximatelysix (6) years of normal service.Heat caused by hot climates orfrequent high loading condi-tions can accelerate the agingprocess. Failure to follow thiswarning can result in suddentire failure, which could lead toa loss of control and an acci-dent involving serious injury ordeath.

S 180 km/h (112 mph)T 190 km/h (118 mph)H 210 km/h (130 mph)V 240 km/h (149 mph)Z 240 km/h (Above 149 mph)

Maximum SpeedSpeedRatingSymbol

7 39

Maintenance

G201004AEN

4. Tire ply composition and materialThe number of layers or plies of rub-ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tiremanufacturers also must indicate thematerials in the tire, which includesteel, nylon, polyester, and others.The letter "R" means radial ply con-struction; the letter "D" means diago-nal or bias ply construction; and theletter "B" means belted-bias ply con-struction.

G201005AUN

5. Maximum permissible inflationpressure

This number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure. Referto the Tire and Loading Informationlabel for recommended inflationpressure.

G201006AUN

6. Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds thatcan be carried by the tire. Whenreplacing the tires on the vehicle,always use a tire that has the sameload rating as the factory installedtire.

G2010007AEN-EU

7. Uniform tire quality gradingQuality grades can be found whereapplicable on the tire sidewallbetween tread shoulder and maxi-mum section width.For example:TREADWEAR 200TRACTION AATEMPERATURE A

Tread wearThe tread wear grade is a compara-tive rating based on the wear rate ofthe tire when tested under controlledconditions on a specified govern-ment test course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as well on the gov-ernment course as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tiresdepends upon the actual conditionsof their use, however, and maydepart significantly from the normdue to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences inroad characteristics and climate.These grades are molded on theside-walls of passenger vehicle tires.The tires available as standard oroptional equipment on your vehiclemay vary with respect to grade.

Maintenance

407

Traction - AA, A, B & C The traction grades, from highest tolowest, are AA, A, B and C. Thosegrades represent the tire’s ability tostop on wet pavement as measuredunder controlled conditions on spec-ified government test surfaces ofasphalt and concrete. A tire markedC may have poor traction perform-ance.

Temperature -A, B & C The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B and C representing thetire’s resistance to the generation ofheat and its ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlled condi-tions on a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel.Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tire todegenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead tosudden tire failure. The grade C cor-responds to a level of performancewhich all passenger car tires mustmeet under the Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard No. 109.Grades B and A represent higherlevels of performance on the labora-tory test wheel than the minimumrequired by law.

WARNING - Tire temperature

The temperature grade for thistire is established for a tire thatis properly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuild-up and possible suddentire failure. This can cause lossof vehicle control and seriousinjury or death.

WARNING The traction grade assigned tothis tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests,and does not include accelera-tion, cornering, hydroplaning,or peak traction characteristics.

7 41

Maintenance

G201100AAM

Tire terminology and definitionsAir Pressure: The amount of airinside the tire pressing outward onthe tire. Air pressure is expressed inkilopascal (kPa) or pounds persquare inch (psi).Accessory Weight: This means thecombined weight of optional acces-sories. Some examples of optionalaccessories are, automatictransaxle, power seats, and air con-ditioning.Aspect Ratio: The relationship of atire's height to its width.Belt: A rubber coated layer of cordsthat is located between the plies andthe tread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcing materials.Bead: The tire bead contains steelwires wrapped by steel cords thathold the tire onto the rim.Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the plies are laid at alternateangles less than 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.

Cold Tire Pressure: The amount ofair pressure in a tire, measured inkilopascals (kPa) or pounds persquare inch (psi) before a tire hasbuilt up heat from driving.Curb Weight: This means the weightof a motor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil andcoolant, but without passengers andcargo.DOT Markings: The DOT codeincludes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumeric des-ignator which can also identify thetire manufacturer, production plant,brand and date of production.GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight RatingGAWR FRT: Gross Axle WeightRating for the Front Axle.GAWR RR: Gross Axle WeightRating for the Rear axle.

Intended Outboard Sidewall: Theside of an asymmetrical tire, thatmust always face outward whenmounted on a vehicle.Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit forair pressure.Load Index: An assigned numberranging from 1 to 279 that corre-sponds to the load carrying capacityof a tire.Maximum Inflation Pressure: Themaximum air pressure to which acold tire may be inflated. The maxi-mum air pressure is molded onto thesidewall.Maximum Load Rating: The loadrating for a tire at the maximum per-missible inflation pressure for thattire.Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight:The sum of curb weight; accessoryweight; vehicle capacity weight; andproduction options weight.Normal Occupant Weight: Thenumber of occupants a vehicle isdesigned to seat multiplied by 68 kg(150 pounds).

Maintenance

427

Occupant Distribution: Designatedseating positions.Outward Facing Sidewall: The sideof a asymmetrical tire that has a par-ticular side that faces outward whenmounted on a vehicle. The outwardfacing sidewall bears white letteringor bears manufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that is higher ordeeper than the same moldings onthe inner facing sidewall.Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tireused on passenger cars and somelight duty trucks and multipurposevehicles.Recommended Inflation Pressure:Vehicle manufacturer's recommend-ed tire inflation pressure and shownon the tire placard.Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the ply cords that extend to thebeads are laid at 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.Rim: A metal support for a tire andupon which the tire beads are seat-ed.Sidewall: The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating: An alphanumericcode assigned to a tire indicating themaximum speed at which a tire canoperate.Traction: The friction between thetire and the road surface. Theamount of grip provided.Tread: The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact with the road.Treadwear Indicators: Narrowbands, sometimes called "wearbars," that show across the tread of atire when only 2/32 inch of treadremains.UTQGS: Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards, a tire informationsystem that provides consumers withratings for a tire's traction, tempera-ture and treadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tire manufacturersusing government testing proce-dures. The ratings are molded intothe sidewall of the tire.Vehicle Capacity Weight: The num-ber of designated seating positionsmultiplied by 68 kg (150 lbs.) plus therated cargo and luggage load.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire: Load on an individual tire due tocurb and accessory weight plusmaximum occupant and cargoweight.Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire:Load on an individual tire that isdetermined by distributing to eachaxle its share of the curb weight,accessory weight, and normal occu-pant weight and driving by 2.Vehicle Placard: A label permanent-ly attached to a vehicle showing theoriginal equipment tire size and rec-ommended inflation pressure.

All season tires Kia specifies all season tires onsome models to provide good per-formance for use all year round,including snowy and icy road condi-tions. All season tires are identifiedby ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mudand Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snowtires have better snow traction thanall season tires and may be moreappropriate in some areas.

7 43

Maintenance

Summer tires Kia specifies summer tires on somemodels to provide superior perform-ance on dry roads. Summer tire per-formance is substantially reduced insnow and ice. Summer tires do nothave the tire traction rating M+S(Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall.if you plan to operate your vehicle insnowy or icy conditions. Kia recom-mends the use of snow tires or allseason tires on all four wheels.

Snow tiresIf you equip your car with snow tires,they should be the same size andhave the same load capacity as theoriginal tires. Snow tires should beinstalled on all four wheels; other-wise, poor handling may result.Snow tires should carry 28 kPa (4psi) more air pressure than the pres-sure recommended for the standardtires on the tire label on the driver'sside of the center pillar, or up to themaximum pressure shown on the tiresidewall, whichever is less.Do not drive faster than 120 km/h (75mph) when your vehicle is equippedwith snow tires.

Radial-ply tiresRadial-ply tires provide improvedtread life, road hazard resistance andsmoother high speed ride. The radi-al-ply tires used on this vehicle are ofbelted construction, and are selectedto complement the ride and handlingcharacteristics of your vehicle.Radial-ply tires have the same loadcarrying capacity, as bias-ply or biasbelted tires of the same size, and usethe same recommended inflationpressure. Mixing of radial-ply tireswith bias-ply or bias belted tires isnot recommended. Any combina-tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or biasbelted tires when used on the samevehicle will seriously deterioratevehicle handling. The best rule to fol-low is: Identical radial-ply tires shouldalways be used as a set of four.

Longer wearing tires can be moresusceptible to irregular tread wear. Itis very important to follow the tirerotation interval shown in this sectionto achieve the tread life potential ofthese tires. Cuts and punctures inradial-ply tires are repairable only inthe tread area, because of sidewallflexing. Consult your tire dealer forradial-ply tire repairs.

Maintenance

447

FUSES

G210000AAM

A vehicle’s electrical system is protectedfrom electrical overload damage byfuses.This vehicle has 3 fuse panels, one locat-ed in the driver’s side panel bolster, theother in the engine compartment nearthe battery.If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces-sories, or controls do not work, check theappropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse hasblown, the element inside the fuse willmelt.If the electrical system does not work,first check the driver’s side fuse panel.Always replace a blown fuse with one ofthe same rating.If the replacement fuse blows, this indi-cates an electrical problem. Avoid usingthe system involved and immediatelyconsult an authorized Kia dealer.Three kinds of fuses are used: blade typefor lower amperage rating, cartridge type,and multi fuse for higher amperage rat-ings.

WARNING - Fuse replace-ment

• Never replace a fuse with any-thing but another fuse of thesame rating.

• A higher capacity fuse couldcause damage and possibly afire.

• Never install a wire or aluminumfoil instead of the proper fuse -even as a temporary repair. It maycause extensive wiring damageand a possible fire.

CAUTIONDo not use a screwdriver or anyother metal object to remove fusesbecause it may cause a short circuitand damage the system.

OLM079051N

Normal

Normal

Blade type

Cartridge type

Fusible link

Blown

Blown

Normal Blown

Normal Blown

7 45

Maintenance

G210100AAM

Inner panel fuse replacement1. Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2. Open the fuse panel cover.

3. Pull the suspected fuse straight out.Use the removal tool provided on theengine compartment fuse panel cover.

4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if itis blown.Spare fuses are provided in the enginecompartment fuse panel.

5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.

If it fits loosely, consult an authorized Kiadealer.If you do not have a spare, use a fuse ofthe same rating from a circuit you maynot need for operating the vehicle, suchas the power outlet fuse.

If the headlights or other electrical com-ponents do not work and the fuses areOK, check the fuse panel in the enginecompartment. If a fuse is blown, it mustbe replaced.

OLM079021OSL070019

Maintenance

467

G210101AHM-C1

Memory fuseYour vehicle is equipped with a memoryfuse to prevent battery discharge if yourvehicle is parked without being operatedfor prolonged periods. Use the followingprocedures before parking the vehicle forprolonged periods.1. Turn off the engine.2. Turn off the headlights and tail lights.3. Open the driver’s side panel cover and

pull out the memory fuse.

✽✽ NOTICE• If the memory fuse is pulled out from

the fuse panel, the warning chime,audio, clock and interior lamps, etc.,will not operate. Some items must bereset after replacement. Refer to“Battery” in this section.

• Even though the memory fuse ispulled out, the battery can still be dis-charged by operation of the head-lights or other electrical devices.

G210200AHM

❈ The actual feature may differ from the illustration.

Engine compartment fusereplacement1. Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2. Remove the fuse panel cover by

pressing the tab and pulling the coverup.

OSL070022 OLM079023

7 47

Maintenance

3. Check the removed fuse; replace it if itis blown. To remove or insert the fuse,use the fuse puller in the engine com-partment fuse panel.

4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.If it fits loosely, consult an authorizedKia dealer.

G210201AAM

Main fuse and multi fuseIf the main fuse and multi fuse is blown,it must be removed as follows:1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.2. Remove the nuts shown in the picture

above.3. Replace the fuse with a new one of the

same rating.4. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the multi fuse is blown, consult anauthorized Kia dealer.

CAUTIONAfter checking the fuse panel in theengine compartment, securelyinstall the fuse panel cover. If not,electrical failures may occur fromwater contact.

OLM079052N

Maintenance

487

✽✽ NOTICENot all fuse panel descriptions in thismanual may be applicable to your vehi-cle. It is accurate at the time of printing.When you inspect the fuse panel in yourvehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

G210300AAM-EU

Fuse/relay panel descriptionInside the fuse/relay panel covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.

Inner fuse panel Engine compartment fuse panel

OSL070026/OLM079027N/OLM079053N

7 49

Maintenance

Inner fuse panel

Fuse Name Fuse rating Protected component

POWERCONNECTOR

AUDIO 20A Audio

RF_ANT 7.5A RF Receiver

A/BAG 15A SRS Control Module, Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor, Telltale & SBR Lamp

S/HEATER FRT 15A Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Switch

S/HEATER RR 15A Rear Seat Warmer LH/RH

A/CON 7.5A A/C Control Module (Auto)

HTD MIRR 7.5A A/C Control Module, Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror

CLUSTER 10ADriver/Passenger Seat Warmer Switch, Driver CCS Control Module, Instrument Cluster, TirePressure Monitoring Module, Audio, Alternator, BCM, A/C Control Module, Telltale & SBR Lamp

IG2 A 10A BCM, Smart Key Control Module, IPS Control Module (IG2)

WIPER RR 15A Rear Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch (Wiper), ICM Relay Box (Rear Wiper Relay)

IG2 B 10ACluster Ionizer, A/C Control Module, Rain Sensor, Sunroof Motor, Electro Chromic Mirror, E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Blower Relay)

POWER OUTLET 2 20A Rear Power Outlet, Front Power Outlet LH, Front Cigarette Lighter

A/BAG IND 10A Instrument Cluster (A/Bag IND.)

SMART KEY 2 10A Smart Key Control Module

WIPER FRT 25AFront Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch (Wiper), E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Front Wiper (Low) Relay,Wiper (Rain Sensor) Relay)

POWER OUTLET 1 15A Front Power Outlet RH

SMART KEY 1 10A BCM, Smart Key Control Module

ACC 10A Audio, Amp, Sunroof Control Module, Power Outside Mirror Switch

START 10ABurglar Alarm Relay (With Burglar Alarm), E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Start Relay : W/O Burglar Alarm& Smart Key), Smart Key Control Module (W/O Burglar Alarm & With Smart Key)

MODULE IG1 10A EPS Control Module, ATM Shift Lever ILL., 4WD ECM, Stop Lamp Switch, IPS Control Module (IG1)

UH_BOX 20A E/R Fuse & Relay Box (ECU 2 7.5A, ABS 7.5A, TCU 2 7.5A)

Maintenance

507


ROOM LP 10ABCM, Map Lamp, Room Lamp, Driver/Passenger Vanity Lamp, Electro Chromic Mirror, Luggage Lamp, Ignition Key ILL. & Door Warning Switch, Tire Pressure Monitoring Module,Instrument Cluster (MCU, IND.), A/C Control Module, IPS Control Module (B+)

PDM B 10A Start/Stop Button Switch, FOB Holder, Smart Key Control Module

DR LOCK 15A Door Lock Relay, Door Unlock Relay, Tail Gate Relay, ICM Relay Box (Two Turn Unlock Relay)

HAZARD 15A BCM

FOG LP RR 10A (Not Used)

PDM A 25A Smart Key Control Module

ATM K/LOCK 7.5A ATM Shift Lever, Key Solenoid

CORNERING LAMP 10A (Not Used)

SEAT VENT 15A Driver CCS Seat Warmer

P/WDW RH 25A Power Window Main Switch, Passenger Power Window Switch, Rear Power Window Switch RH

P/WDW LH 25A Rear Power Window Switch LH, Power Window Main Switch

SAFETY POWER WINDOW

20A Driver Safety Power Window Module

P/SEAT(DRV) 20A Driver Seat Manual Switch

MODULE B+ 10AMultipurpose Check Connector, Data Link Connector, Driver CCS Switch, Rear Parking Assist Buzzer

SUNROOF 15A Sunroof Motor, Sunroof Control Module

AMP 25A Amp

HTD_STRG 15A Heated steering wheel

7 51

Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel


MULTIFUSE

MDPS 80A EPS Control Module

B+1 60A I/P Junction Box (PDM A 25A, DR LOCK 15A, HAZARD 15A, IPS 4~7)

ABS 2 40A ESC Module

EMS 40A EMS Box (TCU 1 15A, ECU 30A, A/CON 10A, F/PUMP 15A)

ABS 1 40A ESC Module

BLOWER 40A Blower Relay

B+3 60AI/P Junction Box (P/SEAT(DRV) 20A, SAFETY POWER WINDOW 20A, PDM B 10A, ATMK/LOCK 7.5A, SEAT VENT 15A, Power Connector (AUDIO 20A, RF_ANT 7.5A), ROOM LP 10A)

B+2 60AI/P Junction Box (Power Window Relay, SUNROOF 15A, AMP 25A, MODULE B+ 10A, IPS 0~3, IPS 8~10)

FUSE

C/FAN (MPI engine) 40A Cooling Fan (High) Relay, Cooling Fan (Low) Relay

C/FAN (T-GDI engine) 50A Cooling Fan (High) Relay, Cooling Fan (Low) Relay

RR HTD 40A Rear Defogger Relay

IG 1 30A PDM Relay Box (IGN1/ACC Relay : With Smart Key), Ignition Switch (W/O Smart Key)

IG 2 40A PDM Relay Box (IGN2 Relay : With Smart Key), Ignition Switch (W/O Smart Key)

HORN 15A Horn Relay

DEICER 15A Front Wiper Deicer Relay

STOP LP 10A Stop Lamp Switch, Smart Key Control Module, ICM Relay Box (DBC Relay)4WD 20A 4WD ECUAMS 10A Battery SensorTCU 2 (MPI engine) 7.5A Transaxle Range SwitchTCU 2 (T-GDI engine) 7.5A Transaxle Range Switch, Vacuum Switch, Vacuum Pump Relay ABS 7.5A ESC Module, ICM Relay Box (DBC Relay), Multi Switch ECU 2 7.5A ATM P/N Relay, PCM, Multifunction Switch (Remote Control)V_PUMP (T-GDI engine) 20A Vacuum Pump Relay

Maintenance

527

Fuse Name Fuse rating Protected componentF/PUMP 15A Fuel Pump Relay

SENSOR 4 15AFuel Pump Relay, PCM, Oxygen Sensor (Up)/(Down), E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Cooling Fan (High)/(Low) Relay)

SENSOR 3 10A A/CON Relay, Injector #1~#4

SENSOR 2 10A (Not Used)

TCU 1 15A PCM

A/CON 10A A/CON Relay

SENSOR 1 (MPI engine) 10AImmobilizer Module, Crankshaft Position Sensor, Camshaft Position Sensor #1/#2, Oil Control Valve#1/#2Canister Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Variable Intake Solenoid Valve, Canister Close Valve

SENSOR 1 (T-GDI engine) 10AImmobilizer Module, Crankshaft Position Sensor, Camshaft Position Sensor #1/#2, Oil Control Valve#1/#2Canister Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Variable Intake Solenoid Valve, Canister Close Valve,RCV

ECU 1 20A Ignition Coil #1~#4, Condenser

ECU 30A Engine Control Relay

Engine compartment main fuse panel (EMS Box)

7 53

Maintenance

APPEARANCE CAREExterior careG230101AUN

Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the labeldirections when using any chemicalcleaner or polish. Read all warning andcaution statements that appear on thelabel.

G230102BUN

Finish maintenanceWashing To help protect your vehicle’s finish fromrust and deterioration, wash it thoroughlyand frequently at least once a month withlukewarm or cold water.If you use your vehicle for off-road driv-ing, you should wash it after each off-road trip. Pay special attention to theremoval of any accumulation of salt, dirt,mud, and other foreign materials. Makesure the drain holes in the lower edges ofthe doors and rocker panels are keptclear and clean.Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial pollution and similar depositscan damage your vehicle’s finish if notremoved immediately.Even prompt washing with plain watermay not completely remove all thesedeposits. A mild soap, safe for use onpainted surfaces, may be used.After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-oughly with lukewarm or cold water. Donot allow soap to dry on the finish.

CAUTION• Do not use strong soap, chemical

detergents or hot water, and donot wash the vehicle in directsunlight or when the body of thevehicle is warm.

• Be careful when washing the sidewindows of your vehicle.Especailly, with high-pressurewater. Water may leak through thewindows and wet the interior.

• To prevent damage to the plasticparts and lamps, do not cleanwith chemical solvents or strongdetergents.

WARNING - Wet brakesAfter washing the vehicle, test thebrakes while driving slowly to see ifthey have been affected by water. Ifbraking performance is impaired,dry the brakes by applying themlightly while maintaining a slow for-ward speed.

Maintenance

547

WaxingWax the vehicle when water will nolonger bead on the paint.Always wash and dry the vehicle beforewaxing. Use a good quality liquid orpaste wax, and follow the manufacturer’sinstructions. Wax all metal trim to protectit and to maintain its luster.Removing oil, tar, and similar materialswith a spot remover will usually strip thewax from the finish. Be sure to re-waxthese areas even if the rest of the vehicledoes not yet need waxing.

G230103AUN

Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in thepainted surface must be repairedpromptly. Exposed metal will quickly rustand may develop into a major repairexpense.

✽✽ NOTICEIf your vehicle is damaged and requiresany metal repair or replacement, be surethe body shop applies anti-corrosionmaterials to the parts repaired orreplaced.

G230104AUN

Bright-metal maintenance• To remove road tar and insects, use a

tar remover, not a scraper or othersharp object.

• To protect the surfaces of bright-metalparts from corrosion, apply a coating ofwax or chrome preservative and rub toa high luster.

• During winter weather or in coastalareas, cover the bright metal parts witha heavier coating of wax or preserva-tive. If necessary, coat the parts withnon-corrosive petroleum jelly or otherprotective compound.

CAUTION• Water washing in the engine com-

partment including high pressurewater washing may cause the fail-ure of electrical circuits located inthe engine compartment.

• Never allow water or other liquidsto come in contact with electri-cal/electronic components insidethe vehicle as this may damagethem.

CAUTION• Wiping dust or dirt off the body

with a dry cloth will scratch thefinish.

• Do not use steel wool, abrasivecleaners, acid detergents orstrong detergents containinghigh alkaline or caustic agents onchrome-plated or anodized alu-minum parts. This may result indamage to the protective coatingand cause discoloration or paintdeterioration.

OJB037800

7 55

Maintenance

G230105ASA

Underbody maintenanceCorrosive materials used for ice andsnow removal and dust control may col-lect on the underbody. If these materialsare not removed, accelerated rusting canoccur on underbody parts such as thefuel lines, frame, floor pan and exhaustsystem, even though they have beentreated with rust protection.Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbodyand wheel openings with lukewarm orcold water once a month, after off-roaddriving and at the end of each winter. Payspecial attention to these areas becauseit is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. Itwill do more harm than good to wet downthe road grime without removing it. Thelower edges of the doors, rocker panels,and frame members have drain holesthat should not be allowed to clog withdirt; trapped water in these areas cancause rusting.

Aluminum or chrome wheel mainte-nance The aluminum or chrome wheels arecoated with a clear protective finish.• Do not use any abrasive cleaner, pol-

ishing compound, solvent, or wirebrushes on aluminum or chromewheels. They may scratch or damagethe finish.

• Clean the wheel when it has cooled.• Use only a mild soap or neutral deter-

gent, and rinse thoroughly with water.Also, be sure to clean the wheels afterdriving on salted roads. This helps pre-vent corrosion.

• Avoid washing the wheels with high-speed car wash brushes.

• Do not use any alkaline or acid deter-gents. It may damage and corrode thealuminum or chrome wheels coatedwith a clear protective finish.

WARNINGAfter washing the vehicle, test thebrakes while driving slowly to see ifthey have been affected by water. Ifbraking performance is impaired,dry the brakes by applying themlightly while maintaining a slow for-ward speed.

Maintenance

567

G230107AHM

Corrosion protectionProtecting your vehicle from corrosionBy using the most advanced design andconstruction practices to combat corro-sion, we produce vehicles of the highestquality. However, this is only part of thejob. To achieve the long-term corrosionresistance your vehicle can deliver, theowner's cooperation and assistance isalso required.

Common causes of corrosionThe most common causes of corrosionon your vehicle are:• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is

allowed to accumulate underneath thevehicle.

• Removal of paint or protective coatingsby stones, gravel, abrasion or minorscrapes and dents which leave unpro-tected metal exposed to corrosion.

High-corrosion areasIf you live in an area where your vehicleis regularly exposed to corrosive materi-als, corrosion protection is particularlyimportant. Some of the common causesof accelerated corrosion are road salts,dust control chemicals, ocean air andindustrial pollution.

Moisture breeds corrosionMoisture creates the conditions in whichcorrosion is most likely to occur. Forexample, corrosion is accelerated byhigh humidity, particularly when tempera-tures are just above freezing. In suchconditions, the corrosive material is keptin contact with the vehicle’s surface bymoisture that evaporate slowly.Mud is particularly corrosive because itdries slowly and holds moisture in con-tact with the vehicle. Although the mudappears to be dry, it can still retain themoisture and promote corrosion.High temperatures can also acceleratecorrosion of parts that are not properlyventilated so the moisture can be dis-persed. For all these reasons, it is partic-ularly important to keep your vehicleclean and free of mud or accumulationsof other materials. This applies not onlyto the visible surfaces but particularly tothe underside of the vehicle.

7 57

Maintenance

To help prevent corrosionYou can help prevent corrosion from get-ting started by observing the following:

Keep your vehicle cleanThe best way to prevent corrosion is tokeep your vehicle clean and free of cor-rosive materials. Attention to the under-side of the vehicle is particularly impor-tant.

• If you live in a high-corrosion area —where road salts are used, near theocean, areas with industrial pollution,acid rain, etc.—, you should take extracare to prevent corrosion. In winter,hose off the underside of your vehicleat least once a month and be sure toclean the underside thoroughly whenwinter is over.

• When cleaning underneath the vehicle,give particular attention to the compo-nents under the fenders and otherareas that are hidden from view. Do athorough job; just dampening the accu-mulated mud rather than washing itaway will accelerate corrosion ratherthan prevent it. Water under high pres-sure and steam are particularly effec-tive in removing accumulated mud andcorrosive materials.

• When cleaning lower door panels,rocker panels and frame members, besure that drain holes are kept open sothat moisture can escape and not betrapped inside to accelerate corrosion.

Keep your garage dryDon't park your vehicle in a damp, poorlyventilated garage. This creates a favor-able environment for corrosion. This isparticularly true if you wash your vehiclein the garage or drive it into the garagewhen it is still wet or covered with snow,ice or mud. Even a heated garage cancontribute to corrosion unless it is wellventilated so moisture is dispersed.

Keep paint and trim in good conditionScratches or chips in the finish should becovered with "touch-up" paint as soon aspossible to reduce the possibility of cor-rosion. If bare metal is showing through,the attention of a qualified body and paintshop is recommended.

Bird droppings : Bird droppings are high-ly corrosive and may damage paintedsurfaces in just a few hours. Alwaysremove bird droppings as soon as possi-ble.

Don't neglect the interiorMoisture can collect under the floor matsand carpeting and cause corrosion.Check under the mats periodically to besure the carpeting is dry. Use particularcare if you carry fertilizers, cleaningmaterials or chemicals in the vehicle.These should be carried only in propercontainers and any spills or leaks shouldbe cleaned up, flushed with clean waterand thoroughly dried.

Maintenance

587

Interior careG230201BHM

Interior general precautions Prevent caustic solutions, such as per-fumes or cosmetic oils, from coming intocontact with the dashboard because theymay cause damage or discoloration. Ifthey do come in contact with the dash-board, wipe off immediately. If necessary,use a vinyl cleaner, see product instruc-tions for correct usage.

G230202AUN

Cleaning the upholstery and interiortrim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinylwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner.

Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabricwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean with a mild soap solution recom-mended for upholstery or carpets.Remove fresh spots immediately with afabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do notreceive immediate attention, the fabriccan be stained and its color can beaffected. Also, its fire-resistant propertiescan be reduced if the material is notproperly maintained.

G230203AUN

Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt web-bing Clean the belt webbing with any mildsoap solution recommended for cleaningupholstery or carpet. Follow the instruc-tions provided with the soap. Do notbleach or re-dye the webbing becausethis may weaken it.

G230204AHM

Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi-cle become fogged (that is, covered withan oily, greasy or waxy film), they shouldbe cleaned with a glass cleaner. Followthe directions on the glass cleaner con-tainer.

CAUTIONNever allow water or other liquids tocome in contact with electrical/elec-tronic components inside the vehi-cle as this may damage them.

CAUTIONUsing anything but recommendedcleaners and procedures may affectthe fabric’s appearance and fire-resistant properties.

CAUTIONWhen cleaning leather products(steering wheel, seats etc.), useneutral detergents or low alcoholcontent solutions. If you use highalcohol content solutions oracid/alkaline detergents, the colorof the leather may fade or the sur-face may get stripped off.

CAUTIONDo not scrape or scratch the insideof the rear window. This may resultin damage of the rear windowdefroster grid.

7 59

Maintenance

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMG270000AHM-EU

The emission control system of yourvehicle is covered by a written limitedwarranty. Please see the warranty infor-mation contained in the Warranty &Maintenance booklet in your vehicle.Your vehicle is equipped with an emis-sion control system to meet all applicableemission regulations.There are three emission control sys-tems, as follows.

(1) Crankcase emission control system(2) Evaporative emission control system(3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to assure the proper function ofthe emission control systems, it is rec-ommended that you have your vehicleinspected and maintained by an author-ized Kia dealer in accordance with themaintenance schedule in this manual.

Caution for the Inspection andMaintenance Test (With ElectronicStability Control (ESC) system)• To prevent the vehicle from misfir-

ing during dynamometer testing,turn the Electronic Stability Control(ESC) system off by pressing theESC switch.

• After dynamometer testing is com-pleted, turn the ESC system back onby pressing the ESC switch again.

G270100AUN

1. Crankcase emission controlsystem

The positive crankcase ventilation sys-tem is employed to prevent air pollutioncaused by blow-by gases being emittedfrom the crankcase. This system suppliesfresh filtered air to the crankcase throughthe air intake hose. Inside the crankcase,the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases,which then pass through the PCV valveinto the induction system.

G270200AUN

2. Evaporative emission control(including ORVR: OnboardRefueling Vapor Recovery) system

The Evaporative Emission ControlSystem is designed to prevent fuelvapors from escaping into the atmos-phere.(The ORVR system is designed to allowthe vapors from the fuel tank to beloaded into a canister while refueling atthe gas station, preventing the escape offuel vapors into the atmosphere.)

Maintenance

607

G270201AUN

CanisterFuel vapors generated inside the fueltank are absorbed and stored in theonboard canister. When the engine isrunning, the fuel vapors absorbed in thecanister are drawn into the surge tankthrough the purge control solenoid valve.

G270202AHM

Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)The purge control solenoid valve is con-trolled by the Engine Control Module(ECM); when the engine coolant temper-ature is low during idling, the PCSV clos-es so that evaporated fuel is not takeninto the engine. After the engine warmsup during ordinary driving, the PCSVopens to introduce evaporated fuel to theengine.

G270300AUN

3. Exhaust emission control system

The Exhaust Emission Control System isa highly effective system which controlsexhaust emissions while maintaininggood vehicle performance.

G270301AUN

Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified.Modification of your vehicle could affectits performance, safety or durability andmay even violate governmental safetyand emissions regulations.In addition, damage or performanceproblems resulting from any modificationmay not be covered under warranty.• If you use unauthorized electronic

devices, it may cause the vehicle tooperate abnormally, wire damage, bat-tery discharge or fire. For your safety,do not use unauthorized electronicdevices.

G270302AUN-EU

Engine exhaust gas precautions(carbon monoxide) • Carbon monoxide can be present with

other exhaust fumes. Therefore, if yousmell exhaust fumes of any kind insideyour vehicle, have it inspected andrepaired immediately. If you ever sus-pect exhaust fumes are coming intoyour vehicle, drive it only with all thewindows fully open. Have your vehiclechecked and repaired immediately.

WARNING - ExhaustEngine exhaust gases contain car-bon monoxide (CO). Though color-less and odorless, it is dangerousand could be lethal if inhaled.Follow the instructions on thispage to avoid CO poisoning.

7 61

Maintenance

• Do not operate the engine in confinedor closed areas (such as garages) anymore than what is necessary to movethe vehicle in or out of the area.

• When the vehicle is stopped in anopen area for more than a short timewith the engine running, adjust theventilation system (as needed) to drawoutside air into the vehicle.

• Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi-cle for any extended time with theengine running.

• When the engine stalls or fails to start,excessive attempts to restart theengine may cause damage to theemission control system.

G270303AAM

Operating precautions for catalyticconverters (if equipped)

Your vehicle is equipped with a catalyticconverter emission control device.Therefore, the following precautionsmust be observed:• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gaso-

line engines.• Do not operate the vehicle when there

are signs of engine malfunction, suchas misfire or a noticeable loss of per-formance.

• Do not misuse or abuse the engine.Examples of misuse are coasting withthe ignition off and descending steepgrades in gear with the ignition off.

• Do not operate the engine at high idlespeed for extended periods (5 minutesor more).

• Do not modify or tamper with any partof the engine or emission control sys-tem. All inspections and adjustmentsmust be made by an authorized Kiadealer.

• Avoid driving with a extremely low fuellevel. Running out of fuel could causethe engine to misfire, damaging thecatalytic converter.

Failure to observe these precautionscould result in damage to the catalyticconverter and to your vehicle.Additionally, such actions could void yourwarranties.

WARNING - Fire• A hot exhaust system can ignite

flammable items under your vehi-cle. Do not park, idle or drive thevehicle over or near flammableobjects, such as grass, vegeta-tion, paper, leaves, etc.

• The exhaust system and catalyticsystem are very hot while theengine is running or immediatelyafter the engine is turned off.Keep away from the exhaust sys-tem and catalytic, you may getburned.Also, do not remove the heat sinkaround the exhaust system, donot seal the bottom of the vehicleor do not coat the vehicle for cor-rosion control. It may present afire risk under certain conditions.

Dimensions / 8-2Bulb wattage / 8-2Tires and wheels / 8-3Recommended lubricants and capacities / 8-4Vehicle identification number (VIN) / 8-7Vehicle certification label / 8-7Tire specification and pressure label / 8-8Engine number / 8-8

Specifications & Consumer information 8

28


DIMENSIONS BULB WATTAGEI010000AAM-EU

Light Bulb WattageHeadlights (Low) 55Headlights (High) 55Front turn signal lights / Position lights 28/8Front turn signal lights* 28Side turn signal* LED or 5Front fog lights* 27Side marker 5Stop and tail lights 28/8Tail lights 5Rear turn signal lights 27Back-up lights 16High mounted stop light 5 or LEDLicense plate lights 5Map lamps* 6Room lamps 10Glove box lamp* 5Luggage lamp* 10Vanity mirror lamps* 5

* If equipped

I030000AAM-EU

Item mm (in)

Overall length 4440 (174.8)

Overall width 1855 (73.0)

Overall height 1635 (64.4) / 1645 (64.8)*1

Front tread 1618 (63.7)*2/ 1611 (63.4)*3/ 1600 (63.0)*4

Rear tread 1619 (63.7)*2/ 1612 (63.5)*3/ 1601 (63.0)*4

Wheelbase 2640 (103.9)

*1 with roof rack*2 with 215/70R16 tire*3 with 225/60R17 tire*4 with 235/55R18 tire

8 3


TIRES AND WHEELSI020000AAM-EU

Front Rear215/70R16 6.5J×16225/60R17 6.5J×17235/55R18 7.0J×18

420 420T155/90D16 4.0T×16

(60) (60)

Full size tire

Compact sparetire (if equipped)

Wheel lug nut torque kg•m (lb•ft, N•m)

9~11 (65~79, 88~107)

230(33)

230(33)

ItemTiresize

Wheel size

CAUTIONWhen replacing tires, use the samesize originally supplied with thevehicle.Using tires of a different size candamage the related parts or make itwork irregularly.

Cold tire inflation pressure kPa (psi)

8

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES

These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correctlubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.

*1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.*2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing

the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’stime, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.

*3 If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SL.MT : Manual transaxle AT : Automatic transaxle

4


Lubricant Volume Classification

Engine oil *1 *2

recommended

(or equivalent)

4.6 l (4.86 US qt.) API Service SM*3, ILSAC GF-4 or above

Manual transaxle fluid

MPI1.8~1.9 l

(1.90~2.01 US qt.)API GL-4, SAE 75W/85

T-GDI2.1~2.2 l

(2.20~2.32 US qt.)

Automatic transaxle fluid

MPI 7.1 l (7.50 US qt.)MICHANG ATF SP-IV

SK ATF SP-IV

NOCA ATF SP-IV

Kia genuine ATF SP-IVT-GDI 7.8 l (8.24 US qt.)

Coolant

MT 6.8 l (7.19 US qt.)Mixture of antifreeze and distilled water

(Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator)ATMPI 6.7 l (7.08 US qt.)

T-GDI6.7~6.8 l

(7.08~7.19 US qt.)

Techno Motor

Highlight

8 5


Lubricant Volume Classification

Brake fluid 0.7~0.8 l (0.7~0.8 US qt.) FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4

Rear differential oil (4WD) 0.65 l (0.69 US qt.)HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5, SAE 75W/90

(SHELL SPIRAX X or equivalent)

Transfer case oil (4WD) 0.6 l (0.63 US qt.)HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5, SAE 75W/90

(SHELL SPIRAX X or equivalent)

Fuel 58 l (15.32 US gal.) Refer to “Fuel requirements” in section 1

68


I040000AAM-EU

Recommended SAE viscositynumber

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has aneffect on fuel economy and cold weatheroperating (engine start and engine oilflowability). Lower viscosity engine oilscan provide better fuel economy and coldweather performance, however, higherviscosity engine oils are required for sat-isfactory lubrication in hot weather. Usingoils of any viscosity other than those rec-ommended could result in engine dam-age.

When choosing an oil, consider the rangeof temperature your vehicle will be oper-ated in before the next oil change.Proceed to select the recommended oilviscosity from the chart.CAUTION

Always be sure to clean the areaaround any filler plug, drain plug, ordipstick before checking or drain-ing any lubricant. This is especiallyimportant in dusty or sandy areasand when the vehicle is used onunpaved roads. Cleaning the plugand dipstick areas will prevent dirtand grit from entering the engineand other mechanisms that couldbe damaged.

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature

Engine Oil(MPI engine) *1

Engine Oil(T-GDI engine)

°C(°F)

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

10W-30

5W-20, 5W-30

5W-30, 5W-40

*1 For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil ofa viscosity grade SAE 5W-20 (API SM / ILSAC GF-4). However, ifthe engine oil is not available in your country, select the properengine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.

8 7


H010000AAM

The vehicle identification number (VIN) isthe number used in registering your vehi-cle and in all legal matters pertaining toits ownership, etc.The number is punched on the floorunder the front passenger seat. To checkthe number, open the carpet flap.

The VIN is also on a plate attached to thetop of the dashboard. The number on theplate can easily be seen through thewindshield from outside.

H020000AUN

The vehicle certification label attachedon the driver’s side center pillar gives thevehicle identification number (VIN).

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)

OLM089002N

VEHICLE CERTIFICATIONLABEL

OEN086004N

VIN Label

OLM089001

Frame number

H030000APB

The tires supplied on your new vehicleare chosen to provide the best perform-ance for normal driving.The tire label located on the driver's sidecenter pillar gives the tire pressures rec-ommended for your vehicle.


H04000AUN

The engine number is stamped on theengine block as shown in the drawing.

ENGINE NUMBER

OLM089008N

TIRE SPECIFICATION ANDPRESSURE LABEL

OLM089003

OSL081003N

MPI engine

T-GDI engine

8 8


Documents

KIA Sportage 2012 - OM